N

National Youth Leadership Training Staff Guide

National Youth Leadership Training is an exciting, action-packed program designed to provide youth members of the Boy Scouts of America with leadership skills and experience they can use in their home troops and in other situations demanding leadership of self and others. For many years, junior leader training (JLT) was an important part of the leadership training continuum of BSA local councils throughout America. In 2003 and 2004, a task force of leadership experts and hundreds of Scouts in pilot courses across the nation reviewed and tested every aspect of the new NYLT syllabus, which incorporates the latest leadership ideas and presents fresh, vital, and meaningful training for todays Scouts.
The Youth Training Continuum Youth leadership training is a three-phase training experience, and a common thread will connect all three phases. The first phase begins in the troop with the senior patrol leader and the Scoutmaster conducting the training Phase two is NYLT conducted by the local council, and the third phase is advanced training, a weeklong experience at Philmont Scout Ranch.

The Name Change

Several issues spurred the change of the JLT name to correspond with the updated course content. Among them was the desire to make clear that this is a national course. Also, studies have told us that our membership would prefer to be referred to as youth rather that junior, so the name became clear National Youth Leadership Training. The manual you are now holding is the result of a long and careful process to revamp junior leader training into NYLT. This NYLT Staff Guide outlines the steps of initiating a council NYLT course, sets out a calendar to ensure that course preparations are timely, and offers an overview of the staff training essential to conducting an effective course. The NYLT syllabus offers a minuteby-minute guide to an NYLT course and detailed instructions on presenting sessions and activities.

Course Overview

The NYLT course centers around the concepts of what a leader must BE, what he must KNOW, and what he must DO. The key elements are then taught with a clear focus on HOW TO. The skills come alive during the week as the patrol goes on a Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. NYLT is a six-day course. Content is delivered in a troop and patrol outdoor setting with an emphasis on immediate application of learning in a fun environment. Interconnecting concepts and work processes are introduced early, built upon, and aided by the use of mnemonics (memory aids), which allows participants to understand and employ the leadership skills much faster.

Staff Guide-1

Elements like demonstrating the Teaching EDGE by teaching Scouts to find waypoints with a GPS make learning fun for staff and participants alike. The skills of visualizing success, setting goals to accomplish that vision, and developing a plan to get there are core to the leaders role. Other key course elements include leading yourself, communicating, developing a team, applying a leadership style that fits the teams stage of development, and teaching skills to others. Sessions on problem solving, making ethical decisions, and valuing people are added as elements of a leaders toolbox. The six-day course schedule parallels the program month of a troop. Three model troop meetings, a patrol leaders council meeting in the round followed by daily PLC operating sessions, an instructional campfire, and troop operation using the patrol method are coupled with Explanation, Demonstration, and Guided practice to create and Enabled, productive troop program. Throughout the week, the Scoutmaster models his role in delivering that program in an adult-led, boy-run troop. Built on the legacy of past JLT successes, the new NYLT syllabus integrates the best of modern leadership theory with the traditional strengths of the Scouting experience. Through activities, presentations, challenges, discussions, and audiovisual support, NYLT participants will be engaged in a unified approach to leadership that will give them the skills and confidence to lead well. Through a wide range of activities, events, games, and adventures, NYLT participants will work and play together as they put into action the best that Scouting has to offer.

A Month in the Life of a Troop

An NYLT course is set up to represent a month in the life of a typical Scout troop, including mirroring the troop structure by assigning incoming participants to patrols. The first three full days of the course represent the first three weeks of a troop calendar, complete with patrol leaders council meetings, troop meetings, patrol meetings, and planning for a big troop event. Participants use the full range of BSA resources for planning and conducting meetings that are interesting, lively, and relevant a skill they can incorporate with great effect when they return to their home troops. NYLT patrol members put their preparations to the test with a NYLT Outpost Camp symbolizing the big event that culminates a normal troops monthly program. During a NYLT course, patrol members find themselves going through four stages of team development Forming, Storming, Norming, and Performing. Their challenges heighten the team development process, enabling them to use their awareness of the stages to build a highly effective team that can reach its full potential. Along the way they also enjoy he Scouting fellowship and fun that are key components of the patrol method.

The Stages of Team Development

Staff Guide-2

Leadership Requires Vision, Goals, and Planning A Toolbox of Leadership Skills

NYLT participants discover that leading themselves and leading others requires a vision a picture of future success. Each patrol will develop a team vision for the course, and each individual will prepare his own vision. A constant refrain of NYLT is if you can see it, you can be it. Through presentation and positive experiences in goal setting, planning, and problem solving, participant learn how to set a clear course toward realizing their team and individual visions, and then how to put themselves in the center of those pictures of future success. Several NYLT presentations are designed to give participant a toolbox of effective leadership skills they can make their own. Added to the idea of developing a vision, the skills in the toolbox form the NYLT Memory Tips a short list that encompasses the key course concepts:
Vision Goals Planning: Creating a Positive Future Success SMART Goals: Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Relevant, Timely Planning and Problem-Solving Tool: What, How, When, Who Assessment Tool: SSC Start, Stop, Continue Teaching EDGE: Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable Stages of Team Development: Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing Leading EDGE: Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable Conflict Resolution Tool: EAR Express, Address, Resolve Making Ethical Decisions: Right vs. Wrong, Right vs. Right, Trivial Communication: MaSeR Message, Sender, Receiver Valuing People: ROPE Reach out, Organize, Practice, Experience Team Stage Forming Storming Norming Performing Development Phase High enthusiasm, Low skills Low enthusiasm, Low skills Rising enthusiasm, Growing skills High enthusiasm, High skills Leadership Behavior That Is Best for That Stage Explaining Demonstrating Guiding Enabling

Staff Guide-3

Consistent Leadership Modeling

The youth and adult staff member of a NYLT course are charged with providing participants with the best possible opportunity to learn effective leadership skills in a setting where the highest ideals of Scouting shine through. Essential to that effort is the fact that staff members use NYLT leadership skills and philosophies themselves, which provides them with an extremely effective means of sharing skills and leading teams. It also models the skills and leadership ideals that the NYLT Program seeks to convey.
The youth and adults serving as NYLT staff members model appropriate leadership skills in everything they do, creating a rich learning environment for the Scouts they are serving and for themselves. Servant leadership is an important NYLT leadership attitude, and it is critical that he staff model a focus on course participants and not on themselves. Great leaders seek to serve others.

Scout Oath and Law Have Fun!

Every NYLT course operates according to the principles of the Scout Oath and Law. Each participant and staff member is welcomed, appreciated, and valued. There is no room for hazing or for any activities that do not add to a positive learning experience for everyone. Leadership, fun, challenge, adventure NYLT offers all of those and much more. The NYLT program can be a centerpiece of a councils youth training opportunities, providing local troops with outstanding youth leaders and giving those Scouts the tools and leadership ideals that will serve them well in whatever they do. This staff guide provides the course director and staff with the essential tools needed to teach and learn leadership. Each presenter is charged with making the sessions fun and entertaining, especially by bringing to life the material by relating experiences that fit the topic.

Traditions

Most councils have deep-rooted traditions regarding their youth training courses. Many have a special name for their course, and some have a special award or symbol that has been carried of for many years. These traditions may be continued, but the title National Youth Leadership Training needs to be added to the traditional name. As the NYLT syllabus is introduced, two things must remain intact:
Each of the core sessions outlined in the syllabus must be presented, with no additional content sessions. The core sessions must be taught in the order that is laid out in the syllabus and with in the six-day time frame.

Other that these two requirements, you are free to be as creative as you like in making the training experience fun and meaningful for the participant.

Staff Guide-4

Course Preparation and Staff Training

Conducting a National Youth Leadership Training course takes a great deal of planning, plenty of inspiration, and the enthusiastic participation of many dedicated people. The rewards for participants, staff, and the Scouting movement are tremendous. NYLT courses are the councils responsibility and are usually overseen by its leadership training committee. Any council that does not offer a NYLT course should seriously consider making it a part of its service to youth. Councils that had JLT courses should review the new NYLT syllabus and adjust their courses to take full advantage of the best the modern training has to offer.
To avoid confusion among councils, every NYLT program will be called National Youth Leadership Training. Councils may devise tier own names for NYLT courses, but the name should include the National Youth Leadership Training.

Most councils find it practical to operate their NYLT course at a council resident camp. Courses may take place at any time of the year, but they are most often scheduled to occur just before or after the normal camp season. Of course, a weeklong training course needs to conform to resident camp standards. By hosting a NYLT course before summer camp and opening it to those who will serve on the camp staff, a council provide its camp staff members with the most effective leadership training the BSA has to offer.

Staff Guide-5

Preparing for an NYLT course begins with Appointing a council staff adviser Recruiting a NYLT Scoutmaster Establishing a course budget Developing a planning calendar

Council Staff Adviser

The council Scout executive appoints a member of the council professional staff to serve as the NYLT adviser, whose duties include serving as liaison with the council service center, the camp, and suppliers, and helping enable the council leadership training committee to select an appropriate Scoutmaster for the NYLT troop. The Scoutmaster for a NYLT course is recruited by the council leadership training committee with the advisement of the council staff adviser and the approval of the council Scout executive. The Scoutmaster should have recent success leading a regular Scout troop and should be committed to using the current NYLT syllabus to train the youth and adult staff and to present the NYLT course. The Scoutmaster and all other adult leaders should set a positive example of proper uniforming and physical fitness. The council leadership training committee, Scoutmaster, and NYLT council staff adviser work together to prepare a NYLT course budget and to determine the participant fees. All funds and financial details should be handled in accordance with the local councils standard accounting procedures. Preparations for the NYLT course should begin a year in advance. This sample calendar shows the major steps to be accomplished and the time frame for completing them.
360 days before the course: The council leadership training committee

NYLT Scoutmaster

Budget and Fees

NYLT Planning Calendar

confirms the course dates and location and places the course on the council calendar.
300 days before the course: Recruit the NYLT course Scoutmaster. 240 days before the course: Recruit the NYLT assistant Scoutmasters. 230 days before the course: The Scoutmaster and the assistant Scoutmasters

meet to review the course syllabus, refine the budget, prepare the promotional plan, and begin recruiting and selecting the adult and youth staff.
210 days before the course: The council leadership training committee

approves the course budget and determines the participant attendance fee.

Staff Guide-6

210 days before the course: Those appointed by the council leadership training

committee prepare the plans and promotional materials to advertise the course.
180 days before the course: Continue recruiting youth staff. 180 days before the course: Mail course promotion materials to the

Scoutmasters of local troops, asking them to encourage the qualified Scouts in their troops to attend NYLT training. The NYLT Scoutmaster and council staff members are prepared to respond to questions from potential NYLT participants and their Scoutmasters.
120 days before the course: Send additional promotional materials to the head

of each chartered organization and the chairperson of each troop committee.

120 days before the course: Conduct staff orientation for NYLT adult and

youth staff members.

120 days before the course: The promotion team begins making personal

contact with troops. The promotion team consists of the adults and youth teaching the course, district training teams, and any other asked to help promote the course.
120 days before the course: The NYLT quartermaster and other adult staff

prepare equipment lists, determine the course menus, and order provisions.
Following the patrol method, participants will prepare their own meals during an NYLT course. Meals during the NYLT course are not teambuilding elements. The focus is on nourishment, not building skills. The staff and quartermasters should plan menus that are simple, nourishing, and easy to cook, and should provide the patrols with instructions for preparing the dishes. (Recipes can be included in each Scouts NYLT Participant Notebook so that he can take the recipes home and use them with his own patrol and troop.) Sample Menus can be found in the appendix.

90 days before the course: Conduct the first staff training weekend (led by the

NYLT Scoutmaster, other adult staff, and the course senior patrol leader).
60 days before the course:

Conduct the second staff training weekend (led by the NYLT Scoutmaster, other adult staff, and the course senior patrol leader). Check course registration. If registration has not reached the appropriate levels, follow up with uncommitted troops.

Staff Guide-7

Begin printing course materials. Items to be produced include printouts of certain sessions of the National Youth Leadership Training DVD and the contents of the NYLT Participant Notebooks.

30 days before the course:

Conduct the third staff training weekend (led by the NYLT Scoutmaster, other adult staff, and the course senior patrol leader). The quartermaster and other staff ensure the printing of course materials is completed and the equipment and supplies have been delivered to the course location.
30 days before the course: The staff arrives to make final preparations for the

course.
0 days: The course opens. +7 days: The course closes. 30 days after the course closes:

The staff wraps up financial matters, ensures that equipment has been returned and/or stored, and sends any remaining letters of thanks to those who helped make the course possible. The Scoutmaster submits his report to the council leadership training committee.
This sample calendar should be adjusted to fit the needs of the local council courses.

Staff Guide-8

Staff Recruitment
Selecting qualified staff is vital to the success of every National Youth Leadership Training course. Recruiters should seek out potential staff members who possess enthusiasm, reliability, and a strong dedication to Scouting The Scoutmaster recruits adults to serve as assistant Scoutmasters. They, in turn, can help the Scoutmaster recruit the youth staff. Minimum requirements for youth staff members include: Be at least age 14. Have held the position of patrol leader or senior patrol leader in their own troops. Have been an NYLT course participant. In order to keep NYLT fresh, half of the staff should be made up of youth who have not served on an NYLT staff before. The course Scoutmaster and assistant Scoutmasters can serve for two years but then should step aside and allow others the chance to take advantage of all the learning and leadership opportunities of being NYLT Scoutmasters and assistant Scoutmasters. Upon being chosen to serve on the NYLT staff, each youth staff member will be sent a staff application to be completed and approved by his parents and his Scoutmaster. There is no nationally used application form; councils are to design a form to fit their unique needs.

Staff Guide-9

gg

Councils with long-standing NYLT courses may find that some adult and youth leaders are deeply tied to old local traditions and outdated syllabus elements. Those Scouts and Scouters may have attitudes about their own roles as NYLT leaders that are in conflict with the philosophy of servant leadership that is essential to conducting modern NYLT courses. Change can feel threatening to them. Often with the best of intentions, they may resist implementation of some or all of the new NYLT syllabus. Councils should be proactive in helping those youth and adults understand that the new syllabus, while different from earlier versions, has the same goal of enabling each NYLT participant to become a more effective leader. It may help if those resistant to change can observe the new syllabus in action at a NYLT course conducted by another council, or can observe portions of their own councils courses. If a former staff member is still unwilling to buy into the new syllabus fully and enthusiastically, the solutions may be to thank that person for his former service, find him a more appropriate role in the council, and make room for fresh adults or youth to take his position on the NYLT

Staff Guide-10

Staff Organization
The minimum adult staff roster for a NYLT troop consists of: Scoutmaster Two or more assistant Scoutmaster Quartermaster (at least one, ideally several) The minimum youth staff roster for a NYLT troop includes: Senior patrol leader Assistant senior patrol leader for program Assistant senior patrol leader for service Troop guides (one assigned to each patrol) NYLT courses that include a large number of participants enough for more than four patrols, for example can include additional staff as the Scoutmaster deems necessary. For example, an additional adult staff member to help with commissary duties can be of invaluable assistance to the troops quartermaster. Patrols should not consist of more than six to eight Scouts. If recruitment indicates an interest in NYLT that far exceeds the capacity of a planned course (a troop with more than six patrols can become difficult to manage), the council may consider scheduling a second NYLT course at a later date or developing a second troop that can run a course concurrent with, but separate form, the first course.

Staff Position Descriptions Scoutmaster

The NYLT Scoutmaster should have the same qualities of leadership as any good troop Scoutmaster. The Selecting Quality Leaders brochure, No. 18-981, lists some of these qualities and gives helpful hints on recruiting quality leaders for an NYLT course. The course Scoutmaster should have had recent experience as the Scoutmaster of a troop and should be familiar with council programs. Because the basic purpose of the NYLT course is to teach leadership skills, the course Scoutmaster should have completed a Wood Badge course, ideally Wood Badge for the 21st Century. Duties include: Working directly with council-appointed NYLT staff adviser Recruiting quality adult and youth staff Conducting staff training before the course Helping staff develop a vision for the course, and the goals and plans to fulfill that vision

Staff Guide-11

Conducting the course as outlined in this manual Serving as coach and mentor to the senior patrol leader and other NYLT youth leaders Working closely with assistant Scoutmasters and other adult staff to ensure their effectiveness in completing their staff assignments Modeling the core learning and leadership messages of the NYLT syllabus Recruiting youth participants
One of the Scoutmasters most important roles is to attend all assemblies, troop meetings, and teaching sessions of a NYLT course in order to stay abreast of course developments and to be available to coach and mentor the NYLT senior patrol leader and other youth staff members. He must be able to rely on the assistant Scoutmasters to handle any administrative matters that would divert his attention form his primary duties.

Assistant Scoutmasters

The assistant Scoutmasters should have the same qualifications as the course Scoutmaster. A course must have at least one assistant Scoutmaster to comply with the BSAs Youth Protection guidelines, which call for two-deep leadership at all times. Ideally, a course will have two or more assistant Scoutmasters so that the responsibilities of adult leadership and administrative duties can be more easily shared. Duties include: Serving as backups for the Scoutmaster Sharing in the administration of the NYLT course Working with the quartermaster in the management of the commissary, equipment, and course supplies Participating in staff training sessions Modeling the core learning and leadership messages of the NYLT syllabus Handling any issues that arise that could detract the Scoutmaster from his primary role of guiding and coaching the senior patrol leader and other youth staff Recruiting youth participants
Assistant Scoutmasters may be asked to assume responsibilities and take ownership of certain areas of the course. However, each assistant Scoutmaster must model all of he core learning and leadership messages.

Staff Guide-12

Quartermaster and Assistant Quartermasters

The NYLT course quartermaster and his assistants must have an eye for detail, an interest in neat and orderly procedures, and a strong sense of responsibility coupled with a desire to be helpful. Duties include: Working closely with other adult NYLT staff and the NYLT senior patrol leader Receiving, storing and issuing course equipment and supplies Receiving, storing, and issuing food supplies Providing support for staff training Helping facilitate the Patrol Lunch Planning Challenge on the Day Two of the NYLT course Modeling the core learning and leadership messages of the NYLT syllabus Recruiting youth participants

Youth Staff Position Descriptions Senior Patrol Leader

As in any Scout troop, the senior patrol leader is the key leader of a NYLT troop. He is empowered by the NYLT Scoutmaster to run the troop with the help of the rest of the youth staff and the NYLT patrol leaders. Duties include: Running troop meetings, events, and activities Chairing meetings of the patrol leaders council Delegating duties and responsibilities to other members of the NYLT youth staff Assisting the Scoutmaster with staff training Modeling the core learning and leadership messages of the NYLT syllabus Recruiting youth participants

Assistant Senior Patrol Leaders for Program and Service

The NYLT troops assistant senior patrol leaders are prepared to fulfill the duties of the senior patrol leader if he is unavailable at some point during a course. One assistant senior patrol leader will take responsibility for program matters; another will accept responsibility for service. Duties of the assistant senior patrol leader for program include: Providing mentoring mentoring and coaching to each days program patrol Overseeing the preparation of campfires Supporting NYLT presenters with preparations for sessions, meetings, and activities

Staff Guide-13

Overseeing audiovisual support for NYLT sessions Modeling the core learning and leadership messages of the NYLT syllabus Completing other assignments as determined by the senior patrol leader Recruiting youth participants Duties of the assistant senior patrol leader for service include: Providing mentoring and coaching for each days service patrol Overseeing preparations of the model campsite on the Orientation Trail (Day one of the NYLT course) Conducting daily campsite inspections and guiding patrols in complying with the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist Teaching the daily service patrols to police and clean up troop areas with a Leave No Trace ethnic Managing presentations of the daily Baden-Powell Patrol streamers Completing other assignments as determined by the senior patrol leader Recruiting youth participants

Troop Guides

The role of a NYLT troop guide is similar to that of the troop guide in a regular Scout troop. In addition, NYLT troop guides are key to facilitating the NYLT syllabus and advancing each patrols development as a team Duties include: Serving the patrol to which he is assigned Coaching and mentoring each days patrol leader Presenting selected sessions and activities of the NYLT course Modeling the core learning and leadership messages of the NYLT syllabus Completing other assignments as determined by the senior patrol leader Recruiting youth participants

Staff Guide-14

Promoting the Course

The NYLT staff, local council, and district leadership training committees are charged with getting out the word about an upcoming National Youth Leadership Training course. A key to successful promotion is personal contact with each local Scoutmaster to point out eh advantages of NYLT for the troops senior patrol leader and for Scouts who soon may serve in that position. Troops may be encouraged to pay the course fees for these youth leaders an investment that will be repaid many times over in the quality of leadership skills that Scouts who have completed NYLT can bring to their home troops.

NYLT Participant Age and Rank Requirements

Any NYLT course is ideal for training senior patrol leaders and patrol leaders. It can also be a valuable experience for other older Scouts. In order to attend a NYLT course, a Scout must have the following qualifications by the beginning of the course: Be 13 years of age and have completed the seventh grade. Be a First Class Scout
Scoutmasters should not allow exceptions to age and rank requirements. Experience has shown that Scouts younger than 13 often lack the physical and emotional maturity to benefit fully from the NYLT experience. Those who have not earned the First Class rank do not have the Scouting background to fulfill their roles as members of their NYLT patrol and troop.

Staff Guide-15

Enabling Your Participants Success

Application of the skills learned at NYLT is usually based heavily on the environment of the home troop. The last E in the Leading EDGE for the NYLT Scoutmaster is Enabling. The key to Enabling is to help create a positive environment for application of NYLT skills in the home troop. The participants success in this area will be determined by the involvement of the Scoutmaster in the elements of the course. It is suggested that you consider the following: Offer a course synopsis to participants home Scoutmasters. Invite the home Scoutmasters to the course orientation meeting. Invite the home Scoutmaster to the closing feast and Creating Your Future closing session. Establishing a follow-up system to receive feedback on the participants application of NYLT sills

Recognition

The national recognition for the completion of a NYLT course is the NYLT patch and certificate and a participant belt buckle. Then NYLT certificate replaces the current JLT recognition certificate. Councils may supplement recognitions with other local traditional items. The NYLT logo is in the appendix and on the NYLT Web site, [Link]

Staff Guide-16

NYLT Staff Development Guide

The purpose of staff training is to help the youth and adult staffs of a National Youth Leadership Training course reach the Performing stage of team development and to enable each staff member to carry out his responsibilities for the course with competence, confidence, and enthusiasm. Staff training has six specific objectives: To set the tone and standards for the course To give staff the confidence and knowledge to conduct an NYLT course To provide staff with a clear understanding of team and personal development and how those elements relate to being a leader To guide the youth staff through stages of team development To allow adult and youth staff to practice modeling the core learning and leadership messages of the NYLT syllabus To create an environment of Scouting fellowship and fun guided by the Scout Oath and LawScouting at its best! The NYLT course is the Boy Scouts of America's most effective means of providing its members with the skills, attitudes, and confidence to serve as leaders in many settings, including being youth staff members of future NYLT courses. Most importantly, however, youth participants who employ the skills learned during NYLT will strengthen their home units. Some Scouts selected to serve on the youth staff of an NYLT course will have had the experience of being NYLT participants. Other staff candidates may be new to NYLT. Staff training can serve as a refresher for those familiar with the syllabus and as an introduction for those who are not. It also provides an environment of cooperation and contribution that allows the NYLT adult and youth staff to prepare the details of the course and come up with solutions for any problems they may foresee.

Consisting of an orientation meeting and three weekend sessions, NYLT staff training provides a compressed version of the key learning points of a full course. As staff members develop a vision for the course and establish the goals to achieve that vision, they will learn about and experience the stages of team development. They will become accustomed to using the skills of effective communication and put into practice the principles of the Teaching EDGE, conflict resolution, and all the other NYLT concepts that will ensure effective course leadership by every member of the youth staff.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

Syllabus and Training Schedule Distribution

As soon as selected staff members have accepted the offer to serve, send each one the following materials: A copy of the National Youth Leadership Training syllabus A copy of the NYLT Participant Notebook (the notebook participants will receive the first day of the NYLT course) The schedule for NYLT staff training sessions The schedule for the NYLT course Encourage staff members to study the syllabus and note areas that are unclear so that their questions can be addressed during staff training. Ask each person to compile a list of the sessions he or she would like to present and to arrange the list in order of preference. Remind staff members to bring their notes, the NYLT syllabus, and the NYLT Participant Notebook to the staff orientation meeting.

Additional Items to Be Covered-During Staff Training

NYLT Scoutmasters should cover the following items during staff training meetings: Assign responsibility for raising and lowering the course flag each day of staff development. Assign responsibility for introducing speakers. Set guidelines for using the commissarydo not allow food while participants are there. The commissary is not a gathering place for off-hours during the day. Check status of preparation of staff flag. Staff should impress upon participants by word and deed the importance of clean campsites.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

Observe camp courtesy. Wear uniforms properly and make sure the participants do, too. Reinforce troop movementswhen the troop moves, they move as a unit! Staff should be extremely conscious of using appropriate language. Staff is always the role model. Each staff member should verify that he can attend all meetings, staff training sessions, and the entire NYLT course and that he will devote the time and effort needed to fulfill his responsibilities. Staff members should alert the Scoutmaster of any scheduling conflicts so that they can be addressed well in advance of the course.

NYLT Training Schedule

The key events of training are the four times that youth and adult staff members gather: 120 days before the courseStaff orientation meeting 90 days before the courseFirst staff development weekend 60 days before the courseSecond staff development weekend 30 days before the courseThird staff development weekend Note: In the first year of this new syllabus, you might find it helpful to include an extra staff development session or weekend, or expand the orientation or second staff development to make sure that the youth and adult staff fully understand and have the necessary presentation skills to bring life to the content. The goal and spirit of staff development is to enable the staff to arrive in the Performing stage with the least amount of time investment.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

Staff Orientation Meeting

120 Days Before the Course

The staff orientation meeting is designed to set the tone for staff training and the upcoming NYLT course. It is an opportunity for the adult and youth staff members to get to know one another and for the staff team to begin forming. Staff members will develop their vision of success for the NYLT course and will begin using the skills of effective communication as they share information with one another.

Time
9:00 9:30
A.M. A.M. A.M. P.M.

Activity
Opening and staff introduction Overview of National Youth Leadership Training Communicating Well (Part One) Lunch Finding Your Vision (Part One) Developing Your Team (followed by a break) The Leading EDGE Discussion of sessions, planning for next staff development, and discussion of how the session apply to NYLT

10:30 12:00 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00

P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

This staff orientation meeting is timed t take no more than one day. It can be held anywhere in the council and should be planned to include lunch for all who attend. Many portions of the NYLT staff training draw directly from sessions, events, and activities of the NYLT course syllabus. Using the syllabus as a guide for staff training will allow presenters to Explain key elements of the course, Demonstrate them, and Guide youth staff members in practicing those elements in way stat will Enable them to use and present them on their own during the NYLT course.

Notes on Selected Activities of the Staff Orientation Meeting.

Opening and Staff IntroductionsScoutmaster and senior patrol leader Welcome everyone warmly. Model the introductions of the Day One troop assembly. Overview of National Youth Leadership TrainingScoutmaster Let staff know that an important part of NYLT is sharing information. There are no secrets among staff members, and no information is withheld from participants. You will do all you can to make staff aware of everything about the course, beginning with this overview. Provide staff with the big picture of the upcoming NYLT course, using the Course Overview section that begins on page 1 of the Staff Guide. Communicating Well (Part One) Assistant Scoutmaster (or assigned staff) Present the session on Communicating Well (Part One) (found in Day One of the syllabus), adapted where necessary for staff training. During the session, distribute copies of the Communication Skills Checklist. Encourage staff members to practice good communication skills throughout staff training and the NYLT course and to use the Communication Skills Checklist to help improve their own skills and those of other staff members.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

The sessions on Communicating Well, Finding Your Vision, Developing Your Team, and Leading EDGE must be practiced by their presenters before the staff orientation meeting. Since many attendees are new to NYLT staff training, the presenters of these sessions must be either veteran youth staff who have made these presentations at a previous NYLT course or adult staff who have fully prepared the presentations in advance of the staff orientation meeting. In either case, this is an opportunity for presenters to deliver these sessions in ways that demonstrate the use of effective communication skills and presentation techniques. Youth staff can then model their own presentations to be as effective as those they have witnessed. For the NYLT course itself, presentation of these sessions will be assigned to members of the youth staff.

Finding Your Vision (Part One)Assigned staff Present the session on Finding Your Vision (Part One) (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day One), adapted where necessary for staff training. To demonstrate finding a vision, the Scoutmaster can share his vision for the program (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day One, Opening Assembly). For the team vision challenge, ask the youth staff to develop a picture of what their success as a staff will look like at the end of the NYLT course. Have them refine and write out their team vision. (Make copies of the team vision to distribute when the staff returns for the first staff training weekend.) During the presentation, point out effective ways to use the course slides and video clips from the National Youth Leadership Training DVD. Developing Your Team Assigned staff Present the Developing Your Team session (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day Three), adapted where necessary for staff training. Discuss with the staff how the staff itself and the patrols they will guide during the course will undergo the stages of team development. Point out that the staff itself is in the Forming stage, complete with excitement about the upcoming course as well as some lack of skills in the new content and presenting. Explain that each day the staff and the patrols will take time out to analyze where they are in the stages of team development.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

The Leading EDGE Assigned staff Present the Leading EDGE session (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day Three), adapted where necessary for staff training. Discuss with the staff how the mnemonic EDGEExplain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable is at the heart of other skills that the staff will learn and teach, especially the Teaching EDGE. Discuss how each leadership style will be modeled and demonstrated by the staff during the course (and the senior patrol leader and course director with the staff during staff development). Planning Session and AssignmentsScoutmaster and senior patrol leader Use the remaining time of the staff orientation meeting to lay the groundwork for the upcoming staff training weekends and to attend to any other matters of the moment. Begin making assignments for staff to present NYLT sessions. At a minimum, assign those sessions that will be presented during the first staff training weekend. Pass out the NYLT memory tips card or page from the appendix. Encourage the staff to become familiar with each item so they can PRACTICE and model each one as they learn more about the tools. Closing Senior patrol leader and Scoutmaster Thank everyone for attending and encourage them to use the coming month to study the syllabus and to practice any presentations they have been assigned. The Scoutmaster can conclude the meeting with a Scoutmaster's Minute based on the Be, Know, Do of Scouting. (For a guide, see the NYLT syllabus, Day One, Opening Assembly, "Scoutmaster's Minute.")

NYLT Staff Development Guide

First Staff Training Weekend

90 Days Before the Course Friday (First Staff Training Weekend) Time
7:30 8:00 8:30 9:30
P.M. P.M.

Activity
Opening and overview of the weekend Review syllabus sessions Communicating Well, Finding Your Vision, and Developing Your Team Review syllabus session Setting Your Goals Getting to Know Me game and cracker barrel Lights out

P.M. P.M. P.M.

10:30

Saturday (First Staff Training Weekend Time

7:30 9:00
A.M. A.M. A.M. A.M. P.M.

Activity
Breakfast and cleanup Review syllabus session The Teaching EDGE Geocache Wide game preparations and practice The Trainers EDGE staff development presentation Lunch and Cleanup Prepare presentations Model patrol leaders council meeting preparations and practice Troop meetings preparations and practice Activity preparations (determined by SM and SPL) Dinner and cleanup Opening campfire planning and practice; review of staff quest Cracker barrel Lights out

10:00 11:00 12:00 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:30 5:30 7:00 9:00

P.M. P.M.

P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M.

10:30

NYLT Staff Development Guide

Sunday (First Staff Training Weekend) Time

7:00 8:00 8:30
A.M. A.M. A.M. A.M. A.M. A.M.

Activity
Breakfast and cleanup Scouts worship service Continue course preparations Evaluate the weekend using SSC Assignments and questions Closing

10:00 10:30 11:00

Notes on Selected Activities of the First Staff Training Weekend

Opening and Overview of the WeekendSenior patrol leader Greet attendees and welcome them to the first weekend of NYLT staff training. Invite the Scoutmaster to add his own words of welcome. Distribute copies of the schedule for the weekend and briefly discuss how events will unfold. Review Communicating Well (Part One); Finding Your Vision (Part One); and Developing Your Team Assigned staff This review can be conducted by the staff members who presented these sessions during the staff orientation meeting. Communicating Well: Remind the staff that communicating well is a key to the success of the upcoming NYLT course. Distribute fresh copies of the Communication Skills Checklist and review its contents. Ask staff to use the checklist to provide productive Start, Stop, Continue feedback throughout the weekend as people practice making presentations. Finding Your Vision: Remind staff that for a team and for individuals, vision is the picture of future success. Goals are the steps for fulfilling a vision, and planning is the process of figuring out how to attain goals. Ask the Scoutmaster to summarize the vision for the course he presented during the staff orientation meeting. Distribute and review copies of the team vision developed by staff members during the staff orientation meeting.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

Developing Your Team: Remind the staff of the four stages of team development. As a team works to realize its team vision, it will go through the four stages of team development. So will the staff as it works to realize the vision outlined by the Scoutmaster and in smaller working groups. Patrols will have a similar experience, and the staff as well as the patrols themselves will be asked to assess what stage of development each patrol is experiencing as the course progresses. Staff members can use Start, Stop, Continue and the Communication Skills Checklist to help the presenter improve his presentation skills. Setting Your Goals Assigned staff Present the Setting Your Goals session (syllabus, Day Two), adapted where necessary for staff training. At the conclusion of the session, ask staff for positive Start, Stop, Continue evaluation of the presenter's presentation skills, using the Communication Skills Checklist. Include input on the use of audiovisual support. Getting to Know Me Game and Cracker Barrel The Getting to Know Me game is a tool for building trust and understanding. It is especially effective for enabling communication and strengthening relationships among team members. That is as true for staff members as it is for NYLT course participants. It also is an early introduction to valuing people. Divide the staff into patrol-sized teams and allow each team to play the Getting to Know Me game. Provide cracker barrel snacks for the teams to enjoy while playing the game. The Teaching EDGE Assigned staff A critical element of an NYLT course is that the staff use and model the Teaching EDGE whenever they are teaching a skill. Course participants will have witnessed the use of the Teaching EDGE numerous times before this session describes it in full. While the Leading EDGE describes behaviors, the Teaching EDGE describes a process for transferring skills. Present the Teaching EDGE session (syllabus, Day Four), adapted where necessary for staff training. During the course, the session will be presented by troop guides in patrol settings. During staff training, the session can be presented by one wellrehearsed troop guide. The intent is both to convey the content of the session and to provide clear direction on how the session can be presented. To that end, adult staff can provide coaching and mentoring to help the presenter and the rest of the staff make the most of the learning experience.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

10

Geocache Wide Game Preparations and Practice Assigned staff Geocache Wide game preparation and practice will allow staff to build on the Teaching EDGE session and to get outside and enjoy a physical activity. Preparations can include laying out the Geocache Wide game course, using GPS receivers, and running through some of the course challenges. (For more on the Geocache Wide game, see the NYLT syllabus, Day Four.) Preparing Your Training Session Assigned staff This session should be conducted by one of the trainers from the first weekend, who will share the preparations made for that session. The idea is to show how one prepares a training session. The following is a suggested lesson plan for this session.

Preparing Your Session

Ask the group if anyone has ever put together a model airplane. Have you ever done it without instructions? Make the point that a training session without a plan is like trying to build a model without using the instructions

Get an Overview of the session

Review the sessions learning objectives and make sure your plan covers each learning objective during the session. Review the EDGE Connections Chart (appendix) to get a feel for how the course elements tie together. Use the Teaching EDGE Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable. Know which parts of the EDGE you are covering in each session. Sometimes Guide and Enable will come later in the day or even later in the week. Explain what the key points are up front; Demonstrate how to do it and why it is important to learn; Guide participants to be able to do it themselves, perhaps through questions and discussion; and Enable by making sure the participants have a chance to try it themselves so they can learn by doing. That the Boy Scout method of training. Do a quick read of the training guide to highlight all the session activities. Even highlight the question you will ask that they should be able to answer. Picture the participants succeeding at the activities and answering all the questions with enthusiasm. That is your vision of success. Everything you do and say as a trainer should help you achieve that vision for the participants.

Prepare the Train

Read the suggested material and highlight key points of prepare an outline of what participants need to succeed at the activities. Compare your outline or highlights to the activities and learning objectives. Did you provide the participants with just enough so they could succeed? Are your media elements in the right order? Personalize your presentation. Use your own experiences or common experiences (perhaps something from a popular movie almost everyone has seen) to underscore the key elements of the session. It may take several week to

NYLT Staff Development Guide

11

practice what you are teaching in real life so you can share personal experience to help the participants better understand the skills and concepts. Write in your notes the time allotted for each section of the training. It will take lots of practice to stay within the time allocations. Use the questions in the syllabus as much as possible. These are designed to help the participants think about the topic so they can learn it and remember it in their heads after the training is over.

Prepare Your Media

Consider the media you will use slides, flip charts, white boards, etc. The media should help the learners show what they are expected to learn in this session remember or visualize key concepts or techniques, and recall what was just covered. The slides are there as a guide and resource for you. Use pictures or illustrations to make key points. Pictures can represent what you are saying or can provide a visual example. You also can use graphs, charts, or models to organize the concepts or process you are teaching. Dont be fooled by slides words on a slide are not the same as an illustration or picture. Dont let your pictures be so elaborate that they take attention away from what you are saying. Also, presentation software offers lots of fancy transitions, sounds, and animation that can distract the learners. Aim for simplicity. If you practice with live participants you can test your illustrations to assure that they help and do not distract from the learning.

Practice
Practice your training session until you have it well in mind. Some trainers like to use a tape recorder (or even a video recorder) so they can hear themselves. Others like to train with a few people who can provide them with real responses. Practice any exercises that are five minutes or longer with a group of people to assure you can give clear instructions and that eh participants act the way you expect them to act. The goal is to talk with the participants naturally that is, only looking at your outline occasionally. Never read a presentation word for word from the syllabus, and dont tray to memorize it word for word. Be your self as you help the learners achieve the learning objectives. Make sure your posture and body language are inviting learning. Be prepared, and know the topic. Practice sharing your own experiences on this topic in a short, interesting way. Then relax and focus on caring about your participants. If you are prepared, practice what you are teaching, and care about your learners, you can provide a great training session.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

12

Practice the Three Ps PREPARE Your Presentation

Size up your audience, considering the sort of people they are and what they probably know and want to learn about the subject. Write down the purpose of the presentation (or review the learning objectives) and decide on the ideas that should be covered. Research the subject, taking a brief notes. Talk with others who know the subject and make notes of their ideas. Then outline you presentation, including only the most important points usually the fewer, the better and put them in the logical order. PRACTICE Your Presentation Rehearse your presentation until you have it well in mind. Write in you notes the time allotted to major points it will help you stay with in the time limits. Put your outline in final form so that it will not be cluttered with discarded ideas. Try to be ready for extemporaneous speaking, with an occasional look at your outline. Also, it helps to take a few deep breaths before you begin. PERSONALIZE Your Presentation Let each person feel you are talking to him or her. Look at the audience as individual, not as a group. If you are nervous, find a friendly face in the audience and direct your remarks to that person for the first few minutes. Watch the groups reaction as you go along. Stay close to their interests. Use thought-provoking questions to help stimulate everyones thinking. Participants answers will give you feedback on whether they understand what you are saying.

Things to Do During Training Pace yourself. Stay within time limits. Stay on the topic. If discussion drifts offtopic, it is your responsibility to snatch it back and put it back on track where you know you want it to go toward the key learning points! Wrap it up. Summarize the subject by restating the main ideas and their importance. Give listeners a chance to ask questions. Remember to look at the participants in the audience as individuals, not a big group.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

13

Feedback
Ask staff members for Start, Stop, Continue feedback to improve training skills for both the trainer and those who are participating. If staff can recognize behaviors and skills that should be stared, stopped, or continued, they will improve their own awareness and be more likely to be better trainers themselves. Ask staff to review the Communication Skills Checklist to encourage trainer improvement.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

14

The Trainers EDGE Staff Development Session

This session should be provided as a handout for all staff. This important session provides a standard for all course presenters. Tell participants: You are being provided this session as a handout because it will be up to each of you to incorporate these skills into your styles. We are going to talk about five ways you can use body language to help learning occur. They are: 1. Understand that training is not presenting. 2. Connect with the learner/participants using your eyes, ears, and mouth. 3. Use your arms and hands for effective training. 4. Use your position. 5. Use media to make your point. Along the way, stop, and give the learners a chance to try the techniques being taught. We are using the Teaching EDGE Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable.

1. Understand that training is not presenting.

Training is different that presenting. In presenting, the speaker has all the knowledge and the listeners are supposed to absorb the information. In school, you may have been taught to present. In training, the speaker not only presents information but does so in a way to ensure learning occurs. The key ingredient is care for the learner/participant. Training causes learning to happen in the head of the learners/participants. So, how do you get the learners to learn? There are three key things you as a trainer can do: Know the subject very well. If you know your subject, you help the learners to understand. Show respect for your learners by being organized. Make sure videos and other training material are ready, and handouts are prepared and easy to get to. Remember the Scout motto: "Be Prepared. Have an attitude of caring. This is using your position your body language to show that you are open and care about the learners. You want to make sure that they get something from the training session.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

15

Be aware of your posture. You want to project a neutral, open stance. Stand upright, two feet on the ground, hands at your side. It is harder that it looks but it shows the learners that you are open. Lets try it now: Stand upright, hands at your side, (The presenter should demonstrate the open stance.) Dont put your hands in your pockets, or shift from side to side. If you put your hands in front of you, you create a barrier between you and the learner. Dont put your ands behind your back you dont what to project yourself as the commandant, or the person in control. User your body to communicate an open, caring message to the learner.

2. Connect with the learner/participants using your eyes, ears, and mouth.
Trainers are going to make eye contact with participants. You should look at a participant as you say each phrase or sentence, catching the learners in the eye. When you look them in the eye, you also are getting feedback. If you find this hard to do, then focus on a spot on the forehead or just above the head. Focus on one learner at a time and then move to another. The learners will feel that you care. Focus on one and then the next and the next. Lets give this a try. Lets break up into groups of six to eight people and each take a turn saying something simple, like the Scout Oath or Scout Law. Focus on one participant at a time, one phrase per participant. When the exercise is over, the presenter explains that another way to use the eyes is to collect feedback. Communication is a two-way activity, and while you use your eyes to project out, you also use them to gather information. Is the audience paying attention? Is anyone taking notes? Do they need to take notes? Are they talking? If so, are they talking because they are excited? Do the learners need a break? Do they need a chance of pace? You as a trainer need to get feedback and respond. Just as you use your eyes to get feedback, you can also use your ears to gauge the learners comprehension and attention. Ask questions. Ask if there are any questions. When questions are asked, listen closely to what the learners is saying. Repeat the question. This does two things: It allows the others to hear the question, and it clarifies your understanding of what the learner was asking.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

16

Who will answer the question? Sometimes it will be the trainers. But cant the learners also provide the answer? You may want to ask if anyone knows the answer. If it is a point covered earlier, you can ask the learners if anyone remember what was said. That will demonstrate if the learners actually comprehend the message. Using your mouth is important, too. When training a group, imagine there is a wall behind the last row of learners, and that there is a person behind that wall. You need to talk loud enough for all of your learners to hear including that imaginary person behind the wall. You also need to vary your tone. If you are monotone if you use little inflection you risk putting your learners to sleep. You should practice your presentation in front of a mirror or record it on tape and listen to your tone. Remember, you have been given two eyes, two ears, and one mouth. Use them proportionally.

3. Use your arms and hands for effective training.

Some people talk with their hands, constantly moving them. Constant movement of hands can be like with noise learners tune it out. Instead, use your hands to emphasize points rather that create a blanket of white noise. Be careful about hammering into your hand to make a point. Can you imagine a 20minute talk of having every little point hammered on? The learners will feel hammered, too. Use your hands purposefully. Use of your hands can drive up the energy in the room. When using you hands, think about the full range of motion. (Instructor demonstrates by holding hands out in full extension in front, from hands together arcing outward to arms extended and from hands down to hands up like a touchdown signal.) Use the whole space. Dont talk with your elbows in at your sides and hands out. (Instructor demonstrates.) If you get a chance, watch yourself on a videotape. Also be aware of what is in you hands. If you are holding a pen, make sure you do not click it nervously. Dont cause distractions for your learners. Put the pen down. It is OK to use notes just dont hold them in front of you. Look at them, then put them by your side or put them down. As I said using your hands helps drives up the energy in a training room. But how doe you manage that energy? What happens when the energy in the room is high when people want to talk or when they are raising their hands to comment?

NYLT Staff Development Guide

17

Use the same hands that help drive the energy. When you use your hands, hold your arm out with the hand open and palm up. It is open, welcoming. Scan the room, using your eyes to find who has a question (Presenter demonstrates.) What happens if five people raise their hands? Use your hands to direct the verbal traffic. (The trainer demonstrates by holding one arm out, palm up, to recognize a questioner while using the other hand, palm out, in a stop-sign like motion to hold off the other questioner.) Your hand is open to the one to speak while the holding hand recognizes but delays the others. When you are ready, turn your stop sign into a welcoming, palm-up hand to recognize the next learner. If no one answers your question, dont call on people by name, it is threatening. Also, dont point. That is threatening, to. Use the open hand.

4. Use your position.

No, we are not talking about using your position as the leader. We are talking about how you use your body during a training session you position relative to the learners. Most of us are often full of energy when we are training. Sometimes we pace back and forth. That can be distracting to the learners. Instead, channel that energy into your voice, using your eyes to and ears to gather feedback from the learners. Movement should be purposeful. Move to get something to show, or toward the flip chart for emphasis. Or, move toward a participant to show attention. Dont forget to walk backward to get back to teaching position. It is not as easy as you think. Practice it sometime before you try it. Practice using you position to manage the classroom. Lets say there is a group of learners who are chatting or otherwise not paying attention and disrupting. Walk up to them and simply put out your hand palm down, not in their face perhaps on the table or table level. Often, they will stop talking. If they dont, turn your back to them. During a break, you might want to privately ask if they can help you so the participants can hear. You may have an adult talk to them. Lets try this: Have a small group sit to the side and chat while someone talks, perhaps reciting the Scout Oath or Law. Use the tactic mentioned above.

5. Use media to make a point.

What is media? Why do we use media? For excitement, to generate interest, for better understanding. All of those are appropriate answers. When you want to learners to focus on the media, move closer to it. If you what your learners to quit focusing on it, walk away from it. This works for all media from flip charts to video.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

18

Often presenters misuse media. They use it to help them remember what to say. Instead, media should be used to help the learners know where we are, where we are going, and what to remember. You should know your material remember our earlier point. Being organized shows the learner you care. When you know you material, the media is for the learner and not the presenter. Remember to use the Trainers EDGE: Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable. Go out and practice you training skills.

Model Patrol Leaders Council Meeting Presentations and Practice Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader The first patrol leaders' council meeting of an NYLT course is a model PLC meeting presented in the roundthat is, with the rest of the NYLT troop observing the proceedings. A youth staff member acting as narrator explains key points of the meeting to the observers. Discuss the importance of PLC meetings in an NYLT course and review the agendas of all the daily meetings. Ensure that staff members understand their roles for each PLC meeting. (See the NYLT syllabus, days Two, Three, Four, Five, and Six.) Practice the model PLC meeting. (See the NYLT syllabus, Day Two.) Staff members can use Start, Stop, Continue and the Communication Skills Checklist to help those involved in the model PLC meeting improve their presentation skills. Troop Meetings Preparations and PracticeScoutmaster and senior patrol leader Discuss the importance of the NYLT course troop meetings as explained at the beginning of this manual. Emphasize that each meeting is built on the BSA's seven-step troop meeting plan. Review the troop meeting plans and ensure that each staff member understands his part in each troop meeting. (The meeting plans can be found in the appendix, days Two, Three, and Four.) Give special attention to the Day Two troop meeting and the roles of a narrator, senior patrol leader, and other staff members in modeling an effective troop meeting. Enliven the troop meeting practice by engaging staff in the interpatrol activities of the three troop meetings. Emphasize the importance of using the Teaching EDGE throughout the troop meetings.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

19

Activity Preparation Use this time for staff to continue work on elements of the troop meetings or to prepare other program activities determined by the Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader. Opening Campfire Planning and Practice Senior patrol leader, Scoutmaster, assistant Scoutmasters Discuss the format and possibilities of the opening night campfire and explain the importance of it being instructional as well as enjoyable and inspirational. (See the NYLT syllabus, Day One, Opening Campfire.) Using the opening campfire described in the syllabus and the Campfire Program Planner, guide the staff through the initial planning of the opening campfire. Draw on their ideas and ingenuity to provide content and freshness to the event. Explain the use of the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership (as described in the NYLT syllabus, Opening Campfire). Challenge staff members to develop their own presentation of the meaning of leadership that will be presented as a model at the opening campfire. Continue Course Preparations Scoutmaster, senior patrol leader Staff can use this time to continue their work on course preparations as determined by the Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader. Closing Senior patrol leader and Scoutmaster Thank everyone for attending and encourage them to use the coming month to study the syllabus and to practice any presentations they have been assigned. The Scoutmaster can conclude the meeting with a Scoutmaster's Minute based on the Getting to Know Me game and the Be, Know, Do of Scouting. (For a guide, see the NYLT syllabus, Day Two, Troop Assembly, "Scoutmaster's Minute." Adapt it to the particulars of this NYLT staff training weekend.)

NYLT Staff Development Guide

20

Second Staff Training Weekend

60 Days Before the Course Friday (Second Staff Training Weekend) Time
7:30 8:00 8:30
P.M. P.M.

Activity
Opening and overview of the weekend Review the vision, The Teaching EDGE, team development, and The Learning EDGE Quest for the Meaning of Leadership preparation Cracker barrel Lights out

P.M. P.M. P.M.

10:00 10:30

Saturday (Second Staff Training Weekend Time

7:00 8:00 9:00
A.M. A.M. A.M. A.M. A.M. P.M.

Activity
Breakfast and cleanup Solving Problems Set up and practice Problem Solving Round-Robin Valuing People Practice presentations Lunch and Cleanup Resolving Conflict Set up and practice team games Making Ethical Decisions Evaluate the weekend using SSC Assignments and questions Closing

10:30 11:00 12:00 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00 4:15 4:45

P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M.

Unlike the first and third staff training weekends, which extend from Friday evening until midday Sunday, the second staff training weekend concludes on Saturday afternoon.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

21

Notes on Selected Activities of the Second Staff Training Weekend

Opening and Overview of the Weekend Senior patrol leader Greet attendees and welcome them to the second weekend of NYLT staff training. Invite the Scoutmaster to add his own words of welcome. Distribute copies of the schedule for the weekend and briefly discuss how events will unfold. Review The Teaching EDGE, Team Development, and The Leading EDGE Assigned staff This review can be conducted by the staff members who presented these sessions during the first staff training weekend. Remind staff of the importance of communicating effectively throughout training and the NYLT course. Quest for the Meaning of Leadership Preparation Senior patrol leader Guide staff members in completing their definition of the meaning of leadership. Based on their definition, staff will develop and practice their presentation of the meaning of leadership, to be included in the NYLT course opening campfire. Solving Problems Assigned troop guide Present the session on Solving Problems (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day Three), adapted where necessary for staff training. This is a session presented in patrol sites by troop guides. The presenter at staff training can be one of those troop guides. Divide the staff into patrol-sized teams for the Blind Tent Pitch and other activities of the session. Staff members can use Start, Stop, Continue and the Communication Skills Checklist to help presenters improve their presentation skills. Problem Solving Round-Robin Setup and Practice Assigned staff Encourage staff members to practice the roles of presenters and of participants. Provide Start, Stop, Continue input to improve the effectiveness of those presenting the challenges. Have fun. Taking part in the round-robin provides an energetic activity break from other presentations and meetings. Valuing People Assigned Staff Present the session on Valuing People (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day Five). This session is your best opportunity to discuss the value of diversity in a troop and how to effectively work as a team. Pay special attention to participants sensitivities (real and perceived) to diversity issues.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

22

Practice Presentations Staff members can use this time to practice presentations they will be making during the NYLT course. The senior patrol leader can help the staff divide into small groups so that each presenter will have an audience to provide feedback using Start, Stop, Continue and the Communication Skills Checklist. As time permits, those serving as audience members can take their turns as presenters. Resolving Conflict Assigned staff Present the session on Resolving Conflict (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day Four), adapted where necessary for staff training. This session includes a number of role-plays. Give extra attention to the presentation of the role-plays to ensure that they are effectively done. Staff members can use Start, Stop, Continue and the Communication Skills Checklist to help presenters improve their presentation skills. Remind staff that NYLT patrols must go through the Storming stage as they progress. Individuals may find themselves in that stage, too. During an NYLT course there can be other conflicts arising from any number of sources. Of the leadership tools that staff members take into an NYLT course, resolving conflict may be one of the most important. Encourage the staff to continue studying the Resolving Conflict session and to practice using EAR as a means of resolving conflicts in any setting. Set Up and Practice Team Games Assigned staff Set up and practice Team Games (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day Three). Use the games as a physically active break for staff members. In addition to preparing the games for presentation at the NYLT course, encourage staff members to strive toward the same goals as the NYLT participants will have when they play the games: Have fun. Use the skills of problem solving, the Teaching EDGE, and the Leading EDGE Create greater team unity. Making Ethical Decisions Assigned staff Present the session on Making Ethical Decisions (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day Four), adapted where necessary for staff training. Discuss the format of the patrol campfires that will follow the NYLT course session on Making Ethical Decisions. Explore these guidelines for the patrol campfires: The patrol campfires following this session will continue the exploration of ethical decision making. The troop guide of each patrol will offer some scenarios to spark discussion of choosing the right course of action. Patrol members also will have opportunities to bring up and discuss ethical situations they have themselves witnessed or experienced.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

23

Adult NYLT staff do not attend the patrol campfires. The discussions about ethics that take place among patrol members can take on a different and often more open tone when youth are discussing issues among themselves without adults listening in. Troop guides will represent the NYLT staff at the campfires. Staff members can use Start, Stop, Continue and the Communication Skills Checklist to help presenters improve their presentation skills. Closing Senior patrol leader and Scoutmaster Thank everyone for attending and encourage them to use the coming month to study the syllabus and to practice any presentations they have been assigned. The Scoutmaster can conclude the meeting with a Scoutmaster's Minute based on the Getting to Know Me game and the Be, Know, Do of Scouting. (For a guide, see the NYLT syllabus, Day Two, Troop Assembly, "Scoutmaster's Minute." Adapt it to the time frame of this NYLT staff training weekend.)

NYLT Staff Development Guide

24

Third Staff Training Weekend

30 Days Before the Course Friday (Third Staff Training Weekend) Time
7:30 8:00 9:00
P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M.

Activity
Opening and overview of the weekend Communicating Well (Part Two) Cracker barrel Lights out

10:30

Saturday (Third Staff Training Weekend Time

7:00 8:00 9:30
A.M. A.M. A.M. A.M. P.M.

Activity
Breakfast and cleanup Troop assemblies and troop meetings Schedule run-through Presentations practice Lunch and Cleanup Presentations practice Hike to sites of Outpost Camps Program preparations Dinner and cleanup Leading Yourself identity game Finding Your Vision (Part Two) Opening campfire rehearsal Cracker barrel Lights out

10:30 12:00 1:00 2:30 4:00 5:30 6:30

P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M.

7:00 P.M. 8:00 P.M. 9:30

P.M. P.M.

10:30

NYLT Staff Development Guide

25

Sunday (Third Staff Training Weekend) Time

7:00 8:00 9:00
A.M. A.M. A.M. A.M. A.M. P.M.

Activity
Breakfast and cleanup Scouts worship service Orientation Trail preparations Closing session practice Final assignments, evaluations, discussions Closing

10:00 11:00 12:00

The third staff training weekend is designed to be more flexible than the training that precedes it. Three blocks of time designated for presentation preparation can be used at the discretion of the Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader for any aspects of the course they feel the staff should address.

Notes on Selected Activities of the First Staff Training Weekend

Opening and Overview of the Weekend Senior patrol leader Greet attendees and welcome them to the third weekend of NYLT staff training. Invite the Scoutmaster to add his own words of welcome. Distribute copies of the schedule for the weekend and briefly discuss how events will unfold. Communicating Well (Part Two) Assigned staff Present the session on Communicating Well (Part Two) (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day Six), adapted where necessary for staff training. Staff members can use Start, Stop, Continue and the Communication Skills Checklist to help presenters improve their presentation skills. This session is an opportunity to further the discussion of using good communication skills that was begun during the Day One session on Communicating Well. It is also a chance to review the core information from the sessions on the Teaching EDGE, the Leading EDGE, and Resolving Conflict. Troop Assemblies Senior patrol leader Guide the staff through their roles for the daily troop assemblies. (See the NYLT syllabus for troop assembly guidelines for each day of the NYLT course.) Ideally this practice can occur at the site where the troop assemblies will take place during the NYLT course.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

26

Discuss with staff their roles as leaders serving others. In everything they do, from the NYLT troop assembly each morning until lights out at night, they are to model the best leadership behavior. Clarify the extent and purpose of spirit activities at troop assemblies. Discuss behaviors of concern including hazing, bullying, teasing, and any inappropriate NYLT traditions passed down from earlier years. Seek out strategies to prevent them from occurring during the upcoming NYLT course and to bring them to a halt if they do appear. Describe the responsibilities of the assistant senior patrol leader for program and the assistant senior patrol leader for service and how they will carry out those duties. Discuss the importance of the staff service patrol. Staff Service Patrol Staff members have the responsibility of cleaning staff latrines/showers, staff campsites, and other staff-use areas. As fellow members of the troop, staff members roll up their sleeves and take care of their own areas rather than expecting someone else to do it for them. Schedule Run-through and the Connections Chart Senior patrol leader and Scoutmaster Review the daily schedule for the NYLT course. Discuss the staff members responsible for each session and event on the schedule, and be sure everyone knows what he will be doing and how to prepare for his role. Distribute copies of the EDGE Connections Chart (appendix). Use it to discuss ways that sessions and activities are designed to complement one another and to move the course smoothly through a process of learning and experiencing leadership. Presentation Practice (Part One) By this point of staff training, all presentation responsibilities should have been assigned. Staff members know who is presenting each of the sessions and who is in charge of various parts of the troop meetings, patrol activities, and other events of the course. The time set aside for presentation practice should be used by the youth and adult staff members to refine the ways those responsibilities will be carried out. Where appropriate, staff members may continue to practice the actual presentations for which they have accepted responsibility. The senior patrol leader and Scoutmaster can be proactive in assigning staff members to practice certain presentations, to act as audience members for presenters, or to meet as groups to work out the presentations of certain course elements (for example, practicing the troop meeting skills instruction for the Day Three troop meeting teaching the use of backpacking stoves and rehearsing effective ways to manage the interpatrol activity of that same meeting).

NYLT Staff Development Guide

27

Presentation Practice (Part Two) Continue with the practice begun during the hour before lunch. Outpost Camp Hike Hiking to the sites that patrols will use for their Outpost Camps can serve a number of purposes: Give the NYLT staff a physically active break from other course preparations. Allows staff to see and better understand the challenges patrols will face as they prepare for and conduct their Outpost Camps. Invites adult and youth staff to discuss the best ways to shape the preparations for the Outpost Camp to enhance the experience for NYLT participants. Provides an opportunity for the staff to prepare the Outpost Camp emergency response plan. (For more on the plan, see the NYLT syllabus, Day Five, Patrol Leaders Council Meeting.) In preparing for the patrols to use a GPS receiver to find their campsites, staff can determine the GPS waypoints and write the directional instructions for each patrol member. Presentation Practice (Part Three) Conclude the practice begun earlier in the day. The Leading Yourself Identity Game Assigned staff Use effective communications skills to instruct and organize staff members for the Leading Yourself Identity Game (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day Five, Leading Yourself). The game allows meeting attendees a physically active break from sessions and discussions. As opportunities arise, point out some of the techniques for setting up a troop game and conducting it productively. Debrief the Leading Yourself Identity Game. Ask participants what they liked about the game. (It was fun, active, different ....) Ask what they learned about playing the game successfully. Bring out this idea: "You've got to know whether you're a hawk, a snake, or a coyote. Once you know that, then you can use what you know about yourself to decide what you're going to do whether you're going to run for safety or try to tag the other team." Apply that idea to leading yourself: "Being a hawk, a coyote, or a snake is the simplest of qualities to know about yourself. We all have our own sets of strengths and ways of doing things. We each have experiences that helped make us be who we are today and are influenced by our parents, teachers, religious leaders, friends, and neighbors. We also have the freedom to choose much of who we will be. What guidelines we choose to follow. For example, everyone here pledges himself to follow the Scout Oath and Law.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

28

"Understanding as much as we can about who we are is a basic part of leadership. "Who we are is the BE of Be, Know, Do. "Understanding something about ourselves is the KNOW of Be, Know, Do. "Using our personal strengths to improve our abilities to lead is the DO of Be, Know, Do." Finding Your Vision (Part Two) Assigned staff Present the session on Finding Your Vision (Part Two) (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day Six), adapted where necessary for staff training. This session advances the subject of developing a personal vision and also reviews the key points of the sessions on Finding Your Vision, Setting Your Goals, and Preparing Your Plans. Staff members can use Start, Stop, Continue and the Communication Skills Checklist to help presenters improve their presentation skills. Opening Campfire Rehearsal This rehearsal serves both to prepare the staff for the opening campfire of the NYLT course and to offer the staff members an evening of fun and fellowship as they enjoy their time together around the campfire. While it needs to be productive in terms of refining the opening campfire program, it also can be conducted in a relaxed manner that begins to bring a sense of completion to NYLT staff training. Orientation Trail Preparations Senior patrol leader and assigned staff The Orientation Trail is a very important part of an NYLT course. It sets the tone for new participants, provides them with essential information about the course, begins their formation as patrols, and allows staff to model appropriate and effective methods of leadership and the use of the Teaching EDGE. The inclusion of the Orientation Trail preparations at this point in staff training should be an indication that the major elements of the course have been presented and practiced and that what remains are matters of how best to greet incoming NYLT course participants, form them as patrols, and give them the basics of camp life that will serve them through the coming week. The senior patrol leader reviews with the staff the printed material explaining the Orientation Trail and its operation (see the NYLT syllabus, Day One). Assign staff the responsibilities for all aspects of preparing and conducting the Orientation Trail. Review and practice using the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist. Review how it will be used during the course to ensure that staff and patrol campsites are kept clean and orderly. Closing Session Practice Senior patrol leader, Scoutmaster, and assigned staff Present the closing session (found in the NYLT syllabus, Day Six), adapted where necessary for staff training.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

29

Practicing the closing session at this point serves both to prepare the session for the NYLT course and to bring NYLT staff training to a meaningful completion. Final Assignments, Evaluations, Discussions Senior patrol leader and Scoutmaster This is an opportunity for staff members to tie up loose ends, find answers to questions, clarify assignments, and make final plans for the upcoming NYLT course. The agenda should be set by the senior patrol leader and the Scoutmaster but should be open to contributions and queries from all staff members. Closing Senior patrol leader and Scoutmaster Thank everyone for attending and encourage them to use the coming month to study the syllabus and to practice any presentations they have been assigned. The Scoutmaster can conclude the meeting with a Scoutmaster's Minute intended to recognize the staff members for their tremendous contributions to Scouting, to assure them that their efforts have real meaning, and to encourage them to continue preparations in the time remaining until the course begins.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

30

Precourse Setup

Three Days Before the Course

The Schedule of events for the tree days of precourse setup will be determined by the Scoutmaster, senior patrol leader, and other staff members. They should have a clear idea of what needs to be done, both in preparing facilities and in further practice and rehearsal of sessions, activities, meetings, and other course events. At a minimum, areas to be addressed by the youth and adult staff include: Site setup Commissary organization Program equipment and materials preparation Audiovisual equipment and DVD presentations ready to go Opening day details arranged (registration, medical review, etc.) Presentation and meetings fully prepared and rehearsed Orientation Trail developed Opening campfire and closing session well-prepared Daily schedules and assignments reviewed Agendas prepared for meetings of the troop, patrol leaders council, and patrols

Effective preparations for a NYLT course are seldom noticed when everything runs smoothly. Preparation slipup, however, can cause great confusion. Everybody usually can understand and cope with the unforeseeable complications, but they cant understand why there is no pepper in the commissary or how somebody could have forgotten the extension cord for the AV projector. It is the little things that are often the most important. A secret of good planning is living the experience in advance. Now is the time to think your way through the course day by day and live it in advance. Then youll know what you need, where youll need it, how youll use it, how the Scouts will like it, and what youll do with it when youll do with it when youre done.

Equipment
Councils should develop a suggested personal equipment list specific to their camp. The equipment needed for the various projects is listed in the appendix. A master equipment list should be prepared based on the needs of your council and then broken down by days to be sure materials are available when and where needed.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

31

Supplies
Large quantities of paper and a number of simple office supplies are required for an NYLT course. All materials for distribution to participants are provided in the appendix in printer-ready form. The council service center can recommend the best and least expensive method of producing these materials. Be sure the reproductions are good quality.

Worship Service
During communication with NYLT participants in advance of the course, determine whether the religious obligations of each Scout can be met by the Scouts' worship service on Day Two. When that is not the case, involve those Scouts and their families in making arrangements for the Scouts to attend a service of their own faith.

Uniforms
NYLT staff and participants should have both their Boy Scout field uniforms and activity uniforms as clothing for a course. The Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader will determine the uniform appropriate for each NYLT activity. (Field uniforms are normally worn for troop assemblies, evening meals, and evening activities.) Since the course supports the local roles of Scouts, NYLT staff and participants should wear the uniforms of their home troops. Temporary emblems of offices held during the course can be pinned to the uniform or worn as armbands. Some councils also may make available special uniform items NYLT neckerchiefs, T-shirts, and/or hats, for example to be used as part of the official uniform during an NYLT course. Uniforms worn by youth and adult staff should follow the same standards as those of participants. Staff may elect to wear identical staff hats.

Each Scout who attends will do so as a representative of his home troop and will wear the uniform and insignia of his home troop.

Precourse Communication
The council should send each participant a letter acknowledging his acceptance to the NYLT course, with information on dates and equipment needed. To model servant leadership, a staff member should phone each participant before the course to give the Scout an opportunity to discuss his questions or concerns. If patrols have been organized before the precourse period, the phone call can be made by the troop guide.

NYLT Participant Notebooks

Upon arrival at the course, each participant will be issued a notebook with a basic set of course materials. (These materials are found in the appendix.) Be sure all materials to be distributed at the course are three-hole punched.

NYLT Staff Development Guide

32

Schedule for Day One (Sunday)

Time
12:00 P.M. 1:00 P.M. 2:00 P.M. 3:00 P.M. 3:30 P.M. 4:00 P.M. 5:00 P.M.

Activity
Registration begins Orientation Trail Campsite setup Opening assembly Communicating Well (Part One) Finding Your Vision (Part One) Patrol meal preparation, dinner, and cleanup; finish patrol campsite setup Flag ceremony Getting to Know Me game and cracker barrel Opening night campfire

Notes

Responsible
Staff

Location
To be determined by the leadership To be determined by the leadership

Camp health and safety, model campsite Patrols, patrol guides Welcome Scoutmaster/SPL SPL/troop guides Assigned staff Duty roster

Patrol sites Troop assembly area Troop site with patrol breakouts Troop site

7:15 P.M. 7:30 P.M. 8:30 P.M.

(Troop does not gather.)

Staff Troop guides

Troop assembly area Patrol activity in the troop setting Campfire ring

Demonstration of campfire as a program and communication element

Assigned staff

9:30 P.M. 10:00 P.M.

Silent return to patrol sites Lights out Patrol leader

Patrol sites Patrol sites

Troop events and activities Patrol events and activities Content sessions and their connecting activities

Day One-1

Day One: Registration, Orientation Trail, and Campsite Setup

This is a Compass Point. Scattered throughout the National Youth Leadership Training syllabus, Compass Points offer hints on how best to present material, reminders of important concepts, and suggestions for enriching the NYLT course for participants and staff. To find Compass Points quickly, just look for the Compass Point icon.

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives

180 minuets Staff Troop assembly area, model campsite, patrol sites As a result of these activities, participants will be able to Form patrols that will stay together throughout the course. Meet the troop guides assigned to their patrols. Locate the course facilities, meeting places, patrol campsites, and other relevant landmarks. Understand the standards and methods to ensure health and good hygiene, and the emergency response procedures in place during the course. Use the model campsite explanation and demonstration as they set up their own campsites and test them against the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist.
Day One-2

Content Sessions

It is important that NYLT participants be fully informed about all aspects of the course and why the syllabus is unfolding as it is. Providing arriving participants with a schedule of events for Day One and an overview of the week can help put them at ease about upcoming events, and serves as an indication that NYLT is an open program without secrets. Daily schedules for Day One and Day Two are included in the NYLT Participant Notebooks. From then on, the schedule for each day is given out at the previous days patrol leaders council meeting.

Materials Needed

For each participant, a schedule of events for Day One and an overview of the weeks activities (appendix) Completed patrol duty rosters for each patrol (appendix) For each patrol, one blank patrol flag attached to a 6-foot-pole (These should be 3-by-2 foot squares of cloth that correspond to each patrols identifying color.) For each participant, a Participant Notebook (created with resources found in appendix and other council resources) Copies of the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist (appendix) For each participant, a Leadership Memory Tips card
The face of the Leadership Memory Tips card is divided into four quadrants, each representing one phase of team development and marked with the identifying characteristics of the phase: Forming: High enthusiasm, low skills Storming: Low enthusiasm, low skills Norming: Rising enthusiasm, growing skills Performing: High enthusiasm, high skills The back of the card lists memory tips for the course: Vision Goals Planning Creating a positive future SMART Goals Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Relevant, Timely Planning and Problem-Solving Tool What, How, When, Who Assessment Tool SSC Start, Stop, Continue Teaching EDGE Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable Stages of Team Development Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing Leading EDGE Explaining, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable Conflict Resolution Tool EAR Express, Address, Resolve Making Ethical Decisions Right vs. Right, Wrong vs. Right, Trivial Communication MaSeR Message, Sender, Receiver Valuing People ROPE Reach Out, Organize, Practice, Experience

Content Sessions

Day One-3

Delivery Method

Orientation, patrol formation, and patrol campsite setup will be facilitated by the youth staff members serving as troop guides. The senior patrol leader, assistant senior patrol leader, and adult staff will be on hand and may, if appropriate, provide coaching for the troop guides. All staff members will set a positive tone for the beginning of the course. To the greatest degree possible, staff members should make participants feel that they are welcome, that they belong, and that they are about to begin a worthwhile experience. Qualified, effective staff members will be familiar with the concepts and content presented throughout the course. At this point, they should recognize that the new patrols are in the Forming phase of team development. Troop guides and other staff members can model the appropriate leadership style for that phaseExplainby being directive and by providing all the information and materials participants require in order to succeed.
Staff members should model the Teaching EDGE during the Orientation Trail and campsite setup. As they Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, and Enable, they will find that their teaching efforts will be very successful. While participants will not yet be exploring the Teaching EDGE, staff members can take the opportunity to tell participants, Keep and eye on how we teach things today. Later in the course, we will help you learn how to teach this way, too.

Presentation Procedure

Registration
As participants arrive for the beginning of the course, staff members will greet them warmly, ensure that they sign in and have completed all necessary paperwork, and give each participant a NYLT Participant Notebook.

Patrol Formation
The Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader will determine the membership of each patrol prior to the course. Patrols should reflect sensitivity to the following criteria: Age similarities
Content Sessions

Range of Scouting skills and rank Geographic and cultural diversity Patrols should be made up of boys similar in age to one another so that they are divided roughly into patrols of younger boys, older boys, and those in between, just as a troop is composed of new-Scout patrols, regular patrols, and Venture patrols. Organizing patrols by age can maximize the learning potential and leadership experience of all NYLT participants by giving patrol members equal footing with one another.

Day One-4

As participants complete their paperwork and learn to which patrol they will belong, they will move to the patrol gathering area to join their troop guide, who will be holding the patrol flag corresponding with the patrol color. While patrols initially will be identified be color the Red Patrol, the Blue Patrol, etc. participants may take the initiative later in the course to give their patrols new names.
Troop guides can encourage patrol members to decorate their flags as the course progresses. The quartermaster can make available a selection of colored markers, fabric scraps, glue, and other flag decoration materials that patrols can add to items they collect on their own.

When all members of a patrol have been registered, the troop guide will begin the new patrol on its journey along the Orientation Trail.

Orientation Trail
Along the Orientation Trail, staff members will familiarize participants with their surroundings and explain camp policies. As well as pointing out other points of interest along the trail, troop guides and patrol members should Identify course facilities, meeting places, living quarters, the quartermaster center, and other relevant landmarks. Review emergency response procedures, explaining the appropriate means for summoning help in case of injury or illness, highlighting fire prevention issues, and discussing any of the area's hazard zones. Observe a model campsite. This could be a staff campsite that has been arranged to include a cooking area typical of those the patrols will be using. Review safe food handling and storage, as well as guidelines for protecting provisions from animals. During the Orientation Trail, troop guides should emphasize to patrol members the importance of proper hygiene in the bathroom facilities and before any food handling. Staff members can be on hand to demonstrate the soap and water handwashing stations at latrines and the model patrol campsite, and to demonstrate the use and locations of waterless hand cleansers.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS

Troop guides should highlight environmental concerns that may affect participants during the course. These might include: Water. Encourage participants to carry their own water bottles and to drink from them frequently to avoid dehydration. Sun protection. Remind participants to use sunscreen, wear hats and protective clothing, and stay in the shade during the hottest part of the day. Insect protection. Encourage participants to use insect repellent and wear protective clothing. Poisonous plants. Ensure that participants can identify and avoid poison ivy, nettles, and other poisonous plants in the region.
Day One-5

Content Sessions

DUTY ROSTER

Each troop guide will provide his patrol with a duty roster listing daily assignments, including patrol leader and assistant patrol leader. Sample duty rosters can be found in the appendix.
The troop guide can explain that in a home troop, patrol leaders are elected to serve for about six months, and that each patrol leader select his assistant patrol leader. Because the NYLT course represents a single month in the life of a troop, the responsibilities of being patrol leader and assistant patrol leader will change each day so that everyone in the patrol will have a chance to serve in each position. THE PATROL MODEL CAMPSITE

Before participants arrive, the staff should prepare a model campsite that demonstrates everything expected of the patrol campsites. Staff may use their own campsite, but only if it is basically identical to patrol campsites the participants will develop and use. The model campsite should include a fully equipped dishwashing station to use while Explaining and Demonstrating the group dishwashing system. Sanitation is a top priority in camp.
The Teaching EDGE encourages instructors to Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, and Enable. Troop guides should use the Teaching EDGE to help prepare patrol members to set up their campsites and operate them well throughout the course. The model campsite on the Orientation Trial will allow staff members to Explain and Demonstrate what will be expected from the patrols. During the patrol campsite setup, the troop guides can Guide patrols to do the setup themselves, and Enable them with the gear, tools, and tents to do it right. DAILY CAMPSITE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

The troop guide should explain that each participant will assess the model campsite using the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist. People often absorb information better when they have something to do as they are learning, and the checklist encourages their full engagement while examining the campsite.
Heres what he Scoutmaster Handbook says about camp cleanup: Content Sessions Scouts in charge of clean up can accelerate the process by placing a pot of water on the stove or campfire to heat while the patrol is eating. As the meal ends, the Scouts can set out a post of hot water containing biodegradable soap, a second pot with hot rinse water containing a few drops of sanitizing agent such as bleach, and a pot of cold water for a final rinse. If each Scout washes his won dishes and a pot or a cooking utensil, the work will be done quickly and not one will have to spend a long time at it.

Day One-6

The checklist addresses matters of health, hygiene, and safety. It does not include measurements of standards that do not advance the NYLT learning experience (i.e., no emphasis on gateways, elaborate campsite improvements, etc.). The goal is to ensure patrol campsites that are maintained in a clean, healthy, efficient manner.
DAILY CAMPSITE INSPECTIONS

The troop guide will explain that an NYLT staff member will examine each patrol site each day and measure it against the standards on the same Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist the participants used to evaluate the model campsite. In most cases, the inspection will be conducted by the assistant senior patrol leader in charge of the service patrol. He may be accompanied by the troop guide.
Troop guides are not appropriate staff members to conduct the campsite inspections; they are too involved in patrol life to be objective inspectors.

The first inspection will take place after the evening meal cleanup on Day One. Ideally, each patrol campsite will begin the course fully compliant with the items on the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist, and as a reward each patrol will receive a daily Baden-Powell Patrol streamer at the Day Two troop assembly.
Before a course begins, adult and youth staff members on the patrol leaders council should review the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist. Changes can be made to the check list to adapt to local situations, but whatever its final form, the checklist should promote camp hygiene. All items on the checklist should lead toward making a patrol campsite livable, well-run, and environmentally sound. There should be no busywork items (that is, no gateways or pioneering projects). Lastly, all the items on the checklist should make sense to NYLT patrol members and should be attainable with a reasonable amount of daily effort.

Patrol Campsite Inspection Exercise

Using a Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist, members of each patrol will conduct an inspection of the model campsite. The troop guide can Demonstrate, the means by which inspections will be conducted and Guide patrol members in conducting the inspections on their own.

Patrol Campsite Setup

As each patrol completes the Orientation Trail and arrives at its campsite, its troop guide will provide the materials and support needed to set up the patrol campsite. The troop guides can be directive in their leadership, offering as much guidance to participants as they need, but also enabling participants to try out skills on their own and figure out solutions setting up tents and tarps, for example. When troop guides do offer skills instruction, they can raw on the skills of the Teaching EDGE for effective means of conveying the information.

Content Sessions

Day One-7

Troop guides can use the Leadership Compass to determine the stage of their patrols Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing and to choose the most appropriate leadership style for the Leading EDGE Explaining, Demonstrating, Guiding, Enabling. In most cases, patrols at this point in the NYLT course will be in the Forming stage and will benefit from the Explaining style of leadership.

Upon the completion of campsite setup, the troop guide will accompany the patrol to the location of the first troop assembly. Each patrol should bring its flag to the assembly.

Content Sessions

Day One-8

Day One: Opening Assembly

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
30 minutes
Troop Events

Scoutmaster, senior patrol leader Troop assembly area As a result of these activities, participants will be able to Gather for Day One in the course. Along with the staff, feel welcomed and valued. Affirm that the NYLT troop operates according to the Scout Oath and Law. Participate in or attend the installation ceremony for the troop's senior patrol leader and assistant senior patrol leaders, and the Day One patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. View youth staff as supporters, guides, and mentors. Discuss key parts of a good troop assembly. Recognize good communication skills.

Recommended Facility Layout

Before a National Youth Leadership Training course begins, staff members should designate the place that will serve as the troop assembly area. It should have flagpoles for displaying an American flag and a troop flag. NYLT staff also may choose to display one historic American flag during each day of the course. In most cases, troop assemblies will take place at an outdoor setting, though indoor areas of sufficient size (a dining hall, for example) can be adapted to accommodate the activities. Indoors, flags can be presented on staffs with floor stands or can be displayed on a wall. On Day One, the staff will conduct the flag ceremony before participants arrive.

Delivery Method Presentation Procedure

The Day One troop assembly serves as the participants' formal introduction to the course. They will become acquainted with the troop and Scoutmaster and will witness the installation of the troop's senior patrol leader and assistant senior patrol leaders.

Introduction
When the patrols arrive at the assembly area, the troop guides should arrange them in an appropriate formation. The Scoutmaster uses the Scout sign to bring the assembly to order, then addresses the troop.

Day One-9

The Scoutmaster will Welcome participants to NYLT and express his pleasure in having everyone there.
Troop Events

Introduce himself as the Scoutmaster of this NYLT troop, and then introduce the senior patrol leader, including his hometown and Scouting experience. Introduce the assistant senior patrol leaders. Install the senior patrol leader and assistant senior patrol leaders.
Staff members should model effective communication skills whenever addressing the troop. Speak in a clear, confident voice. Be aware of body language and position. Make eye contact and listeners.

Installation of Senior Patrol Leader and Assistant Senior Patrol Leaders

The Scoutmaster begins the installation. He should Invite the senior patrol leader and assistant senior patrol leaders to come forward to be installed. Ask them to gather around the troop flagpole, placing their left hands on the pole. Instruct them to give the Scout sign and repeat, I promise to do my best to be worthy of this office for the sake of my fellow Scouts in my troop and in the world brotherhood of Scouting. Welcome them as the troops new senior patrol leader and assistant senior patrol leader. Turn the meeting over to the senior patrol leader.

Installation of Patrol Leaders and Assistant Patrol Leaders

The sample patrol duty roster included in each NYLT Participant Notebook indicates which patrol members will serve as patrol leader and assistant patrol leader each day of the course. Before the troop assembly begins, troop guides should point out this information to the Day One patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders so that they will be ready to be installed and to begin providing leadership to their patrols.

Day One-10

The senior patrol leader begins the installation. He should Welcome members of the NYLT troop. Invite the new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders to come forward to be installed.
Troop Events

Ask the new patrol leaders to gather around the troop flagpole, placing their left hands on the pole. New assistant patrol leaders stand behind their patrol leaders, each placing his left hand on his patrol leader's right shoulder. Instruct them all to give the Scout sign and repeat, "I promise to do my best to be worthy of this office for the sake of my fellow Scouts in my patrol and troop and in the world brotherhood of Scouting." Welcome them as the troop's new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. At this point the Scoutmaster thanks the senior patrol leader and congratulates the new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. He asks if the participants have noticed that until now, the senior patrol leader had been leading the assembly. That is the way it should be in a Scout troop, with members of the patrol leaders' council taking charge and the troop's adult leaders staying in the background to coach and mentor. The Scoutmaster explains that the Boy Scouts of America encourages the boy-led troop. Scouts are given all the information and resources they need to run the troop themselves. The Scoutmaster and other adult leaders are there to provide support, coaching, and mentoring. The NYLT troop will run that way as well. Adult leaders will be supportive and are always available to provide guidance whenever youth staff or patrol members need it. Most of the time, though, adult troop leaders will be on the sidelines, allowing the youth leaders of the staff to carry out their duties and make things happen. The Scoutmaster then shares his vision for the coming week. The following is one example.

Day One-11

Scoutmasters Vision
I want to share with you my vision for this course. A vision is a picture of what future success looks like. If we can see it, we can be it. Troop Events My vision is that our troop will be a model of how every Scout troop can succeed. In the best tradition of Scouting, this will be a boy-run troop. My vision of what success looks like has three parts. First, as Scoutmaster I see myself fulfilling my responsibility for the safety of everyone and the general direction of the troops program. I see the troop operating according to the Scout Oath and Law, and following the guidance of the National Council. Scouting has no room for hazing, bullying, or other inappropriate behavior. We are all here to help one another have the best possible experience. The Scout Oath and Law can guide us in that direction throughout the course. Second, I see the adult leaders giving responsibility for leading the troop to the senior patrol leader and the troops other youth leaders. We will always be available to coach and mentor them, but as much as possible I see us staying on the sidelines while the senior patrol leader and youth leaders plan and carry out a great program for the troop. We will not hide that coaching and mentoring. In fact, now and then we will ask you to watch us doing it so you will know how it can work in your home troop. Third, my vision of success includes everyone on the staff, both youth and adult, seeing himself as here to help each of you learn as much as you can enjoy the fellowship of other Scouts. We are here for you. I see us doing all we can to make it possible for you to get the most out of the NYLT experience.

The Scoutmaster introduces the senior patrol leader as the troops youth leader, and then turns over the assembly to him.

Staff and Participant Introductions

The senior patrol leader explains to the troop that communicating well is a key skill of leadership. Throughout the course, staff members will be modeling effective means of communicating. As they communicate, staff members and participants should make a point to use these communication skills. Good, clear voice projection Body language, including positioning Eye contact with the audience A firm, confident handshake The senior patrol leader asks each staff member to step forward and, with good communication skills, introduce himself to the troop, tell where he is from, and describe the staff role he has accepted for the course.

Day One-12

When appropriate, the senior patrol leader can provide encouragement and guidance, pointing out communication skills a staff member is using well, suggesting another approach a staff member might try to improve his introduction, etc. The idea is to offer the best possible communication models and to model a safe, comfortable learning environment in which suggestions for improvement can be offered, accepted, and experienced by staff and participants alike.

Troop Events

The senior patrol leader asks each NYLT participant to introduce himself as the Scoutmaster makes his way around the troop. Each participant can tell where he is from and give the name of his home troop. Participants should do their best to use the same good communication skills they have seen modeled by the staff. This is an opportunity for participants to practice communicating with an adult. It is also a chance for the Scoutmaster to shake hands with every participant and give a couple of words of personal welcome.
Notice that this exercise in making introductions allows staff to model the Teaching EDGE. The senior patrol leader Explains some methods to be used for communicating well. Staff members Demonstrate those methods as they introduce themselves. The senior patrol leader Guides participants through the process of using those methods as they introduce themselves. That, in turn, Enables participant sot use good communication methods in the future.

The senior patrol leader then invites the Scoutmaster to share a Scoutmasters Minuet with the troop.

Scoutmasters Minute
The slogan for the NYLT course is Be, Know, Do. As we all make our way through this week, we will be exploring: The BE of leadership Finding your vision, setting goals, making ethical decisions, leading yourself, and leading others. The KNOW of leadership The skills of teaching and leading to help groups achieve their goals. The DO of leadership A toolbox of methods for communicating effectively, solving problems, and resolving conflicts This course will be an exciting journey full of discoveries, adventures, and friendship. Congratulations on your choice to attend NYLT, and good luck as you make your way along the Be, Know, Do trail.

The senior patrol leader brings the assembly to a close by directing the troop guides to accompany their patrols to the site of the Communicating Well (Part One) presentations.

Day One-13

Day One: Communicating Well (Part One)

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
30 minutes Troop presentation with patrol breakout activities Senior patrol leader and troop guides Troop meeting area with patrol breakout areas As a result of these activities, participants will be able to Build on the communication ideas introduced during the troop assembly. Understand that the skills of communicating well are not just for presentation, but can be used whenever one is sharing ides. See, discuss, and practice some of the basic skills of communicating effectively using built-in tools eyes, ears, mouth, feet, and hands.

Materials Needed

Communication Skills Checklist (one copy in each Participant Notebook, see appendix) National Youth Leadership Training DVD, DVD player or computer with DVD capability, projector, and screen.

Presentation Procedure

The senior patrol leader begins by welcoming everyone to this session and inviting participants to make themselves comfortable and position themselves so they can clearly see the projection screen. The presenter opens the presentation with a discussion.
The presenter should be familiar with the information presented in Communicating Well (Part Two). The communication skills presented in that session will be added to those presented here.

Ask participants: Why are you here? Answers might include some of the following.
Content Sessions

Were here to learn about leadership. Were here to have fun. Were here to enjoy being with other Scouts. Were here for a week of great adventures. Participants are at NYLT for all those reasons and many more. The central focus of the week is exploring what leadership means and how it works, discovering the tools of leadership, and discussing how to lead teams and lead ourselves.

Day One-14

Most importantly, the focus of this week is strengthening the leadership abilities of every participant. There are many ways to discover the meaning of leadership. One good way to begin is to ask successful leaders to give their thoughts on what leadership means to them. Show video clip "Day One An Introduction to Leadership" (from the National Youth Leadership Training DVD), which begins with Ken Rollins discussing leadership. After the video clip, the presenter leads a debriefing. It is interesting to hear a number of successful leaders talk about leadership. They each have clear ideas on the meaning of leadership, and each explanation has something special about it. Something that those leaders have in common is good communication skills. In fact, they probably all would agree that one of the most important tools of leadership is the ability to communicate well. Ask: What is communicating? Accept a variety of answers. Give positive responses to those who participate. Tell participants that most of their responses are on target it's all about sharing ideas. That is another way of saying communicating. Communicating well is high on the list of skills a leader must have. A leader must communicate vision, goals, values, expectations, and much more. Each participant has already done some important communicating during this course. Ask for some examples of communicating participants have done so far today. Possible answers include: Interactions. They have talked with others in their new patrol. Getting acquainted requires communicating. Speaking. In the troop assembly, each participant introduced himself and told where he is from. That was verbal communication. Body language. Shaking hands with the Scoutmaster was another way of communicating a message. NYLT focuses on building strong communication skills all week, starting with the basics how we look, how we sound, how we move.

Show slide 1-1, Communicating Well.

Show slide 1-2, Introduction.

Content Sessions

Remember tat this session is about how to communicate, not simply how to present.

Day One-15

Neutral Position
Show slide 1-3, Neutral Position.

Explain that the discussion up to this point has been presented in a leaders neutral position standing comfortably with arms at the sides, with awareness of using the feet, hands, mouth, ears, and eyes as communication tools.
While explaining the point of neutral position, demonstrate each one while walking among the group. The same approach can be used with other elements of the Communicating Well session each principle can be clearly demonstrated as its explanation is offered.

Show slide 1-4, Feet.

Feet. Notice where you stand in relation to your audience. What if the sun is out? (The presenter moves so that the sun is behind the audience, not shining in their eyes or in his. On a hot day, the presenter could seek out shade for the audience.) Can you move as you speak? Sure. That causes people to pay attention to where you are. Do not pace, though. Make each movement have a purpose. If listeners do not seem not fully engaged their attention has drifted or they have become interested in something else try moving toward them. That can cause listeners to reconnect. Disruptive people usually will quiet down if the presenter walks toward them while keeping eye contact with the rest of the group. Hands. Hands are powerful tools for communicating. Presenters should use their hands and arms to emphasize ideas and control the flow of a discussion. Move the entire arm, not just from the elbow. Make large gestures rather than small, tight ones. Keep hands out where they can be used. There is no hand communication when the hands are jammed into pockets. An openhanded gesture toward audience members invites them in. (Use the gesture while asking a participant, "What do you think?") That is much more effective than pointing at someone or not gesturing at all. An open hand, palm up, encourages people to contribute ideas. If someone in an audience is interrupting or talking too much, gesture with palm down or hold up a finger as if to say, "Wait a minute; I'll get to you next." This is a way to direct the verbal traffic. Be careful with constant arm and hand movement during presentations; its effect is a distracting as constant background noise. Use the hands with purpose to emphasize a point or to direct verbal traffic, and when not gesturing, keep hands and arms straighten down at the sides. Photographers tell people not to cross their arms in front of their bodies because the V shape that it creates can divert viewers attention. Also avoid crossing the arms in front of the chest, which sets up a barrier between speaker and audience, and conveys a closed-off attitude.

Show slide 1-5, Hands.

Content Sessions

Day One-16

Mouth. What you say is important, but so is how you say it.
Show slide 1-6, Mouth.

Project your voice. Speak clearly and loudly enough for the person in the back of the room to hear clearly. Remember to vary the pitch of your voice. (The presenter can exaggerate this a bit in his own speech pattern.) It adds color to your voice. (The presenter switches to a monotone voice) Otherwise, everything sounds the same and flat and will put your listeners to sleep . . . zzzz! Eyes. A leader's eyes can lock in the listeners. We communicate emotion and share energy with our eyes. Our eyes connect us.

Show slide 1-7, Eyes.

As long as the presenter is speaking, he makes eye contact with different people (presenter slightly exaggerates eye contact) you, and then you, and then you. When making a point, look directly at one person for an entire phrase or thought about three seconds before moving on to make eye contact with someone else. As you communicate, eventually make contact with every person. Ears. How would a leader use his ears as a tool for communicating? Can anyone tell me? I'm listening. . . .

Show slide 1-8, Ears.

Sharing ideas is a two-way process. Feedback hearing what someone else has to say is valuable part of communication. Speakers use their ears and eyes to keep track of how others are responding to what they say. Are the listeners paying attention? Do they seem bored? Are they tired or hungry or ready to move on to a new topic? Do they need a bio break that is, a chance to use the restroom and get a drink of water? Paying attention to listeners' responses can help the speaker adjust the communication to fit the listeners' needs. Posture. Feet, hands, mouth, ears, and eyes are all important for communicating. So is overall posture, or a speaker's neutral position standing straight and tall, making eye contact, appearing confident. How many eyes do you have? (Two.) Ears? (Two.) Feet? (Two.) Hands? (Two.) Mouths? (One.) Use them in that proportion listening more than talking, being aware of all the body language you can use. Tell participants: My ears and eyes tell me that I have talked enough for the moment and it is time for you to become active partners in this communication. I am turning over the presentation to your troop guides so that you can break out into patrols and practice these communication skills yourselves.

Show slide 1-9, Posture.

Communication Skills Practice

The troop guides help break the troop into patrols for this exercise. The troop guide explains that participants will take turns practicing effective communication skills by making a short presentation to the patrol. The content of the presentation is not important for this exercisein fact, it will be simply reciting the alphabet. What matters is using as many communication skills as possible.

Content Sessions

Day One-17

Troop guides begin the exercise by standing in front of the group and, demonstrating effective communication skills, reciting the alphabet. Next, they ask several patrol members to stand in front of the group and repeat the exercise, concentrating on using effective communication skills.
Asking participant to recite the alphabet provides content everyone knows without thinking, which allows presenters and observers to concentrate on their communication skills.

As each participant finishes his presentation of the alphabet, the troop guide can lead a short debriefing of that persons use of communication skills. First, ask the participant himself to explain how he used the neutral position, feet, hands, mouth, eyes, and ears. Encourage the participant to provide good feedback on the persons use of communication skills.
Notice that this session used the Teaching EDGE. The presenter has Explained the basics of communicating effectively. The troop guide Demonstrates effective communicating as he recites the alphabet. He then Guides participants as they practice communication skills by presenting the alphabet themselves. They will be Enabled to use these communication skills throughout and after the course.

Leaders can repeat the exercise of presenting the alphabet, perhaps working on specific checklist items paying close attention to the use of eye contact during one round, then focusing on the use of hands. After several patrol members have made the alphabet presentation and practiced their communication skill, invite several other participant to stand in front of the group, count out loud to 10, then introduce a member of the patrol to the rest of the group. Their challenge is to use good communication skills throughout. As each patrol member practices his communication skills, the troop guide encourages him to evaluate himself using the Communication Skills Checklist and invites the rest of the patrol to offer positive feedback.
Use the two exercises reciting the alphabet along with counting and making an introduction to allow each patrol member to stand in front of the group and practice communicating well.

Content Sessions

At the end of the patrol exercise, the troop guides help the patrols reassemble into a troop. The senior patrol leader congratulates the participants for their willingness to take part in the practice of communication skills and notes that such practice is a lifelong challenge for leaders.

Day One-18

Summary
Show slide 1-10, Summary.

The presenter closes with a summary of the session. Communicating is such an important part of leading well that you will want to give lots of thought and lots of practice to good ways that you can get your ideas across. Good communication skills are important whenever ideas are shared, not just when a presenter is in front of a group. Throughout the course, participants can watch staff members using good communication skills whenever they are sharing ideas. Staff also might have suggestions for participants about ways to improve their ability to lead by communicating well. Point out one more important communication skill:
Plan when to stop. Know when to stop talking.

Show slide 1-11, One More Skill.

Tell participants: Let me demonstrate that skill right now by thanking you for you attention and congratulating you on your willingness to try something new. Take a five-minute patrol huddle. Have patrol members determine five things they have in common and one thing about each of them that is unique.

Content Sessions

Day One-19

Day One: Finding Your Vision (Part One)

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
50 minutes Troop presentation with patrol breakout Assigned staff Troop site As a result of these activities, participants will be able to Define vision as what future success looks like. Help their patrols prepare and communicate a team vision to be realized during the course. Begin thinking about the personal vision they will develop by the end of the course.

Materials Needed

National Youth Leadership Training DVD, DVD player or computer with DVD capability, projector, and screen. Pens, colored pencils, crayons, and five or six sheets of flip chart paper for each patrol. Developing a Team Vision work sheet (one copy in each Participant Notebook; see appendix) Flip chart or white board

Presentation Procedure

Preparation
Staff members involved in this session should prepare and write down a National Youth Leadership Training staff vision of success tat shows where they see themselves as a staff at the end of the course.
The presenter should be familiar with the information presented in Communicating Well (Part Two). The communication skills presented in that session will be added to those presented here.

Content Sessions

What Is a Vision?
Show slide 1-12, Finding Your Vision.

The presenter reminds participants that todays topic has been communication. One of the most important ideas leaders can communicate is where they want the team to go. It is hard to lead if you do not have a destination in mind. Tell participants: Take this course, for example. We are at the beginning of a weeklong journey. Let me ask you a question. When we reach the last day of this course, what will success look like to you?

Day One-20

Show slide 1-13, What is a Vision.

Entertain answers. Participants might see themselves as better leaders or as having more skills. They may imagine themselves with new friendships, or with fresh ideas to take back to their troops. Each participants answer is a vision the word vision comes from the work visual to see. In a vision, you can see your self doing something, being something.
Vision is what the future success looks like.

Show slide 1-14, Vision.

To put it another way:

If you can see it, you can be it.

Tell participants:
Show slide 1-15, Vision: Dream Big.

Dream big. Dream about what is possible. Share the vision. As American poet Carl Sandburg wrote, Nothing happens unless first a dream. An important part of developing a vision is being able to describe it. The dream comes first, followed by the words. Words can paint a picture of the future and help turn a dream into a vision that can be communicated. When a dream can be shared, the picture of future success is real. Show video clip 1-16, Finding Your Vision (Part One), which begins with John F. Kennedys Ask Not . Speech.

Explore the Vision

The presenter discusses with the group the visions of each person presented in the video. Participants are encouraged to describe the vision in a concise, clear way that is, to use their words to paint a picture of what future success looked like for the people in the video. Fore each of these people, ask participant: What was his or her vision? What made it big? What gave it the shape of a picture of success?
Show slide 1-17, Vision: For each.

Steve Fossett Lance Armstrong

Wendy Lawrence A.J. Foyt IV

The presenter should guide the discussion toward what each of these individuals pictured as future success not goals or plans to get there, but rather a vision of where the person saw himself or herself in the future. Content Sessions

Lance Armstrongs story is one example of how to explore one of these visions. The American cyclist had won the Tour de France several times. Then he was diagnosed with cancer and underwent surgery and chemotherapy that left him so weak he could barely pedal a bicycle around the parking lot. His personal vision was to again be the best cyclist he could. He was driven to succeed. He had a vision of what his own future success looked like he saw himself back at the top of his sport. He visualized it.

Day One-21

Because he could see himself succeeding, he was able to figure out the steps he needed to take to get back in shape, to begin competing again, and then to win another Tour de France. He succeeded because he had a vision of what his own future success looked like. Because he could see it, he could be it. Point out to the group that each of them can have a vision, too a picture of what future success looks like. If you can see it, you can be it.

Exploring the Power of Vision

Show slide 1-18, Exploring the Power of Vision.

A vision is a picture of where you want to be. When you can see your destination when you can envision it you can take the steps to reach it. Here is an example of a personal vision: I see myself as a first-rate kayaker.
The presenter can use his own personal vision as an example. It should conform with the definition of a vision and should be both challenging and ultimately reachable.

A vision does not say, I want to do something, or Id like to do something. A vision says, In the future, I clearly see myself in this picture of success. You can see yourself doing it running a kayak through white water, winning an award for you skill.

The Share Vision of a Team

Show slide 1-19, Shared Vision of a Team.

The presenter tells the group that many of the examples so far have been individuals visions. Now we want to make the transition from personal visions to team visions, which work the same way. A team vision is what future success looks like for a group of people. If the team members can picture themselves succeeding, they can work together to put themselves into threat picture. If they can see it, they can be it. Ask participants for other examples, and share these: A coach offering the team a vision of themselves with a better winning record then they had achieved the previous season. A band director helping musicians see themselves performing a complicated program at a future concert. A Scout troop seeing themselves backpacking at Philmont next year, or setting out from the BSAs Florida National High Adventure Sea Base. A mountain guide painting a picture of future success for a team of climbers getting ready to start out on a wilderness expedition. Remind the group that during the troop assembly earlier in the day, the Scoutmaster shared his vision for the NYLT troop. Ask participants to share one or more of the points of the Scoutmasters vision.

Show slide 1-20, Shared Vision.

Content Sessions

Day One-22

Use the participants' responses to restate the Scoutmaster's vision: 1. Our NYLT troop will be a model of how every Scout troop can succeed. 2. In the best tradition of Scouting, this will be a boy-run troop that operates according to the Scout Oath and Law. 3. We are all here to help each of you learn as much as you can and enjoy the fellowship of other Scouts. Discuss how the Scoutmaster's vision fits the definition of a vision: It is a picture of what future success looks like. We can see it. That means we can be it. Teams can be as small as a Scout patrol or as large as a nation. A leader who has a vision for those he is leading, and is passionate about that vision, can help people see what they can be and then help them make that picture of future success a reality. Let's look at some leaders who have had very large visions and have helped their groups find success. Show video clip 1-21, Shared Vision, which begins with "The shared vision of a team works the same way as a vision for an individual . . . ." Each of the people in the video had a clear vision for a group of people he was leading: Ken Rollins at Dell. What was his team vision? What made it big? What gave it the shape of a picture of success? Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. What was his team vision? What made it big? What gave it the shape of a picture of success? John F. Kennedy. What was his team vision? What made it big? What gave it the shape of a picture of success? Robert Baden-Powell. What was his team vision? What made it big? What gave it the shape of a picture of success?

The Challenge
Show slide 1-22, The Challenge.

The presenter asks each patrol to develop a shared vision of success for the patrol to reach at the end of this NYLT course, and to use that vision throughout the course as patrol members seek to achieve all they can as a patrol. Explain that members of each patrol are to: 1. Brainstorm about what they want to achieve as a team during the week. 2. Bring together all their ideas to form a vision of patrol success. 3. Communicate their vision to others. Each patrol will have five or six sheets of flip chart paper and a number of different colored markers.
Content Sessions

Day One-23

BRAINSTORMING

Brainstorm with your patrol to finish this sentence in as many positive ways as you can: On the last day of this NYLT course, we see ourselves _________________. Some questions that can help guide the patrol in shaping its vision include: What will be measure of success for our patrol by the end of this course? By the end of the course, how will our patrol act? What is it that already makes our patrol unique? Can we build on that as a strength? When it comes to our patrol, what values do we all share? Does our vision of the future address those shared values?

Patrols can use the flip chart pages to write down ideas, draw pictures, scribble notes, make diagrams anything that helps push along the creative process. Because the pages are large and have no lines, patrol members should not feel limited in the ways they use the pages or in the ideas that come up while brainstorming. The troop guide must be present as the patrol members work toward a patrol vision. His role is to provide guidance and mentoring when it is appropriate. The troop guide should make sure that all patrol members understand what brainstorming is. Write the following rules at the trop of the first flip chart page as a reminder: Everyone participates. All ideas are good ideas and should be written down. Build on each others ideas; piggyback on ideas. Quantity of ideas is important. The troop guides can coach and support their patrols as members brainstorm, but they should stay in the background unless the patrol gets stuck. The troop guide can suggest, How would this fit into your picture of success? and then drop into the discussion one or more of the following: Daily Baden-Powell streamer Outpost Camp Improved leadership skills New friendships Better ability to communicate Patrol flag Patrol spirit Dealing with the weather Meal preparation If patrol members are still struggling, the troop guide can encourage them to begin drawing pictures of themselves and their camp as they will appear in a week. That can help break open the discussion and get ideas flowing.

Content Sessions

Day One-24

An effective way for patrol members to choose a vision from a number of choices is multivoting. As the options are discussed, each person is allowed to cast three votes. He may cast them all for a single option or spread them out among two or three options. Then result of the balloting will be a good representation of the groups preferences.

BRINGING IT TOGETHER

After about 10 minutes (the presenter can judge the time by the energy with which patrols are brainstorming), ask patrols to move to the next step writing down their visions. Remind participants that vision is not a grocery list of brainstormed items. Those items are the ingredients of a clar picutre of success. Explain the challenge to participants: Use the results of your brainstroming session to shoose and develop a vision of success for your patrol. The patrols vision should be shared by everyone in that patrol. Write down your patrols vision in words. You have eight minutes to achieve this task.
Troop guides should again be with their patrols in supportive, nondirective roles. If a patrol becomes stalled or discouraged, the troop guide can offer direction by helping the members see the ideas they brainstormed as the raw material of their vision. Troop guides also can encourage patrols to make their visions bigger. If a patrol says, We want to have a clean campsite, encourage them to push beyond that and visualize themselves in a larger picture of success. Having a clean campsite is a step toward what larger picture of patrol success? (An example of a bigger vision would be receiving the Baden-Powell Patrol award.) The act of drawing and writing down a final version of the patrols vision is very important. Writing a vision requires patrol members to think through their ideas carefully and to compress their thoughts about the future into a concise statement of vision. Helpful guidelines include: Create and ideal picture of where you want your patrol to be in the future. Your vision statement should be clear and concise. Your vision should be inspiring to your patrol. You want this picture of success to become real. If you can see it, you can be it. It does not have to be perfect. COMMUNICATE THE SHARED VISION

Content Sessions

The presenter invites members of each patrol to share their written and drawn visions with the rest of the troop. Encourage participants to keep their written visions in their NYLT Participant Notebooks where they can refer to them throughout the course.

Day One-25

A staff member should write down each patrols vision as the patrol is presenting it. The team visions will be revisited on Day Two during the Setting Your Goals session and on Day Six during the Finding Your Vision (Part Two) session.

Summary
Show slide 1-23, Summary.

The presenter explains the key points to remember from this session: Vision is what future success looks like. If you can see it, you can be it. The presenter concludes the session by encouraging patrol to keep their patrol vision statements handy throughout the NYLT course and to use their vision statements as encouragement to keep moving toward the picture of future success they have established for themselves. Explain that Day Twos Setting Your Goals session will help participants discover the steps needed to fulfill their visions, and that the Preparing Your Plans session will provide them with the tools to develop action steps for reaching their goals.

Content Sessions

Day One-26

Day One: Dinner Questions

One or more staff members will join each patrol for the evening meal on Day One. This is a good opportunity for participants and staff to get to know each other a little better. In addition, staff members can learn quite a bit about the patrol and can encourage patrol members to think about a few key issues raised during the first day. To make the most of discussion opportunities, keep the following questions in mind: Has anything unexpected happened today? There was a lot of talk today about vision. What does success look like for your patrol? What is your patrol vision? Can you see it? Is it big enough?
The dinner questions are not meant to be a quiz or a list to be read. Instead, enjoy sharing a meal with a patrol and drop the questions into the conversation as a natural part of the discussion. Additional questions that relate to specifics of the course or the specifics of that patrols learning curve are encouraged.

Patrol Events

Day One-27

Day One: Getting to Know Me Game

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes Patrol activity in the troop setting Troop guides Patrol breakout areas The Getting to Know Me game is a tool for building trust and understanding. It is especially effective for enabling communication and strengthening relationships among patrol members. By playing the game, course participants will be able to Increase the common ground they share with fellow patrol members. Highlight some of the diversity existing among members of the patrol Develop a greater sense of trust with others in the group. Better understand their own beliefs.

Materials Needed

Each patrol will require the following: A Getting to Know Me game board. The board is similar to those used for well-known childrens board games and is the board that is used for the Wood Badge Who-Me game, No. 34887. Flanked by Scouting images, a trail of variously colored blue, gold, and green spaces lops around the board. Cards with questions broken down into three categories blue (easy), gold (more thoughtful), and green (serious) (see appendix) One die (half a set of dice) Place markers (different colored buttons, beads, etc.) one for each participant
Photocopy the game questions from the NYLT appendix and print them on the correct color of card stock, then cut apart to create the game cards.

Content Sessions

Delivery Method Presentation Procedure

The troop guide facilitates the game, ensuring that all patrol members feel comfortable in participating fully.

Game Rules and Board Setup

With the troop guides assistance, patrol members review the rules of the Getting to Know Me game, set up the board, and play out the game.

Day One-28

RULES OF THE GETTING TO KNOW ME GAME

1. Each player chooses a place marker and puts it on the start square. 2. Place the cards face down, close to the playing area. 3. To determine who goes first, each player rolls the die. The highest role is the first player. Play then rotates clockwise. 4. The first player rolls the die and moves his place maker that number of spaces, then draws a card from the color-coded pile that matches the space his place marker occupies. For, example, if he lands on a blue square, he should draw a blue card. He reads the card silently. 5. The person who draws the card can choose whether he wants to do what he card indicates. If the player fulfills the expectations of the card, he may leave his place marker on that space. If he chooses not to play the card, he must return his place marker to the square he was on be fore drawing that card. Some cards include an ask each member of the group question. Each member can decide whether to answer or to pass. That decision will not affect the locations of the place markers on the board. 6. The next player then takes a turn. 7. The first person to reach home wins.

Content Sessions

Day One-29

Day One: Opening Night Campfire

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes Assigned staff Campfire ring By participating in the opening night campfire, participants will Experience a model for running a successful campfire. It should be wellplanned, interesting, and no longer than necessary. Explore ways to present an appropriate, enjoyable campfire. Receive the Scoutmasters challenge that each patrol develop its Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. See an exemplary presentation by the NYLT youth staff of their Quest for the Meaning of Teaching Leadership. Have fun.

Materials Needed Recommended Facility Layout Delivery Method

Campfire Program Planner, No. 33696A. (Staff will have copies to assist them in preparing for the instructional campfire. A copy of the form is in the appendix and in each NYLT Participant Notebook.) A campfire setting is ideal, but the program can be conducted in any group setting large enough to accommodate all participants and staff comfortably. Where fire building is appropriate, a wood fire can provide atmosphere for the occasion. However, a fire is not essential to the success for the session. A youth staff member assumes the dual roles of session instructor and master of ceremonies. The role may be filed by the senior patorl leader, assistant senior patrol leader, or another youth staff member skilled in leading campfires. The instructional presentationat the beginning of the campfire provides guidelines for effetive campfire programs. The instructor then becomes a master of ceremonies, intorducing staff members whose sonts, skits, ceremonies, and oter offereins illustrate important concepts of appropriate campfre programs.

Content Sessions

As with any good campfire, the staff members who will be involved should make their plans well in advace of the probgram. The session instructor/master of ceremonies should already know what wil be included in the instruectional portion of the program. Staff mebers can then settle on the songs, skits, stories, and other offerings they will present to support key portions of the instrucitonal message.

Day One-30

Presentation Procedure

Lighting the Campfire

The master of ceremonies explains how the fire lighting is being conducted, noting both the method used and the intended effects. Even a method as simple as using matches to ignite the tinder can have elements of showmanship that will make an impression on the audience and set the tone for the program. Construct the fire lay early, while the wood and tinder are dry, and cover it with a tarp to protect it from dampness until time for the program.
To make a fire appear to start spontaneously, burn a small candle, carefully screened form view, on a little board beneath the fire lay but off to the side of the tinder. Run a string, also hidden from view, from the board to the back edge of the campfire area. To start the fire, use the string to pull the board and lighted candle under the tinder. The same effect can be achieved electrically with a bundle of matches under the tinder. The batch heads are touching resistance wire of an extension cord attached to a hotshot battery or an automobile battery. Closing a hidden switch causes the fire to appear to ignite spontaneously. For fire from the sky, stretch a wire from high in a tree down to the fire lay, taking care not to extend the wire over the seats of any members of the audience. Tape several Fourth of July sparklers to an arrow, then light them and roll the arrow on a pulley wheel or spool down the wire to the fire lay. Always have a backup lighting method ready in case your trick lighting does not work. A runner with a torch is a good alternative.

Opening
The master of ceremonies welcomes everyone and lets the audience know that this campfire is a little different than any they have experienced. It is an opening for the NYLT course. As an instructional campfire, it will also teach youth leaders how to ensure the success of campfires they have with their home troops. Explain that campfires are fun and that they can be much more. They can offer entertainment, fellowship, and education. Campfires are a chance to practice leadership skills. A campfire can be an ideal time to share inspirational messages.

Planning
The master of ceremonies explains that for a campfire program to be effective, it must be well-planned and practiced ahead of time. NYLT Participant Notebooks have copies of a Campfire Program Planner that might be just what participants need for future campfires. If not, they can develop their own campfire program planner.
Content Sessions

Day One-31

A good rule of thumb for planning campfire programs is to follow the fire. Early in the evening when the flames are lively, the program can be lively, too, involving everyone in songs, cheers, and skits. As the fire dies down, the program also can become quieter and deeper, with the most important messages coming near the end. An effective campfire is built on four S's: Showmanship Songs Skits Stories

Showmanship
Showmanship is the use of good communication skills to put sparkle and life into a gathering. Speaking well, using good body language, eye contact all the skills discussed in today's Communicating Well session come together to make an effective program. While the opening ceremony is showmanship that sets the tone of the whole program, the end of a campfire is usually quiet and inspirational. The most important messages come as the embers of the fire are dying down, often including a Scoutmaster's Minute and an inspirational song. In between the opening and the closing, there will be plenty of opportunities for showmanship to add sparkle to the program through songs, skits, and stories. The master of ceremonies then invites NYLT staff members to conduct the evening flag ceremony.
The showmanship discussed and displayed during the campfire can be applied to presentations of any sort, both within and beyond Scouting. The NYLT syllabus provides the skeleton, but good showmanship by presenters helps add the spice that makes the course lively and interesting.

Songs
There are many different types of songs that are appropriate for campfires: Scout songs, quiet songs, inspirational songs, songs that require audience action. Showmanship can help involve everyone in the singing. The master of ceremonies invites one or more NYLT staff members to come forward and model good ways to lead songs.
Content Sessions

Skits
Campfire skits can be fun and carry a message. There are plenty of ideas for skits in the Troop Program Resources, in other BSA literature, and in many books of campfire skills, While these sources are good, even better are the Scouts imaginations. Original skits can be tailor-made to fit local situations and recent events, and can be extremely entertaining.

Day One-32

APPROPRIATE SKITS

Skits, stories, and songs should never embarrass or demean anyone or any group of people. A good test of appropriateness is to hold the skit up against the Scout Law. Any skit that is not friendly, courteous, and kind has no place in a campfire program. There are several gray areas that are best simply to avoid, including the following topics and ones like them: Underwear Toilet paper Water Inside jokes Use of alcohol, drugs, or tobacco Cross-gender impersonation If an impropriate presentation make s it onto the stage, the master of ceremonies should step in. Heres one way to handle the situation:
INAPPROPRIAE SKIT ROLE-PLAY

(Setting: Two NYLT staff members come on stage, each carrying a box.) First Staff member: Have you got the underwear, toilet paper, alcohol, drugs, and tobacco for our skit? Second staff member: You bet! Have you got the water, some inside jokes, and dresses for us to wear? Master of ceremonies: Excuse me for interrupting, but we need to ask you to stop this skit. The material you are using s not suitable for our campfire. Participants, please return to your places. (He turns and addresses the audience.) We have a responsibility to help evaluate our choices and determine whether they are in keeping with Scoutings ideals and values. This skit had the potential of offending people and would not have contributed to building character or citizenship. In Scouting we offer plenty of freedom for our members to express themselves. However, if through lack of wisdom or understanding we do something that is not wise, Scouting also offers guidance to help everyone understand what is appropriate.
Content Sessions

We all can gain from this experience tonight in a positive manner. And now, on with the program. (The master of ceremonies can then lead a song to get everyone back into the mood of the campfire or can simply introduce the next performance.)
An important aspect of this role-play is that the master of ceremonies is a youth staff member. The prohibition against inappropriate campfire presentations is coming not from adults, but rather from a peer.

Day One-33

The master of ceremonies then invites one or more NYLT staff members to come forward and present examples of appropriate skits.

Stories
Storytelling is an art that almost anyone can acquire with practice. All you need is a good imagination, an appreciation of good stories, good communication skills, and a bit of showmanship. The campfire stories generally fall into five types: Ghost Humorous Adventure Hero (inspirational) Miscellaneous (general interest) Ghost Stories. This is the most-asked-for type of campfire story, but one that must be handled with care. Never try to scare an audience too badly with a ghost story. We want young people to feel at home in the woods. A ghastly story or disturbing descriptions can mar that experience for Scouts. Adventure Stories. Perhaps the best of all campfire stories are adventure tales that stir the imagination. The adventure can be true or fictional, or perhaps a tall tale somewhere in between. A Scout can describe an overnight adventure; a leader can relate some event of importance from his past; a storyteller can retell the tales of explorers, heroes, scoundrels, or other real and imaginary characters. Humorous Stories. American folklore is filled with fine and funny stories that lend themselves to being told or read around a campfire. Mark Twain's books and the stories of O. Henry, Robert Service, Bret Harte, and dozens of other American writers provide plenty of material. Inspirational Stories. A story that inspires young people can be a very effective addition to a campfire program. There is no reason that an inspirational story cannot also have humorous elements or be an adventure tale. Look to the magazines published by the Boy Scouts of America for stories, past and present, about inspiring individuals who have had a Scouting background. The High-Point Story. A campfire program should build toward a climax, an event that will top off the evening and make it a thing to remember. The high point of the program need not be elaborate, but it must be good. Among the possibilities are
Content Sessions

An old-timer telling of adventure in far-off places A Scout telling of a jamboree experience, or tales of the Philmont trails A storyteller spinning a ghostly yarn

Day One-34

The Scout leader speaking for a quiet minute Someone telling the Baden-Powell story or the story of another important figure in Scouting or in local history The master of ceremonies invites one or more NYLT staff to come forward and model good ways to tell a story.

The Quest for the Meaning of Leadership

The master of ceremonies explains that a campfire can be an opportunity to share important information. He then invites the Scoutmaster to come forward. The Scoutmaster challenges the patrols to develop their presentations of the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. For example, he might say: "This has been a busy day for everyone, and we have accomplished a great deal. We have had a very good beginning to this National Youth Leadership Training course, and I look forward to a terrific experience for everyone in the days to come. "There are many pieces to an NYLT course lots of presentations, activities, and adventures. While each one is important, I want us all to keep in mind the bigger picture. What we are setting out on this week is a quest a Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. "Leadership means different things to different people. In the days to come, each patrol will be exploring leadership in many ways. The staff will be exploring leadership, too. "To help us make the most of this experience, I want to challenge you this week to a search, a quest . . . a Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. "Each day your understanding of leadership is going to change. You will add new information with every presentation. As you practice leadership yourselves, you will learn a great deal about what works and what is not effective. As you watch the staff modeling different leadership styles, you will see the best that NYLT leadership has to offer. "To help us all make the most of this quest, I'm challenging each patrol to develop a presentation that shares their understanding of the meaning of leadership. The presentation can be a skit, a song, a piece of writing, even something you construct. Each patrol will deliver its presentation on the last day of this NYLT course. "Daily planning and working on the presentation throughout the course will encourage patrol members to agree on how their patrol will proceed, and to add each day's learning to their presentation. The quartermaster will make available a variety of materials for patrols to use in their presentations, if you need them. "Each patrol member is expected to contribute to his patrol's success during the development of the presentation. The final product should clearly reflect the combined efforts of many individual talents.

Content Sessions

Day One-35

The Quest for the Meaning of Leadership is the great adventure of the coming days. It's going to be fun, challenging, and full of new ideas. We are all in this together, and I'm looking forward to seeing what you all discover along the way. To set the tone for the quest, the staff has prepared a presentation of their own. Their quest has been a little different than yours will be. Theirs is the Quest for the Meaning of Teaching Leadership their vision of successfully presenting the leadership concepts of the NYLT course. The Scoutmaster then invites NYLT staff to come forward and offer their presentation of the Quest for the Meaning of Teaching Leadership. The staff's presentation of their quest must be a good example of what will be expected of the patrols when they make their presentations later in the course. The staff presentation should be well-planned and interesting, and should offer real content.

Campfire Closing
The master of ceremonies tells participants that they have reached that time of the program when the fire is burning low and the hour is late. The presentation has been built on the four S's of good program planning: showmanship, songs, skits, and stories. Participants will have had a great time, and perhaps received some seeds for thought and for long-term memories. The master of ceremonies then calls on the Scoutmaster: We're going to use one more story to bring our campfire to a close. For the story, let's use a Scoutmaster's Minute. The Scoutmaster presents the Scoutmaster's Minute: There is something magical about watching a flame. It can be a campfire, a candle a lantern the dancing light of fire draws us in and causes us to go a little deeper with our thoughts. What is a flame? What makes it possible? Three ingredients heat, air, fuel. If I leave out any of those three, what happens? Without heat, the flame goes out. Without air, the fire is snuffed. Without fuel, the fire is starved. There is a fire that burns inside of each one of you, too. It is the fire of leadership. It is a flame that each of you can feel warming you. What do you need to kindle that flame of leadership, to build it from kindling and tinder into a strong, steady fire?
Content Sessions

Again, three ingredients. The ingredients of leadership are Be, Know, Do. Be Everything about you that makes you the person you are. Know The skills of teaching and leading to help others and yourself achieve goals. Do The toolbox of leadership skills how to communicate well, solve problems, resolve conflict, and all the rest.

Day One-36

Be, Know, Do the three ingredients for the fire of leadership. Remove any on of the tree, and the fire goes out. Feed a three with the messages of the Scout Oath and Law, and the fire of leadership burning within you can expand to do great things. During this course, you have the opportunity o focus all your energy on the Be, Know, Do of leadership. You are setting out on a quest that will take you to the heart of leadership, and into your own hearts as well. As our campfire concludes, I want you to return silently to your campsites. Think about why you are attending this NYLT course Dedicate yourself to making the most of the days that le ahead. Stoke the fire of leadership burning in you soul. Let it grow and spread and light up your world. The master of ceremonies reminds everyone that the Scoutmaster has requested that they return in silence to their campsites and give thought to the great adventures of the NYLT course that lie ahead. Wish them a good night and ask the troop guides to lead the patrols to their camps.

Content Sessions

Day One-37

Schedule for Day Two (Monday)

Time
6:30 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 8:45 A.M. 9:45 A.M. 10:15 A.M. 11:30 A.M. 12:15 P.M.

Activity
Arise, patrol breakfast, and cleanup Troop assembly Setting Your Goals Patrol meeting Preparing Your Plans Model patrol leaders council meeting Patrol Lunch Planning Challenge Model troop meeting

Notes

Responsible
Duty roster

Location
Patrol site Troop assembly area Troop site Patrol breakouts at troop site Patrol breakouts at troop sties Troop site Patrol site

Flag ceremony

SPL and staff Assigned staff Patrol leader

Planning for lunch and pioneering projects

Troop guides SPL

Built on the menu from the Patrol leader mornings planning session Leave No Trace instructional skill relates to the Outpost Camp and pioneering projects Progression of the mornings planning session Duty roster Patrol leader Program patrol Conducted with explanation. Ties into Leading Yourself. Fellowship and relaxation (Apollo 13) Staff SPL, Scoutmaster, and other assigned staff

1:30 P.M.

Troop site

3:00 P.M.

Building pioneering projects Meal preparation Dinner and cleanup Flag ceremony Scouts worship service Movie night with cracker barrel Lights out

Large Outdoor site

5:00 P.M. 5:30 P.M. 7:15 P.M. 7:30 P.M.

Patrol site Patrol site Troop assembly area Chapel

8:00 P.M. 10:00 P.M.

Staff Patrol leader

Troop site Patrol sites

Troop events and activities Patrol events and activities Content sessions and their connecting activities

Day Two-1

Day Two: Breakfast Questions

Patrol Events

One or more staff members will join each patrol for breakfast. This is a good opportunity for participants and staff to get to know each other better. In addition, staff members can learn quite a bit about the patrol and can encourage patrol members to think about a few key issues as they begin the day. To make themost of breakfast discussion opportunities, keep the following questions in mind for the Day Two breakfast: How did you sleep? Has anything unexpected happened since yesterday? There was a lot of talk yesterday about vision. What does success look like for your patrol? What is your patorl vision? Can you see it? Is it big enough?
The breakfast questions are not meant to be a quiz or a list to be read. Instead, enjoy sharing breakfast with a patrol ad drop the questions into the conversation as a natural part of the morning discussions. Additional questions that relate to the specifies of the courses or the specifics of that patrols learning curve are encouraged.

Day Two-2

Day Two: Troop Assembly

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
30 minutes
Troop Events

Senior patrol leader and staff Troop assembly area As a result of these activities, participants will be able to Gather for Day Two for the National Youth Leadership Training course. Feel welcomed and valued (staff too). Reaffirm that the NYLT troop operates according to the Scout Oath and Law. Participate in a flag ceremony presented by the program patrol. Participate in the installation ceremony for new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. View youth staff as supporters, guides, and mentors to course participants. Discuss key parts of a good troop assembly. Recognize good communication skills.

Materials Needed Recommended Facility Layout

American flag Troop flag Historic American flag Before a NYLT course begins, staff members should designate the place that will serve as the troop assembly area. In most cases, this will involve an outdoor setting, though indoor areas of sufficient size (a dining hall, for example) can be adapted to accommodate the troop assembly. (Indoors, flags can be presented on staffs with floor stands or can be displayed on a wall.) The Day One troop assembly serves as the participants' formal introduction to the course. They will become acquainted with the troop and Scoutmaster and will witness the installation of the troop's senior patrol leader and assistant senior patrol leaders.

Presentation Procedure

Opening
The troop guides lead the patrols to the assembly area and arrange them in an appropriate formation. The senior patrol leader uses the Scout sign to bring the assembly to order, then welcomes participants to Day Two of NYLT and expresses his pleasure in having everyone there. He explains that Day Two symbolizes the first week of the month for a normal Boy Scout troop. There will be a variety of presentations and activities during the day, and a troop meeting.

Day Two-3

Flag Ceremony
On Day One, the staff will have conducted its own flag ceremony prior to the arrival and registration of course participants. The flag ceremony at the Day Two troop assembly will be the firs one observed by the NYLT participants.
Troop Events This is an opportunity for the staff members to conduct a model flag ceremony. The assistant senior patrol leader or another staff member can narrate the flag ceremony explaining to the troop why certain portions of the ceremony are conducted as they are and why planning and practice are important to conducting an effective flag ceremony.

The ceremony begins as the senior patrol leader asks the staff color guard to present the colors and raise the American flag. Instruct NYLT troop members to use the Scout salute while the flag is being raised. Invite the selected staff members to display the historic flag for the day and explain its significance.
The historic flags to be used for the NYLT course are the same as those presented during Wood Badge courses. Scripts for historic flag presentations, also the same as included in Wood Badge courses, can be found in the appendix.

Instruct the staff color guard to raise the historic flag and the NYLT troop flag. Ask the troop members to make the Scout sign and recite the Scout Oath and Law. Dismiss the color guard

Announcements
The senior patrol leader offers the announcements important for conducting the days sessions and events.

New Patrol Leader and Assistant Patrol Leader Installation

The senior patrol leader asks the Day One patrol leaders to introduce the Day Two patrol leaders to the troop, then the Day One assistant patrol leaders to introduce the Day Two assistant patrol leaders. Encourage those making the introductions to use effective communication skills.
As introductions are being made, the senior patrol leader can provide positive reinforcement by commenting on one or more communication skills being used well hand gestures, clear voices, eye contact with the group, etc. With the Teaching EDGE in mind, the Day One session on Communicating Well provided opportunities for staff to explain good communication skills. In their own presentations, staff members have been demonstrating these skills. Pointing out the participants use of good skills is a way of guiding them and enabling them to use the skills in many situations.

Day Two-4

Patrol leaders and assistant patrol leader assignments for each day of the NYLT course are located in the Patrol Duty Roster included in each copy of the NYLT Participant Notebook.

The senior patrol leader begins the installation. He should Invite the new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders to come forward to be installed. Ask the new patrol leaders to gather around the troop flagpole, placing their left hands on the pole. New assistant patrol leaders stand behind their patrol leaders, each placing a left hand on his patrol leader's right shoulder. Instruct them all to give the Scout sign and repeat, "I promise to do my best to be worthy of this office for the sake of my fellow Scouts in my patrol and troop and in the world brotherhood of Scouting." Welcome them as the troop's new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders.

Troop Events

Program and Service Patrol Emblem Exchange

The assistant senior patrol leader briefly explains the duties of the program patrol and the service patrol.
The duties of the patrols may differ from other days of the course. Adjust the explanations to reflect the needs of this day of the NYLT program.

Program Patrol (sample assignments)

Conduct flag ceremony at troop assembly. Prepare the troop meeting area. Perform other duties as assigned at the patrol leaders council meeting.

Service Patrol (sample assignments) Police the troop meeting area. (NYLT is a Leave No Trace program.) Maintain the participant latrines and showers. Perform other duties as assigned at the patrol leaders council meeting. Ask the leaders of the days program patrol and service patrol to come forward to receive a symbol of their patrol responsibilities for the day. The emblem for the service patrol might be a broom or camp shovel, while that for the program patrol could be a flag.
The exchange of symbols for the program patrol and the service patrol should not overshadow the installation of the days patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. Bestowing the emblems for the program and service patrols can be done in good fun, but with the understanding that these patrol duties are secondary to the roles of patrol leadership.

Day Two-5

In some settings, a service patrol is not needed. This syllabus assumes that a service patrol is needed. If you do not have a service patrol, skip that section whenever a service patrol is mentioned. Learning will not be impacted. Troop Events

STAFF SERVICE PATROL

Explain to participants that staff members have the responsibility of cleaning staff latrines and showers, staff campsites, and other staff-use areas. As fellow members of the troop, staff members roll up their sleeves and take care of their own areas rather than expecting someone else to do it for them.

Baden-Powell Patrol Streamer Presentations

The senior patrol leader present the Baden-Powell Patrol streamer awards based on the previous days campsite evaluation. Point out that the BSA encourages patrols to compete against a standard that all can achieve (in this case the standard of the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist) rather than against one another. When it comes to the Baden-Powell Patrol streamer awards, every patrol can be a winner.
For guidelines on the daily campsite inspection and for presentations of the Baden-Powell Patrol streamers, see Day One Registration, Orientation, and Camp Setup. Using the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist as his guide, the assistant senior patrol leader in charge of the service patrol makes the evaluation of the patrol campsites. (This may occur while patrol members are at evening sessions of the NYLT course.) Troop guides can encourage the patrols to use the same form to check their campsites as they complete their cleanup after the evening meal. If a patrol is having difficulty following through with all the items on the checklist, its troop guide can use the Teaching EDGE to help the patrol learn how to manage campsite cleanup in an efficient and orderly manner.

Each patrol can tie its Baden-Powell Patrol streamer for the day onto the pole used to display its patrol flag. Every patrol will have the opportunity to add another B-P streamer each day of the NYLT course.

Scoutmaster's Minute
The Scoutmaster presents his Scoutmaster's Minute for Day Two: "Last night you all played the Getting to Know Me game. I'm sure you learned something new about each of the members of your patrol. Perhaps you learned something new about yourself, too.

Day Two-6

"Getting to know other people and getting to know ourselves is an interesting process. When you ask yourself, 'Who am I?' there are lots of possible answers. "If you were to ask me that question, I could say that at work I'm a __________. In my job, I do these things __________.
Troop Events

"When I put on my Scout uniform, who am I? Yes, a Scoutmaster. A Scout. "Saying I'm a Scout really says I am 12 things. I am the 12 points of the Scout Law. That is the Be of my Be, Know, Do. "We're here at NYLT to explore what Be, Know, Do means to each of us and how we can use who we are, what we know, and what we do to become better people and better leaders. "Here's a question for you to think about. Who are you? Not what do you do, but what's in your heart? What is your Be? "You are here at NYLT because of a commitment a commitment to be a good leader. Nurture that. Let it grow. When you ask yourself, 'Who am I?' be sure your answer includes the 12 points of the Scout Law. Ask yourself, 'Am I setting the right example in everything I do?' Take care of that the Be of who you are. Know and Do will follow."

Conclusion
The senior patrol leader thanks the Scoutmaster and brings the troop assembly to a close by directing the patrol leaders to accompany their patrols to the site of the Setting Your Goals presentation.

Day Two-7

Day Two: Setting Your Goals

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes Troop presentation with patrol breakout activities Assigned Staff Troop site As a result of these activities, participants will be able to Explain what a goal is. Describe and use the SMART Goals tool. Write personal and team goals that pass the SMART Goals test. Help determine the goals that will allow their patrol members to fulfill the vision of success they have developed for their patrol.

Materials Needed

National Youth Leadership Training DVD, DVD player or computer with DVD capability, projector, and screen Copies of the SMART Goals testing tool (appendix, Participant Notebooks) Flip chart prepared with enlarged SMART Goals work sheet Note: Each patrol should bring the work sheets they used during the Finding Your Vision (Part One) session on Day One of the course.

Presentation Procedure

Preparation
Staff presenters are invited to have several of their own personal and team goals in mind that they can volunteer during the presentation to energize discussions and to signal to participants that staff members place enough importance on this subject to use these goal-setting themselves.
The Scoutmaster should be present at all session presented in a troop setting. During sessions occurring in patrol sites, the Scoutmaster can circulate among the patrols. His role is to be on the sidelines ready to coach and mentor the troops youth leaders as they conduct the course. By being present at sessions, the Scoutmaster will gain an essential understanding of the progress of the course as it unfolds throughout the week.

Content Sessions

Day Two-8

Opening Discussion
The presenter reviews the definition of a vision.
Show slide 2-1, Setting Your Goals; then slide 2-2, Vision Review.

Vision is what success looks like. It's a picture of where you want to be in the future. "If you can see it, you can be it." To be of use, vision needs to be big. It has to be elephant-sized. Here's an old Boys' Life Think and Grin joke: Question: "How do you eat an elephant?"

Show slide 2-3, Eating an Elephant.

Answer: "One bite at a time!" How do you fulfill a vision? One goal at a time. If vision is the elephant, goals are the bites that allow you to eat the elephant. The presenter clarifies the key ideas. Goals are the steps you complete to fulfill a vision. They are the bite-sized pieces of the vision you can accomplish one at a time. Fulfilling a vision might require just a few goals or it might take many. The presenter gives the following example of goals leading to a vision. A mountaineering team could have a vision to make it to the top of Mount Everest this year. To reach this vision, the team breaks up the trek to the top into four intermediate base camps each camp farther up the slope than the previous one. These become goals to be achieved that will increase their chance of fulfilling their vision reaching the top. There are many ways to think of goals as the rungs on a ladder, as small footsteps of a long journey, as the way to eat an elephant one bite at a time. Goals are objectives you can accomplish right away. Setting goals and then reaching them is the pathway to fulfilling a vision. That's the way to eat an elephant one bite at a time.
INTRODUCE THE VIDEO CLIP

Show slide 2-4, Goals.

Show slide 2-5, Goals: Goals are like.

Let's take a look at some leaders who set goals to help them realize their visions of success. Show video clip 2-6, Setting Your Goals (Part One), which begins with "The key to reaching your personal vision." The presenter summarizes the video, explaining that vision is what success looks like. It's the vision of mountain climbers seeing themselves reaching the top of Everest. Vision is the elephant. How do you eat an elephant? One bite at a time. How to you realize a vision? One goal at a time.
Content Sessions

Day Two-9

Ask participants: What was the vision and what were some of the goals of the people in the video? Look for the following responses:
Mark Shin

Vision Sees himself designing running shoes Some of his goals Major in mathematics. Work in an athletic equipment store. Coach school track teams.
Lance Armstrong

Vision Saw himself as a world-class cyclist One of his goals Qualify for the U.S. Olympic cycling team.
Diane Atkins

Vision Saw herself as an accountant One of her goals Join the military as a way of getting her education provided while she earned a living.
Jim Lovell

Vision Saw himself as an astronaut One of his goals After his training, become one of the first astronaut pilots.
NASA

Vision To put a man on the moon, fulfilling the vision for America provided by John F. Kennedy Some of NASA's goals
Content Sessions

Develop space travel with one astronaut per flight, test the rockets, and grow the technology (Mercury program). Continue developing space travel with two astronauts per flight, develop more technology, and conduct a walk in space (Gemini program). Continue developing space travel with three astronauts per flight, land on the moon, and explore the lunar surface with the lunar rover (Apollo program).

Day Two-10

Show slide 2-7, Setting Your Goals.

The presenter explains that vision is the big picture of future success astronauts standing on the moon, a cyclist winning a world-class race, a student becoming a successful accountant, an athlete designing running shoes. Goals are the steps that move us toward our vision. Vision is the elephant. Goals are the bites of the elephant. How do you realize a vision? One goal at a time. The best goals are SMART Goals.

Introduce SMART Goals

Show video clip 2-8, Setting Your Goals (Part Two), which begins with "How do you reach your goals? You do it by setting SMART Goals." President John F. Kennedy had a dream, a vision, of putting a man on the moon by the end of the 1960s. Can you tell me how many Apollo missions were there before an astronaut stepped on the moon? (There were 11.) Who was the first Eagle Scout and the first man to step on the moon? (Neil Armstrong) Did they just build a rocket, have an astronaut climb in, and then launch it to the moon? No, they were smart about how they set their goals. Goals that are SMART will lead you in the direction you want to go. Each of the letters in SMART stands for an important test of a goal: Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Relevant, Timely.
SPECIFIC
Show slide 2-9, SMART Goals.

Specific means clear and understandable. A goal needs to be specific. Everyone needs to know exactly what's involved. Take the team that has a vision of climbing Mount Everest. They have set goals to establish four camps, each one higher up the mountain. Is this specific enough? Discuss participants' responses of why or why not. How can they make it more specific? Elicit responses and discuss the results. Be sure to cover the following possible responses: Map out location of each camp. Calculate number of trips vs. sherpas they need to supply each successive camp up the slope. How much food, fuel, etc., do they need at each camp? Note that everything goes through the first camp.
Content Sessions

Day Two-11

Who will make the final trek to the summit? Who will stay at each base camp? How will they communicate between camps? How many tents do they need? Is their goal now clear? Yes.
MEASURABLE

How do you know if you're done? You need a way to measure your goal so that you know when you have completed it. How would the climbers know if they are done? When will they know if the camp is established? Elicit responses and discuss, including the following possible answers: All the tents are up. Everyone who is supposed to be at the camp is there. All the supplies made it up from the camp below. Communication is established.
ATTAINABLE

Attainable means it can be done. "I see myself as a famous rock star" might be a goal of yours, but it is unlikely to be fully realized or is it? Is it a vision or a goal? It's a vision! It's big, it's a dream! A goal can be challenging, but you should be able to see how you can reach it. It needs to be relevant a step along the way to your vision. "I want to play the guitar really well." That's a much more attainable goal, one that fits the SMART Goals test and is necessary to be a famous rock star. Let's go back to the team set on reaching the top of Mount Everest. Is their goal of establishing the four base camps attainable? How do you know? (Elicit a short discussion before going on.) Each person brings his own set of skills, strengths, and ideas to accomplishing each goal along the path to reaching a vision. The members of the Mount Everest team are all eager to have their expedition be a success, and they all have agreed that one of the goals on the way to fulfilling their vision is to establish the four camps. Some team members are better at breaking the trail up the slope, others at hauling heavy loads, others at pitching tents so they will stand up to severe weather. Everyone draws on his own strengths to help reach the team's goals.

Content Sessions

Day Two-12

RELEVANT

Relevant begs the question, Why you are doing it? Discuss how the goal of establishing the four base camps is relevant to the overall vision of reaching the top of Mount Everest. All goals need to be related to achieving the vision, no matter how large or how small, whether they are short-term goals or long-term goals. If the goal is not connected to reaching the vision, why are you doing it?
TIMELY

Completing goals needs to happen within a certain amount of time. Otherwise, you can get stuck pursuing one goal and not move forward toward your vision. As you lay out goals, predict how long each will take. If one is going to require a great deal of time, it might be wise to break it into several smaller goals. Instead of trying to eat the elephant with huge mouthfuls, you are cutting it up into manageable bites. On Mount Everest, a window of good weather lasts about a month each spring. Climbers must carefully plan the time it will take to establish each of their four camps and still have enough time to reach the summit, even if there are delays because of storms or other unexpected problems.
SUMMARY

The vision of getting to the summit of Mount Everest is a dream the climbers have. To reach it, they must work together and be smart about the goals they set. They must be (have them say it out loud with you): Specific (clear, understandable), Measurable (you know when you are done), Attainable (you can do it), Relevant (why you are doing it), Timely (done when it is needed). The senior patrol leader asks participants to turn in their NYLT Participant Notebooks to the SMART Goals work sheet (also in appendix).

Content Sessions

Day Two-13

SMART Goals Work Sheet

Goals are steps toward fulfilling a vision. They are tiny bites that enable you to eat an elephant. To be effective, a goal should pass the SMART Goals test. Use the space below to write ways in which a goal you are testing fulfills each requirement of a SMART Goal. (If you need more space, use the back of this page or additional sheets of paper.)

Specific
The goal is specific in these ways:

Measurable
The goal is measurable in these ways:

Attainable
The goal is attainable in these ways:

Relevant
The goal is relevant to the vision in these ways:

Content Sessions

Timely
The goal is timely in these ways:

Day Two-14

SMART Goals/Not SMART Goals

The presenter tells participants that he has a vision of being a physician helping people in urban neighborhoods. He has lots of goals that he thinks are the stepping stones toward realizing his vision. SMART Goals or Weak Goals. Discuss whether each of these goals is a SMART Goal that really will get him closer to his vision, or a goal that's just going to take him off track. Use the SMART Goals work sheet to help explain each decision. To pay for medical school, I'm going to win the state lottery. Next semester I'm enrolling in the college prep chemistry and biology classes at my high school. One evening a week I'm volunteering as an aide at a health clinic near my house. I'm going to read some books about some medical stuff. I have an appointment next week with my school guidance counselor to talk about courses I should take to get ready for college. I'm going to watch lots of medical shows on television. My parents are helping me plan to visit a medical school during my winter break this year. I've made out a calendar of when I'll work on the merit badges I still need to earn in order to become an Eagle Scout. I'll include Public Health, Chemistry, and Medicine as three of my elective badges. I'm going to buy my own stethoscope and teach myself how to use it.

Show slide 2-10, SMART Goals or Weak Goals.

Setting Individual Goals

Goals are essential for teams to fulfill their visions. Goals are important for people to realize personal visions, too. The presenter tells participants that many of them have had a vision of success that includes becoming an Eagle Scout. That's a mighty big elephant that rank can't be earned overnight. What are some of the goals that would lead a Second Class Scout toward fulfilling that vision of achieving the most that Scouting has to offer? On a flip chart, write down suggestions from the participants. To keep the discussion moving, add these: Pass the First Class swimming requirement at camp this summer. Earn the Swimming merit badge by next summer. Take part in 10 campouts a year. Attend a high-adventure camp next summer.
Content Sessions

Show slide 2-11, Personal Goals.

Day Two-15

Explain that those all seam like fine goals. But are they SMART Goals?
In these examples, Attend a high-adventure camp next summer is not a SMART Goal. It will certainly be a great experience, but it does not lead directly to fulfilling the vision of becoming an Eagle Scout.

Let's look at some of the goals of that Second Class Scout who sees becoming an Eagle Scout as part of his vision of success. Are they SMART Goals? On the flip chart, return to the goals suggested by participants and staff. Depending on how much time you want to spend, lead the group in applying the SMART Goals test. For example, "Pass the First Class swimming requirement at camp this summer."
Specific Yes. The First Class swimming requirement is very specific. Measurable Yes. The measure of success will be completing the swimming requirement to the satisfaction of the Scout camp aquatics staff. Attainable Yes. This is an attainable goal, though the Scout might need to take

some lessons at a local pool and will need to practice a few times a week before going to Scout camp.
Relevant Yes. It is a goal that will help fulfill the vision of becoming an Eagle

Scout.
Timely Yes, the goal can be completed this summer at Scout camp.

If time permits, apply the SMART Goals test to other goals from the list the group developed. If there is a suggested goal that does not pass the SMART Goals test, help participants figure out how to revise the goal to make it worthy.

Patrol Goal-Setting Exercise

During the Finding Your Vision (Part One) session, each NYLT patrol used a work sheet to develop a vision of team success. Have the troop guides break the participants into patrols to begin the following exercise. 1. Refine the patrol vision to make sure it is a vision and not merely a goal. 2. Ask patrol members to review the statement of vision they developed for themselves, and then write down five goals to achieve as a means of fulfilling their vision.
Content Sessions

3. Ask one or more patrols to offer both their statement of vision and the goals they have identified as some of the steps that will move them closer to fulfilling that vision. Write the statement and the goals on the flip chart. 4. Invite the patrol to explain how they applied the SMART Goals test to each of their goals and what they discovered along the way. If any of the goals will benefit from revision, help patrol members work through the process until their goals fit the SMART Goals format.

Day Two-16

5. Provide feedback from staff and from other participants on the patrol's use of the SMART Goals test but not a judgment of the goals. The intent of this exercise is to help people learn to use the SMART Goals tool correctly.

Organizing Goals
We can't complete every goal at the same time. There has to be some order in how we address them. Furthermore, some goals can be achieved in a short amount of time, while others are long-term goals that may require number of smaller steps to complete. Organizing goals and figuring out how to achieve them in the most effective way requires planning. We'll cover some effective ways to do just that in the NYLT session on planning, and then we'll have all the pieces of the Vision Goals Planning tool. Vision What success looks like.
Show slide 2-13, Vision Goals Planning.

Show slide 2-12, Organizing Goals.

Goals The accomplishments leading to fulfilling the vision. Planning How we will achieve each goal.

Summary
Wrap up this session by asking participants to
Show slide 2-14, Summary.

Explain what a goal is. Summary. Describe the SMART Goals goal-setting tool. Remind them that Goals are the steps that lead toward fulfilling a Vision. Having SMART Goals makes reaching that vision much more likely. Close with this thought: You can choose to be adrift on a boat with no rudder, or you can build the rudder and get where you want to go.

Content Sessions

Day Two-17

Day Two: Patrol Meeting

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
30 minutes Patrol leader Patrol site or a breakout area As a result of these activities, participants will be able to Describe the purpose of the patrol meeting. Describe how a patrol meeting should be run. Know the patrol leaders responsibilities and the patrol members responsibilities. Use the Start, Stop, Continue tool to evaluate patrol performance.

Materials Needed
Patrol Events

Patrol meeting agenda for each participant (appendix)

Recommended Facility Layout

The troop guide will determine the location of the first patrol meeting. The patrol will decide where subsequent patrol meetings will occur. In most cases, patrol meetings will take place in or near the patrols campsite.
As with meetings of the NYLT troop and the patrol leaders council, every patrol meeting during an NYLT course should be organized in a manner that provides an ideal example of such a session. Participants should be able to take the models of the patrol meetings they see at NYLT and use them to organize effective patrol meetings in their home troops.

Delivery Method

The patrol leaders are the facilitators of the meetings of their patrols. The leadership style each patrol leader uses is up to that person; the hands-on experience of leading is every bit as valuable as the progress made by a patrol during any particular meeting.

Day Two-18

Presentation Procedure

Guidelines for Troop Guides

Patrol leaders are the facilitators of patrol meetings, not the troop guides. These meetings provide important opportunities for NYLT participants to gain hands-on experience as leaders. At times they may struggle, wander off course, or be shy about taking charge; that is often part of the learning process. Troop guides should allow each patrol leader time and space to gain the most from the experience, but also should be ready to make suggestions and give direction to and through the patrol leader in a manner that does not overshadow the patrol leaders but enhances their chances for success. Patrol meetings also are a good opportunity for individuals to practice skills introduced in Day Ones Communicating Well session. Again, you can make suggestions to the patrol leader, preferably before the meting, to encourage his use of good communication skills.

Day Two Patrol Meeting

Troop guides play a significant support role to explain and demonstrate the way to conduct a good patrol meeting. Troop guides also will demonstrate the Start, Stop, Continue evaluation tool and guide the patrols as they use the tool to evaluate their patrol progress. The Start, Stop, Continue tool will be fully explored in the planning tat follows the patrol meetings. Patrol Events

Day Three Patrol Meeting

Troop guides will make a judgment call on their degree of involvement, basin their decisions on the patrols development and on the ability and performance of the Day Two patrol leaders.

Day Four Patrol Meeting

Troop guides may attend patrol meetings but ideally will not take part in any significant way.

Day Five and Six Patrol Meetings

Troop guides do not attend these patrol meetings.

Each patrol meeting should follow a written agenda. Building on the following model, the agenda for todays patorl meeting can be adjusted by the patrol leader prior to the meetng to fulfill the needs of his patrol.

Day Two-19

Patrol Meeting Agenda

Day Two 1. Welcome Troop guide 2. Meeting agenda Troop guide 3. Patrol leader responsibilities Troop guide 4. Patrol duty roster Patrol leader 5. Evaluation using Start, Stop, Continue (SSC) Explained by the troop guide; evaluation led by the patrol leader, with troop guides support 6. Closing Patrol leader

As a troop guide, use the Teaching EDGE (Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable) to help your patrol become skilled at conducting patrol meetings. You can also use the Leadership Compass to determine you patrols stage of team development (Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing). That evaluation can help you decide on the most appropriate style of leadership. On Day Two of the typical NYLT course, most patrols will still be in the Forming stage and will respond best to leadership that is directive, supportive, and encouraging. Patrol Events

Welcome
Using good communication skills, the troop guides help patrol members feel welcome. Explain the reason for patrol meetings. If you wish, use the following quotes. You can read them or write them out and have other patrol members read them to increase their involvement. "The patrol method is not a way to operate a Boy Scout troop, it is the only way. Unless the patrol method is in operation you don't really have a Boy Scout troop." Robert Baden-Powell, Scouting's founder "A patrol meeting is an opportunity for you to lead a group of Scouts as they conduct the business of their patrol. It is also a chance for everyone in a patrol to learn new skills, plan future activities, and have fun with friends." From the Patrol Leader Handbook

Meeting Agenda
The troop guide explains what is involved in an effective patrol meeting. Begin by passing out copies of the patrol meeting agenda. Demonstrate patrol meeting leadership by modeling good communication skills and by sticking with the agenda of the meeting.

Day Two-20

Patrol Leader Responsibilities

Explain that among a patrol leader's responsibilities are these: To take a leading role in planning and conducting patrol meetings and activities To encourage patrol members to complete advancement requirements To represent the patrol as a member of the patrol leaders' council, taking ideas from the patrol to the council meetings, speaking on behalf of the patrol, and then clearly communicating the council's decisions to members of the patrol To set a good example by living up to the Scout Oath and Law

Evaluation Using Start, Stop, Continue

The troop guide will coach the patrol leader as he conducts the Start, Stop, Continue evaluation of the patrol's duty roster and daily campsite evaluation. Explain that the session on planning will explore an evaluation tool called Start, Stop, Continue: Start "What should we be doing that will make things better?" Stop "What should we stop doing because it isn't helping?" Continue "What is our strength and is working well that we want to continue doing?" The patrol can begin using Start, Stop, Continue right now.
DAILY CAMPSITE INSPECTION CHECKLIST EVALUATION Patrol Events

Ask the patrol leader to take charge of the meeting. Have him go over the patrol's Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist. For each item, he can discuss with patrol members what they can Start, Stop, Continue in order to fulfill the expectations of the checklist.
PATROL DUTY ROSTER EVALUATION

Guide the patrol leader in applying the Start, Stop, Continue evaluation tool to the patrol's duty roster. This is a good opportunity to iron out any difficulties with the roster. The troop guide can encourage patrol members to keep the discussion positive and constructive even if the patrol is moving from the Forming stage of team development into the Storming stage. Encourage the patrol leader to address issues rather than to let them go unresolved.

Closing
With coaching from the troop guide, the patrol leader asks if patrol members have any other issues to discuss or questions. Then, the patrol leader thanks patrol members for their participation and brings the meeting to a close.

Day Two-21

Day Two: Preparing Your Plans

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
75 minutes Troop presentation with patrol breakout activities Troop Guides Patrol breakouts at troop site As a result of these activities, participants will be able to Understand the value of planning as a step in reaching goals and fulfilling visions. Plan an event or activity using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool. Set priorities by categorizing tasks. Use planning to help manage time. Determine a next step when a plan does not deliver the desired outcome.

Materials Needed

Copies of the Planning Tool Work Sheet (appendix) One copy of the Patrol Lunch Planning Challenge for each patrol (Adjust the sample form in this session to match the supplies available from the NYLT course quartermaster.) Troop Program Features, Volumes I, II, and III Troop Meeting Plan work sheet (NYLT Participant Notebooks)

Presentation Procedure

Review these concepts: Vision is what future success looks like. If you can see it, you can be it. Goals are the means of fulfilling a vision. Vision is the elephant. Goals are the elephants bite-sized pieces Add one more: Planning is a means of efficiently reaching goals. Weve been talking about the team of mountain climbers wanting to reach the summit of Mount Everest. That is their vision. They can see themselves standing on the top. Among the goals theyve established to realize their vision is the establishment of four camps at ever higher points on the mountain. Those are SMART Goals that will get the climbers a long way toward fulfilling their vision.

Content Sessions

Show slide 2-15, Preparing Your Plans, then show slide 2-16, Vision Goals Planning.

Show slide 2-17, Planning.

Day Two-22

Now it's time for them to do some serious planning. What will they need to plan in order to establish the first high camp? Sample answers include what to carry up there, how to set up camp, when to go, who will do each task, etc.
The presenter also can point out he importance of planning troop meetings. Guidance for the What, How, When, and Who of the troop meetings can be found in Troop Program Features, Volumes I, II, and III. One for more copies of each should be made available so that NYLT participants can inspect them during their free time and become familiar with their contents. The intent will be to show NYLT participants that these documents exist and will be available to them to inspect at any time during the NYLT course.

The What, How, When, Who Planning Tool

Explain that big goals can require that lots of things get done. Planning helps you make sure you haven't forgotten anything and that everything is completed in an efficient way. We're going to look at a very good planning tool you can use to organize your planning. You'll want to pay attention, because we're going to challenge each patrol to plan its lunch. If you plan it well, you'll have a terrific meal. If your plans aren't very good, well, good luck. A simple, effective planning tool is the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool. Perhaps your patrol vision includes having a very successful Outpost Camp later this week. One of the goals could be enjoying a terrific camp meal cooked over backpacking stoves. Let's talk our way through using the planning tool by planning an Outpost Camp meal.
Show slide 2-18, Planning Tool.

Hand out copies of the Planning Tool Work Sheet. Participants can insert these in their NYLT Participant Notebooks.

To illustrate the following exercise, use a flip chart version of the planning tool, prepared before the presentation. Fill in the boxes during the discussion, just as you would a normal-sized planning tool.

Demonstrate how to use the planning tool. Ask participants, "What steps do we need to complete to be prepared for the meal?" Expect answers like, "Ask everybody what they want to eat," "Look in my Boy Scout Handbook," "Figure out the menu," "Go to the store." Choose a task that is likely to happen earlier than half the tasks, for example, "Figure out the menu," and write that response in the WHAT column. Ask: "How do you do this?" Note the participants' answers. On a separate sheet, write down participants' responses.

Content Sessions

Day Two-23

In the HOW column of the first sheet, record the steps for one method of HOW. Choose a method that most participants can relate to. For example: Talk to patrol members about what they want. Select dishes to prepare. Find the recipes. List the ingredients. Determine ingredient amounts. Ask: "WHEN do you need to figure out the menu?" On the Planning Tool Work Sheet, record at least one "before" item and one "after" item in the WHEN column. Some examples: "After we know where we're camping." "Before we go to the grocery store." Now that we have the columns filled out, how much time will the task require? (Listen to examples. Help participants determine a reasonable amount of time for the task.) Explain that once you have figured out HOW to do something and WHEN to do it, we can go back to the WHAT column and add whatever is missing. Ask: "What's left? There's one more slot in the Planning Tool Work Sheet, and that's deciding WHO will be responsible for each of the steps in our plan. Some responsibilities are big ones 'The Big R,' and some aren't so important 'the little r.' Once your name is written down in the WHO column, though, the responsibility is yours." To review, ask participants what they think is the value in making a plan. Listen to a variety of answers. Reinforce the idea that planning increases the chance that you will get to the desired outcome or goal. If we didn't plan, what might go wrong?
PLANNING TOOL EXERCISE

Tell participants: You each have one of these Planning Tool Work Sheets. When do you think you'll use this tool? How many of you think you will use this tool before you leave this week? How many of you think you will use this tool today?
The value of these questions is in getting the learner to say that he will use the too. Psychologists will tell you that people are more likely to do something if they have stated out loud or in writing that they will do it.

Content Sessions

Day Two-24

PATROL LUNCH PLANNING CHALLENGE

The presenter of the challenge could be the quartermaster or an assistant Scoutmaster. Enable participants to use the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool by introducing the Patrol Lunch Planning Challenge. Each patrol must use the planning tool to come up with a thorough plan for the upcoming lunch. The plan must be fully developed to determine the menu, the ingredients and amounts needed, any utensils or other kitchen items that will be required, and how the lunch project will be carried out. The challenge can be shaped to fit the supplies the quartermaster has on hand. For example:
Sample Patrol Lunch Planning Challenge (Staff may adjust this document before the session in order to match the supplies available from the quartermaster.) Patrol lunch today will include sandwiches, fruit, a beverage, and dessert. Your challenge is to use the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool to fully plan your patrols lunch. Planning steps to use: What Everything you need for the meal, including all food ingredients and utensils How The process you will use to get everything form the quartermaster and to prepare the meal When The order of events for gathering what you need, fixing lunch, and cleaning up Who Assigning tasks so that someone takes responsibility for each portion of the plan When you have completed your plans, give the quartermaster your written request for ingredients, utensils, and anything else your patrol will need to prepare lunch. The quartermaster will follow the requests exactly, adding nothing and leaving nothing out. (Where necessary, substitutions will be made but will stay in the spirit of the request. For example, if a patrol asks for corned beef but the quartermaster has only sliced ham, the quartermaster will provide ham in place of beef.) Following the model patrol leaders council meeting, patrol may pick up from the quartermaster all the items on their request lists and then will follow their plans to prepare the enjoy lunch. Content Sessions

Troop guides should allow their patrol s to work on their own as much as possible but should be ready to help guide participants to use the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool as they prepare for the Patrol Lunch Planning Challenge.

Day Two-25

The Start, Stop, Continue Evaluation Tool

Explain that during the patrol meetings that took place before this session, the troop guides helped the patrols use the Start, Stop, Continue evaluation tool to judge how things are going and how improvements can be made. That is a very effective way to improve performance of any sort. It's the evaluation tool we will be using throughout this NYLT course.
This concept was introduced as an evaluation tool during the patrol meeting that precedes this session, but it has not been explained in detail. It is in this session that Start, Stop, Continue is more fully explored. It will be used and emphasized throughout the rest of the training course as the tool of choice whenever evaluation is appropriate.

Show slide 2-19, Start, Stop, Continue Tool.

Let's look at the three parts of Start, Stop, Continue: Start "What should we be doing that will make things better?" Stop "What should we stop doing because it isn't helping?" Continue "What is our strength and is working well that we want to continue doing?" The Start, Stop, Continue tool is to be used to provide constructive ways to improve. It is two positives with a negative sandwiched in between. Ask participants where they might use Start, Stop, Continue. Look for answers like school, Scouts, home, work, etc.
DEMONSTRATE USING START, STOP, CONTINUE

Remind participants of the neutral position used for communicating well. It focuses on the speaker's feet, hands, mouth, eyes, and ears. Ask participants to offer you some feedback on the presentation skills you have used in this session. Encourage them to use Start, Stop, Continue as their evaluation tool. You may need to encourage participants to engage in this exercise, as they might be shy about offering evaluation. One way to keep the discussion moving is to work through the neutral position point by point: "Let's take feet. Where I am standing, how I am moving around. What can I start doing to make my body position more effective? Anything I should stop doing? What's working well that I can continue to do?"
Content Sessions

Continue, asking participants to apply Start, Stop, Continue to your use of hands, mouth, eyes, and ears. Another way to energize the exercise is to have staff members in the audience (troop guides, for example) offer constructive evaluation using Start, Stop, Continue. That can get the ball rolling and allow the presenter to call on NYLT participants for additional comments.

Day Two-26

The exercise also reviews key points from Day Ones Communicating Well session.

Guide patrols as they use Start, Stop, Continue to help them achieve goals leading to their team vision. Start, Stop, Continue can be a powerful tool for helping patrols reach goals that lead toward their team vision. Use the vision of one or more patrols as an example. Ask for ideas from the patrols. A discussion might go like this: The patrol vision is to be the best patrol of all at NYLT. One goal is to have a terrific campsite. Start Start picking up the campsite. Pitch in to help each other complete camp chores. Stop Stop storing the cooking equipment on the ground. Stop leaving the food box open so mice can get in. Continue Continue keeping our tents neat. Keep having fun. Keep our spirits high.

Planning a Troop Meeting

Remind participants that planning is important for reaching goals of all sorts. The goal of having a good troop meeting can be reached only if that meeting is planned. Explain that the BSA provides troops with some powerful versions of planning tools to help a patrol leaders' council plan great meetings. Show participants the three volumes of Troop Program Features. Let the participants know where they can find these volumes and invite them to inspect the volumes at any time during the NYLT course. Show participants the Troop Meeting Plan work sheet found in their NYLT Participant Notebooks. Explain that the troop meetings during the NYLT course were planned using these materials. Troop leaders will explain the process during those meetings. After the NYLT course, participants can work with adult and youth leaders to use the same materials for planning the meetings of their home troops.

Summary
Content Sessions
Show slide 2-20, Summary.

Why plan? Planning is essential for reaching your goals. Goals are steps to fulfilling your vision. Planning is a means of efficiently reaching goals. Goals are the steps leading toward fulfilling a vision. Vision is what future success looks like.

Day Two-27

To accomplish goals, you must have good planning. The What, How, When, Who Planning Tool organizes reaching a goal into four parts: What has to be done How to do it When to do it Who will do it Start, Stop, Continue is a tool for testing the effectiveness of your plans. It can be used whenever evaluation is appropriate. Tools for planning work only if you use them. The success of the patrol lunches and of other patrol efforts during the NYLT course will be determined largely by the effectiveness of the planning that takes place ahead of time.

Content Sessions

Day Two-28

Day Two: Model Patrol Leaders Council Meeting

Time Allowed Format
45 minutes
Troop Events

A model patrol leaders council meeting presented in the round that is, with the rest of the troop observing the proceedings. A youth staff member acting as narrator explains key points of the meeting to the observers. Senior patrol leader Troop site As a result of these activities, participants will be able to Describe the purpose of the patrol leaders council. Discuss how a patrol leaders council meeting should be run. Understand the roles and responsibilities of those who attend patrol leaders council meetings. See an example of a boy-led troop in action.

Responsible Location Learning Objectives

Materials Needed

Patrol leaders council meeting agenda (NYLT Participant Notebooks, appendix) Troop meeting plans for Day Two and Day Three (NYLT Participant Notebooks, appendix) A roster listing the service patrol and program patrol assignments for the duration of the course (NYLT Participant Notebooks, appendix)

Recommended Facility Layout

The meeting place should be prepared with a table and seating for the patrol leaders and the senior patrol leader. In a camp setting, this may be a picnic table. Ideally, the site will be the same location for all patrol leaders council meetings throughout the course. However, the attendance by the entire troop as observers may make it necessary for this patrol leaders council meeting to be held at a site that will comfortably accommodate everyone. Place a chair for the Scoutmaster to the side and a little behind that of the senior patrol leader. The Scoutmaster will be serving as a coach and mentor to the senior patrol leader, but will not be conducting the meeting. Surrounding these chairs is seating for the rest of the course participants and staff attending the meeting only as observers.

Day Two-29

Delivery Method
Troop Events

The Day Two patrol leaders' council meeting occurs in the round, that is, attended by patrol leaders and other troop leaders and observed by all other course participants and youth staff. The in-the-round setting provides an opportunity to model an ideal patrol leaders' council meeting. The patrol leaders' council meeting is conducted by the senior patrol leader, who will model appropriate leadership behavior within the setting of the meeting. As the meeting unfolds, a narrator explains to the NYLT participants what is going on and how it fits into the larger scheme of a successful troop program. The narrator should be a youth staff member who fully understands the patrol leaders' council meeting process and is able to explain it well to others. He should have a strong voice and stand outside of the circle of the patrol leaders' council.

Presentation Procedure

Patrol leaders' council meetings are a key tool Scoutmasters can use to develop boy-led troops by coaching, guiding, and supporting youth leaders and by giving them the responsibility and freedom to lead
Each NYLT participant and staff member will have an NYLT Participant Notebook containing core information that will be useful throughout the course duty rosters, equipment lists, daily schedules, meeting agendas, etc. Blank pages in the notebooks provide space for patrol leaders to write down ideas from meetings. The notebooks are given out during the Day One Registration, Orientation Trial, and Camp Setup session. Participants should bring their notebooks with them to all sessions of the NYLT course.

Patrol Leaders Council Meeting Agenda

Day Two Welcome and introductions Purpose of the meeting what we need to accomplish Reports on the progress being made by each patrol Announcements Program patrol and service patrol assignments Closing Scoutmasters observations

Welcome and Introductions

The senior patrol leader welcomes everyone and acknowledges the presence of the rest of the NYLT course participants and staff. He explains the importance of this in-the-round meeting: It is an opportunity for everyone to see an efficient meeting format that can be used effectively with patrol leaders or with any other group gathering a school committee, a work team, etc.

Day Two-30

It allows everyone to better understand what will be expected of patrol leaders throughout the remainder of the course. Explain that they will see the real thing, and the narrator will explain the significance of what they are seeing.
Troop Events The narrator welcomes the NYLT participants and introduces those persons who will be active participants in patrol leaders council meetings primarily the patrol leaders and the senior patrol leader. Explain that the patrol leaders have come prepared to represent their patrols in the patrol leaders council discussions and decisions.

As with most sessions of an NYLT course, the presenters of the model patrol leaders. Council meeting convey information by using the Teaching EDGE (Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable). The narrator explains a portion of a meeting, and then members of the patrol leaders council demonstrate an effective way to conduct that meeting section. As NYLT participants take part in patrol leaders council meetings later in the course, youth and adult staff will guide them to succeed. Ideally, the NYLT experience will enable participates to conduct effective patrol leaders council meetings when they return to their home troops.

Pre-Meeting Discussion
The narrator explains that the Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader often visit for a few minutes before the beginning of a patrol leaders council meeting. They go over the agenda and make sure everything is in order. Once the meeting begins, though, the senior patrol leader is in charge and the Scoutmaster stays on the sidelines. The Scoutmaster might coach and guide the senior patrol leader now and then, but in a boy-led troop, the troops youth staff is in charge. One of the Scoutmasters roles in a boy-led troop is to help Scouts realize how far they are progressing and developing as a good leader, even if they have not yet reached the vision they have set for themselves. The Scoutmaster helps the senior patrol leader set the direction of patrol leaders council meetings so that the program of the troop is consistent with the values of Scouting.

The senior patrol leader and Scoutmaster enact a brief pre-meeting discussion to show how the agenda is reviewed. The Scoutmaster lends support and encouragement to the senior patrol leader. At the end of the pre-meeting discussion, the senior patrol leader calls the patrol leaders' council meeting to order, welcomes everyone, and asks each person in attendance to introduce himself and state his current responsibilities with the NYLT troop.

Day Two-31

Purpose of the Meeting

The senior patrol leader directs the attention of the patrol leaders' council to the written agenda. Note that the purpose of this meeting will be to:
Troop Events

Check on the progress of the patrols. Assign the duties of the program patrol and service patrol. Use Start, Stop, Continue as our evaluation tool. Use good communication skills to share ideas.
The narrator explains that a good meeting always starts with an agenda. This means that the meeting leader has put thought and preparation into the meeting so it can be efficient and effective. Everyone attending a meeting should be prepared to take notes so they can communicate with their patrol members about the meeting, In order to take notes, always come prepared with a pencil or pen.

Reports on the Progress of Each Patrol

The narrator explains that the senior patrol leader runs the patrol leaders council meetings, but that does not mean he does all the talking. This is a time for the senior patrol leader to listen so he can gather information about how the troop is running.

The senior patrol leader demonstrates by asking each patrol leader to use Start, Stop, Continue as a tool for giving a constructive report of his patrol: Start What can they begin doing to improve their patrols? Stop What can they stop doing that is not working well? Continue What should they continue doing that is a strength and is working well? Remind patrol leaders that each patrol should be thinking about its presentation of the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Briefly review the challenge offered by the Scoutmaster at the campfire on Day One, and stress the importance of beginning work on the presentation early in the NYLT course.

Day Two-32

Excerpts from the Scoutmasters challenge to the patrols to set out on a Quest for the Meaning of Leadership: Leadership means many things to different people. In the days to come, each patrol will be exploring leadership in many ways. To help us make the most of this experience, I want to challenge you this week to a Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Each day your understanding of leadership is going to change. You will add new information with every presentation. As you practice leadership yourselves, you will learn a great deal about what works and what isnt very effective. As you watch the staff modeling different leadership styles, you will se the best that NYLT leadership has to offer. Im challenging each patrol to develop a presentation that shares its understanding of the meaning of leadership. The presentation can be a skit, a song, a piece of writing, even something you construct. Each patrol will deliver its presentation on the last day of this NYLT course. Daily planning and working on the presentation throughout the course will encourage patrol members to come to agreements on how their patrol will proceed, and to add each days learning to their presentation. The quartermaster will make available a variety of materials for patrols to use in their presentations, if you need them. All patrol members are expected to contribute to the success of their patrols during the development of the presentation. The final product should clearly reflect the combined efforts ff many individual talents. Troop Events

Announcements
The senior patrol leader makes any announcements relevant to the group. Explain that patrol leaders have a responsibility to convey to their patrols information from the meetings of the patrol leaders' council. Note the time and location for the next meeting of the patrol leaders' council.
The narrator explains that Scouts who are not attending a patrol leaders council meeting are depending on their patrol leader to give them the information just shared here. This is a big responsibility.

Program Patrol and Service Patrol Assignments

The senior patrol leader asks the assistant senior patrol leader to take the floor. The assistant senior patrol leader explains the duties of the program patrol. Remind those leaders of the Day Two service and program patrols that they should review what they will be doing and use their planning skills to figure out an effective way to fulfill their responsibilities. Tell them that planning skills will be taught later, but that you are confident each of them has some skill in planning already; after all, they planned to attend NYLT.

Day Two-33

Program Patrol (sample assignments)

Troop assembly Conduct the flag ceremony for the next day. Troop meeting Prepare the meeting area.
Troop Events

Troop meeting Conduct the preopening activity. (The patrol should be provided with a printed sheet of instructions for organizing and conducting the activity. If materials are needed, the quartermaster should make those available.)
Service Patrol (sample assignments)

Put the troop meeting area in order. (NYLT is a Leave No Trace program.) Maintain participant latrines and showers.
Staff Service Patrol

The senior patrol leader will make it clear to NYLT participants that staff members have the responsibility of cleaning staff latrines and showers, staff campsites, and other areas for staff use. As equal members of the NYLT troop, staff members roll up their sleeves and take care of their own areas rather than expecting someone else to do it for them.

Summary
The narrator explains that it is important to repeat or summarize the proceedings to assure that everyone heard the primary messages and can ask clarifying questions if a patrol leader realized he may have misunderstood something. It is the patrol leaders responsibility to get clarification.

The senior patrol leader then takes a few moments for a brief overview of the proceedings: Summarize the key points covered during the meeting. Remind the patrol leaders what they are expected to do and when they are expected to do it. Stress the importance of performing at the highest levels, using the Scout Oath and Law as their guides.

Scoutmaster's Observations
The narrator points out that it has been the senior patrol leader, no the Scoutmaster, who has been leading the patrol leaders council meeting. Restate the Scoutmasters role as a coach and mentor to the senior patrol leader and other members of the patrol leaders council. A Scout troop should be boy-run. Adult leadership should do a ll they can to allow youth members of the troop to take responsibility for ensuring the success, and they should take an active role in developing the youth leadership team.

Day Two-34

The Scoutmaster briefly discusses the importance of a patrol leaders' council meeting to the operation of a Scout troop. Compliment the Scouts, as appropriate, for behavior that you observed during the meeting that was especially consistent with the Scout Oath and Scout Law or Scout motto. (For example, the senior patrol leader was prepared for the meeting, or patrol leaders were respectful of one another during a difficult discussion.)

Troop Events

Closing
The narrator asks members of the audience if they have any questions about what they just observed. Explain that a Scout is courteous. A Scout is kind. Being courteous and kind , includes having respect for other people's time. It is important to end meetings on time rather than allow them to drag on. The senior patrol leader thanks everyone for their participation in the patrol leaders' council meeting, answers any questions from members of the patrol leaders' council, then adjourns the meeting.

Day Two-35

Day Two: Patrol Lunch Planning Challenge

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives Materials Needed
1 hour, 15 minutes Troop meal preparation based on plans made during the session on Preparing Your Plans Patrol leader Patrol site As a result of these activities, participants will be able to make plans and then use them to reach a goal. Each patrol will receive the menu items on the list they subitted to the NYLT quartermater at the conclustion of the Preparing you Plans session. Patrols will need exactly the utensils and other culinary gear they included in their plan. (These may be items they retrieve from their patrol campsite kitchens.)

Presentation Procedure

Conducting the Challenge

During the Preparing Your Plans session, patrols were challenged to plan their lunches. They submitted their lists of ingredients to the NYLT quartermaster who, during the troop meeting after the session, assembled the ingredients requested by each patrol. The patrols can now pick up their ingredients and whatever else they requested, then prepare and enjoy lunch. If they have forgotten to plan any aspect of the lunch (a missing ingredient or utensil, etc.), they are to solve the problem as best they can using only the resources at hand.

Content Sessions

Day Two-36

Members of the quartermaster staff play a key role in the success of the Lunch Planning challenge. They should attend the Preparing Your Plans session on the morning of Day Two in order to fully understand the nature of the challenge and the importance it has for the participants in the course. A goal of this challenge is to help patrols learn the importance of thorough planning. Another goal is for them to have a successful lunch experience as an outgrowth of their planning. Using the Teaching EDGE (Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable), presenters of the Preparing Your Plans session will have explained methods Scouts can use to develop plans. They also will have demonstrated how planning can be accomplished. The quartermaster staff can greatly help in guiding patrols as they practice the planning process on their own. When patrols present their requests, provide only those items the patrol request Where necessary, make substitutions in the spirit of the original request (for example, if a patrols asks for lunch meat no in the commissary, the quartermaster staff can provide the lunch meat that is on hand). Some patrols are likely to discover hat their plans are incomplete and they have forgotten to ask for certain items. If they come back and request other items, the quartermaster staff should provide the items they need. Throughout the Lunch Planning Challenge, keep in mind the larger goal of using the Teaching EDGE to improve each Scouts ability to plan, and the event is sure to be a success.

Content Sessions

Day Two-37

Day Two: Model Troop Meeting

Time Allowed
Troop Events

90 minutes The NYLT syllabus is structured to represent the experience of a Scout troop moving through a month of meetings and activities. The meetings that occur during the first three days are similar to those a unit would schedule over a time period of three weeks. The final week of a troops month correlates to the Outpost Camp that participants embark upon during the final days of the NYLT course an exciting activity that is a n outgrowth of the learning and planning that occurred during the first three meetings. Senior patrol leader, Scoutmaster, and other assigned staff Troop site As a result of these activities, participants will be able to Conduct a well-prepared troop meeting built on the seven-step troop meeting plan. Discuss the impact of goal setting. Use the Teaching EDGE to teach a skill. Conduct an interpatrol activity based on the Teaching EDGE.

Format

Responsible Location Learning Objectives

Materials Needed

Troop Program Features, Volumes I, II, and III Photographs of possible pioneering projects (one set for each patrol) Three spars and ropes for lashing Figure-of-eight lashing instructions (appendix and NYLT Participant Notebooks)

Presentation Procedure

The troop meeting is conducted by the senior patrol leader, who will model appropriate leadership behavior within the setting of the meeting.

All youth and adult troop leaders should be present at troop meetings. Those who do not have specific roles in the proceedings of the meeting still will be available as coaches and mentors to the youth staff conducting the meeting and to NYLT participants.

As the meeting unfolds, a narrator explains to the NYLT participants what is going on and how it fits into the larger scheme of a successful troop program. The narrator should be a youth staff member who fully understands the troop meeting process and is able to explain it well to others. .

Day Two-38

The role of the troop meeting narrator is similar to that of the narrator explaining key points of the Day Two patrol leaders' council meeting. The narrator for the troop meeting should be a different youth staff member than the one who narrated the patrol leaders' council meeting. That will give a fresh voice to the troop meeting narration and will allow each of the narrators to focus his energies fully on preparing for a single presentation.
As with most sessions of an NYLT course, the presenters of the model troop meeting convey information by using the Teaching EDGE (Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable). The narrator Explains a portion of the meeting, then the troops youth leaders Demonstrate effective ways to conduct that meeting section. As NYLT participants take part in troop meetings later in the course, youth and adult staff will Guide them to succeed. Ideally, the NYLT experience will Enable participants to conduct effective troop meetings when they return to their home troops.

Troop Events

Session Introduction
The narrator welcomes everyone to the troop meeting. Let them know that, as was the case with the patrol leaders council meeting, important parts of the troop meeting will be pointed out and explained by a narrator and that you are that narrator.

Tell participants that NYLT represents one month in the life of a Scout troop. There will be a troop meeting each day for three days the first three weeks of a month. The fourth week will be represented by the Outpost Camp the big event that a troop works toward through the rest of the month. This first meeting is a model troop meeting. NYLT participants will take part in troop activities but also will be an audience watching how a good troop meeting is put together and conducted. There are seven steps to a good troop meeting.
Seven-Step Troop Meeting Plan

1. Preopening 2. Opening 3. Skills instruction 4. Patrol meetings 5. Interpatrol activity 6. Closing Scoutmaster's Minute 7. After the meeting

Day Two-39

Ask participants to turn in their NYLT Participant Notebooks to the Day Two Troop Meeting Plan. Explain that every good troop meeting follows a plan like this.
Troop Events

Point out that the troop meeting plan, with lots of great ideas of activities to bring meetings to life, can be found in the BSA publication Troop Program Features, which was mentioned during the session on Preparing Your Plans. Show participants a copy of Troop Program Features. Let them know where the copy will be kept during the NYLT course, and invite them to take a closer look at it in their free time. Add this thought: "You can develop a terrific plan, but if you don't follow it, not much will happen." The patrol leaders' council uses Troop Program Features to plan troop meetings. Ideally, the Scoutmaster checks with the senior patrol leader 48 hours before a troop meeting to make sure everything is ready. These are important steps that should not be skipped.

Day Two-40

Day Two
TROOP MEETING PLAN
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION RUN BY TIME TOTAL TIME

Troop Events

Preopening

Patrol leaders

20 min.

20 min.

Opening ceremony

Scout Oath and Law

Program patrol

5 min.

25 min.

Skills instruction

Lashings

Troop guides

25 min.

50 min.

Patrol meetings

Planning the pioneering project

Troop guides

25 min.

75 min.

Interpatrol activity

Lashing challenge

Troop guides

25 min.

100 min.

Closing

Scoutmasters Minute

Scoutmaster

5 min.

105 min.

After the meeting

Debrief, plan ahead

PLC and Scoutmaster

Day Two-41

Preopening
The narrator explains that the preopening is the first step of a good troop meeting. It might be a game or skill activity that Scouts can join in as they arrive. While that is going on, the senior patrol leader, patrol leaders, and Scoutmaster quickly go over the plan for the meeting and make sure everything is in order.

Troop Events

The senior patrol leader, patrol leaders, and Scoutmaster demonstrate by enacting a brief pre-meeting discussion to show how the troop meeting agenda is reviewed. They gather in the middle of the assembly area where all participants can see and hear them.
Because the patrols are newly formed, the troop guides will represent the patrols during this preopening.

The senior patrol leader checks with the troop guides to see who has responsibility for the main parts of the upcoming troop meeting the opening, the skills instruction, the patrol meetings, and the interpatrol activity. Ask if each troop guide has the resources his patrol needs to carry out their portion of the meeting. Ask the Scoutmaster if there is anything else requiring attention before the opening of the troop meeting. During the preopening, the Scoutmaster provides coaching for the senior patrol leader but allows him to lead the preopening. He suggests one or two points the senior patrol leader might consider. (Do the participants have plenty of water with them? What's the backup plan for the outdoor activities if the weather turns bad?) Give a few words of encouragement and express confidence that the troop's youth leaders are ready for the meeting to begin.
The narrator explains that in a regular troop meeting, this discussion among the troops youth leaders would take place while the rest of the troop members are involved in the preopening activity. The activity can be selected from Troop Program Features, like the activity we are using today.

During preparations for the NYLT course, staff should select a preopening activity from Troop Program Features. Showing participants the exact source of the activity can encourage them to use Troop Program Features with their home troops.

The youth staff member in charge of the preopening activity conducts a brief preopening activity from Troop Program Features.

Day Two-42

Opening Ceremony
The narrator explains that the second step of the seven-step troop meeting plan is the opening. It is the official beginning of the meeting. It sets the tone of the being with a flag ceremony (if there has not already been one that day) and the reciting of the Scout Oath and Law.

Troop Events

The senior patrol leader demonstrates by inviting troop members to make the Scout sign and recite the Scout Oath and Law. Ask if there are announcements or other contributions from participants and staff.

Skills Instruction
The narrator explains that the third of the seven steps of the successful troop meeting is skills instruction. The skills being taught should fit into other activities the troop is doing during the month. A troop that is going on a kayaking trip, for example, might use skill instruction to help patrol members learn how to stow camping gear into a kayak, or how to maintain a kayak after a journey. This afternoon, the patrols of our NYLT troop will be building pioneering projects. The skills instruction portion of this troop meeting focuses on a lashing that might be useful in completing those projects.

The senior patrol leader demonstrates by asking the troop guides to conduct the skills instruction portion of the troop meeting.
The rope used for skills instruction should be real rope, not twine or string. Rope that is too light or flimsy is hard for Scouts to use effectively and makes learning difficult.

The troop guide of each patrol will serve as his patrol's instructor for this Scouting skill.
Before the NYLT course begins, troop guides should practice making a tripod with the figure-of-eight lashing until they know it very well. They must be able to demonstrate the lashing without using the handout.

Using good communication skills, tell your patrol that you are going to teach everyone how to lash together a tripod using the figure-of-eight lashing.
While troop guides are teaching a lashing method, they are also modeling how to teach. All teaching should be done using the Teaching EDGE Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, and Enable.

Day Two-43

The troop guides explain what the figure-of-eight lashing is and how it can be used. Describe the steps you are going to use to make the lashing and form the tripod. Demonstrate the steps for making the lashing:
Troop Events Step 1 Lay the three spars alongside each other, butt to butt, tip to tip. Step 2 Apply the lashing to the three tips, placing the lashing 12 to 18 inches

from the tip ends.

Step 3 Start the lashing with a clove hitch around one of the outside spars. Step 4 Wrap the short end of the rope around the standing part of the rope as

you start the wrapping turns.

Step 5 Make six or more loose wrapping turns over and under the spars. Step 6 Make two or three frapping turns between each pair of spars. Step 7 Finish the lashing with a clove hitch. Step 8 Set up the tripod by spreading apart the butt ends of the spars into the

shape of an equilateral triangle.

Troop guides should emphasize the following points: Make the wrapping turns loose. Otherwise you will not be able to open the tripod. The completed tripod can be reinforced by lashing additional spars from one tripod leg to the next near the butt ends. This is an important step if the tripod is to hold weight. Refer participants to the handout illustrating the steps for making the lashing. Encourage them to use the illustrations as guides while practicing how to make the figure-of-eight lashing.

The troop guide asks several patrol members to come forward. Provide each with spars and rope and ask each of them to tie the lashing. Observe their progress, guide them when they need assistance, and offer suggestions. Whenever possible, use the Start, Stop, Continue evaluation tool as your means of providing suggestions. After the volunteers are done with their lashings, take a few moments to evaluate the quality of their tripods. Ask others in the patrol for Start, Stop, Continue input. For example, the patrol might tell one of the volunteers he might want to start making the wraps of the lashing looser so that it is easier to open up the tripod. He might want to stop leaving loose ends of the rope dangling. He might want to continue all the steps he got right continue placing the spars tip to butt, continue using clove hitches to begin and end the lashing, etc.

Day Two-44

Guide all the patrol members as they tie the lashing themselves. Enable the patrol members empower them, believe in them, and give them the time and materials they need to practice the lashing until it becomes second nature for each of them. You will be there if they have questions or need help acquiring more materials, but you are sending them off to use the skill on their own in any situations where they will find the skill useful.

Troop Events

Patrol Meetings
The narrator explains that the fourth of seven steps of an effective troop meeting is the opportunity for each of the patrols to hold a patrol meeting. The patrol meetings often are devoted to activities that prepare the patrol for upcoming troop events.

The senior patrol leader asks the patrol leaders to take charge of their patrols. Much of the afternoon will be devoted to patrol pioneering projects. NYLT participants can devote the current patrol meeting to planning. Each patrol will have the opportunity to plan and build one of a number of possible pioneering projects a tower, monkey bridge, etc. Distribute copies of the pioneering project photographs. Tell the patrols that they are welcome to build any one of these projects, or to construct a project of their own design.
Distributing photographs rather than diagrams will give patrols a general idea of various pioneering structures, but will not give them a blueprint for their construction. The idea is to open up the possibilities for patrols to work out their own designs and the solutions to the questions of lengths of materials to use and lashings that will hold everything together.

Each patrol is required to write out their plan using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool. The senior patrol leader, quartermaster, and other staff will be available to answer questions from the patrols about the availability of materials, locations for construction, and appropriateness of project design.
The troop guide stays on the sidelines of the patrol meeting but is always ready to guide the patrol leader and provide coaching and support to all patrol members.

Day Two-45

Interpatrol Activity
The narrator explains that the interpatrol activity is the fifth of the seven steps of an effective troop meeting. Troop Events This part of the meeting allows all the patrols to interact with one another in a competition or in a cooperative effort. The activity could be a game that tests the skills Scouts are learning for an upcoming activity a race by each patrol to set up a tent properly, for example, or for patrol members to tie a set of knots correctly.

The senior patrol leader asks the troop guides to explain and conduct the interpatrol activity the lashing challenge.
LASHING CHALLENGE

Patrols line up on one side of the activity area. On the other side is a set of lashing materials for each patrol three staves and enough rope to make a tripod lashing. At the command to go, two patrol members run to the materials and use a figureof-eight lashing to form a tripod. The troop guide for that patrol will be nearby to offer verbal guidance if a pair of Scouts is having particular difficulty with the lashing. As soon as the troop guide for the patrol declares the lashing correctly tied and the tripod formed, the pair of Scouts runs back to their patrol and tags the next pair. The second pair runs to the tripod, disassembles it, coils the rope, and places the materials neatly on the ground. The moment that is done, the troop guide signals to the pair that they can return to their patrol. The next pair runs to the materials and again uses the lashing to form a tripod. The game continues until all members of the patrol have had a chance to be those who tie the lashing and those who untie it.

Closing Scoutmaster's Minute

The narrator explains that the sixth step of a good troop meeting is the closing. Until now, the meeting has been run by the youth leaders of the troop. The Scoutmaster has been on the sidelines, ready to assist the youth leaders if they require some help, but he has allowed them to lead the meeting to the fullest extent possible. The closing is the Scoutmasters chance to step forward with a few meaningful works for the troop. For example, a Scoutmasters Minute for this meeting might build on the idea of a compass.

Day Two-46

The Scoutmaster demonstrates a Scoutmaster's Minute. He withdraws a compass from his pocket and says: "A compass is a valuable tool in the outdoors. It can keep us pointed in the right direction even if we are going through territory that is new to us. It can help us find our way. (The Scoutmaster puts the compass in his pocket.) "But what happens if you keep your compass in your pocket and never look at it? What good is it for guiding you? It's not helpful at all, is it? If your compass is to be helpful in showing you the way, you need to get it out and use it. (Brings the compass back out of his pocket.) "The same is true of the Scout Oath and Law. They are the compasses that can guide us through life. But they're no good if we ignore them. They are of no use if we simply recite them at the beginnings of meetings and then don't use them regularly to check our direction and make sure we're always headed in the right direction."

Troop Events

After the Meeting

The narrator explains that the seventh and final step of a troop meeting is a standup meeting of the patrol leaders council. It is informal and brief enough to be conducted with members of the patrol leaders council standing in a circle. The point of the standup meeting is for the senior patrol leader to lead the rest of the patrol leaders council in a quick review of the meeting that has just ended and to make sure that everyone is ready for the troops next activity or meeting.

The senior patrol leader invites members of the patrol leaders' council to gather for the standup patrol leaders' council meeting. (In this case, the patrol leaders' council will comprise the senior patrol leader, assistant senior patrol leader, the troop's patrol leaders, and the troop guides assigned to the patrols.) Review the just-concluded meeting, using Start, Stop, Continue to evaluate the proceedings. Go over assignments for the next troop meeting, and be sure everyone knows his role. Close the standup meeting with words of praise and positive reinforcement. Thank the group for a job well-done. Adjourn.

Day Two-47

The narrator reminds participants that: A good troop meeting follows the seven-step troop meeting plan The BSA publications Troop Program Features, Volumes I, II, and III, are full of great ideas to bring troop meetings to life. Troop Events

Lastly, the senior patrol leader can thank all of the troop members for their participation in the model troop meeting, and dismiss them.

Day Two-48

Day Two: Building Pioneering Projects

Time Allowed Format Location Learning Objectives
120 minutes Patrols use the plans they developed during the troop meeting to build pioneering projects. Large outdoor site As a result of these activities, participants will be able to Practice using planning skills as a patrol. Develop teamwork skills. Have a great time.

Materials Needed

Note: The pioneering project should be selected during the staff training, with

enough sturdy wooden poles of various sizes gathered to allow each patrol to construct a full-sized pioneering project. Various lengths of rope
Councils still in the process of developing a cache of building materials may use Scout staves for the construction of model pioneering projects.

Presentation Procedure

Conducting the Challenge

Pioneering projects provide patrols with opportunities to practice setting goals, planning, and team development as well as to have lots of fun. The challenge of planning and building a pioneering project is set out in the Day Two troop meeting. At the time each patrol was given photographs of a variety of possible pioneering projects. They were to select a project they wanted to build (or design one of their own), then use the What, How, When, Who Planning Too to determine the best way to achieve the goal of a completed project.
Patrols will find plenty of challenge in the pioneering project activity, and problems for them to confront are almost certain to arise naturally. Content Sessions Staff should not impose additional difficulties to the challenge, but rather should provide patrols with all the materials they need, offer encouragement and coaching when it is appropriate, and enable patrols to succeed by using their own skill and initiative.

Day Two-49

Day Two: Scouts Worship Service

Time Allowed Format
50 minutes The Scouts worship service has two parts:
Explain The instructional portion. A discussion of issues surrounding religious observances in Scout settings and guidelines for developing meaningful worship services. Demonstrate The model service. Staff members conduct a worship

service with songs, readings, and other presentations that illustrate the instructional concepts.

Responsible Location Learning Objectives

Staff Chapel By the end of this session, participants will Have experienced an appropriate Scouts worship service. Be able to plan a Scouts worship service. Be able to discuss the importance of religious services for a troop or patrol.

Materials Needed Recommended Facility Layout Presentation Procedure

Photocopies of selected hymns, responsive readings, unison prayers, etc. (These can be placed in the NYLT Participant Notebooks ahead of time.) A quite setting where all participants can be comfortably seated as they take parting the proceedings.

Instructional Presentaiton
The session facilitator can lead a discussion of key issues surronding religious observace in Scouting. The natrue of the discussion will vary with different courses depending on the backgrounds and information needs of the participants. Amoung the issues that may be covered are these:
WHY INCLUDE RELIGIOUS SERVICES IN SCOUTING?

Content Sessions

The BSAs Carter and Bylaws recongnize the religious element in the training of its members, but it is ablsoutely nonsectarian in its attitude toward the religious training. Religious instruction is ultimately the responsibility of the home and the religious institution.

Day Two-50

From the BSA's Charter and Bylaws: The Boy Scouts of America maintains that no member can grow into the best kind of citizen without recognizing an obligation to God. From the Boy Scout Handbook, 11th edition: A Scout is REVERENT A Scout is reverent toward God. He is faithful in his religious duties. He respects the beliefs of others. Wonders all around us remind us of our faith in God. We find it in the tiny secrets of creation and the great mysteries of the universe. It exists in the kindness of people and in the teachings of our families and religious leaders. We show our reverence by living our lives according to the ideals of our beliefs. Throughout your life you will encounter people expressing their reverence in many different ways. The Constitution of the United States guarantees each of us complete freedom to believe and worship as we wish without fear of punishment. It is your duty to respect and defend the rights of others to their religious beliefs even when they differ from your own.
WHAT IS A SCOUTS' WORSHIP SERVICE?

The explanation provided by Baden-Powell is as valid today as when he wrote it: . . . I think the Scouts' [worship service] should be open to all denominations, and carried on in such manner as to offend none. There should not be any special form, but it should abound in the right spirit, and should be conducted not from any ecclesiastical point of view, but from that of the boy. . . . We do not want a kind of imposed church parade, but a voluntary uplifting of their hearts by the boys in thanksgiving for the joys of life, and a desire on their part to seek inspiration and strength for greater love and service for others. Baden-Powell Printed in The Scouter November 1928
BASIC CONCEPTS FOR PLANNING A SCOUTS' WORSHIP SERVICE

Choose a setting that lends itself to the occasion and promotes reverence a grove of trees, a site with a view of a lake, pond, or brook, etc. For small groups, sitting in a circle can be a very effective arrangement. Everything must be in good taste. The service should be planned, timed, and rehearsed (generally 30 minutes maximum).
Content Sessions

It should go without saying that those attending a Scouts' worship service will be courteous, kind, and reverent. Scouts should respect the rights and feelings of others even if their beliefs and religious practices differ from their own.

Day Two-51

Everyone in attendance should have opportunities to participate, if they wish, through responsive readings, silent and group prayer, singing, etc.
Not all religions will find this format acceptable. Youth and adult troop leaders must be sensitive to the beliefs of all who are coming to an NYLT course and adjust the content and presentation of the Scouts worship service appropriately.

RECOGNIZING DIVERSITY IN A SCOUTS' WORSHIP SERVICE

Scouts practice many faiths. When there is a mix of faiths represented by participants involved in a Scout outing, ask all Scouts to participate in the planning of a Scouts' worship service and to assist in leading the service. Because different faiths observe different religious practices and have a variety of holy days, it is not always possible to conduct an interfaith service in a time frame that fully recognizes their individual religious obligations. This should be acknowledged and discussed ahead of time so that opportunities can be built into the schedule to allow for all Scouts to meet their religious obligations. A multifaith, or interfaith, Scouts' worship service is a service that all Scouts and Scouters may attend. Therefore, much attention must be paid to recognizing the universality of beliefs in God and reverence. With that in mind, perhaps the most appropriate opening for a Scouts' worship service is, "Prepare yourself for prayer in your usual custom." Encourage Scouts and Scouters to participate in religious services. Let them know ahead of time the nature of a service so that they can decide if it is appropriate for them to attend.

Summary
Whenever possible, BSA outings and activities should include opportunities for members to meet their religious obligations. Encourage Scouts and Scouters to participate. Even the opportunity to share the uniqueness of various faiths, beliefs and philosophies with other members may be educational and meaningful. Planning and carrying out religious activities can be as simple or complex as the planners choose to make them. Care must be taken to support and respect all the faiths represented in the group. If services for each faith are not possible, then an interfaith, nonsectarian service is recommended. Scout leaders can be positive in their religious influence while honoring the beliefs of others.

Content Sessions

Day Two-52

Scouts' Worship Service

At this point, the Scouts' worship service can shift from instruction to example as staff members offer a brief service that follows the guidelines set out above. There are many formats for Scouts' worship services. For example:
Scouts Worship Service

1. Call to worship 2. Hymns or songs 3. Scriptures or readings from a variety of religious or inspirational sources 4. Responsive reading 5. Personal prayer 6. Group prayer 7. Inspirational reading or message 8. Offering (World Friendship Fund) 9. An act of friendship 10. Benediction or closing

Content Sessions

Day Two-53

Day Two: Movie Night

Time Allowed Format Responsible Leaders Learning Objectives
120 minutes A relaxed setting for watching and then discussing a movie Staff Senior patrol leader, patrol leaders By the end of this session, participants will be able to Expand their views on the concepts of Finding Your Vision, Setting Your Goals, and Preparing Your Plans. Develop fellowship among NYLT participants.

Materials Needed

The movie Apllo 13, a VCR/DVD player, and a TV/projector screen Cracker barrel refreshments

Conducting Movie Night

Movie night is designed to be socal, educational, and enjoyable. It combines the refreshments fo the cracker barrel witht vewing of a movie that connects with themes fo the NYLT course. A presenter perhaps the senior patrol leader can introduce the film and at its conclustion lead a discussion to draw out important points in the movie that relate to the NYLT course. Before the movie begins, the presenter welcomes everyone and invites them ot enjoy the movie and the cracker barrel refreshments. As the watch the film, the presenter encourages participant to look for examps of Vsion Goals Planning. At the conclustion of the film, the presnter leads a brief discussion of the film to bring out some of the key points relating to NYLT. He begins by exploring ways that Vision Goals Planning were presneted in the sotry. Questions that might open up further discussion include:
Content Sessions

What challenges faced the team when its membership changed? How did team members deal with those challenges? What steps did the team use to solve problems? Are there similarities with the ways the patrols solved problems during todays lunch challnge and the pioneering project challenge? What roles did family and friends play in the efforts of the Apollo team? What role did faith play in the story? Who were the leaders?

Day Two-54

Schedule for Day Three (Tuesday)

Time
6:30 A.M. 7:45 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 9:30 A.M.

Activity
Arise, patrol breakfast, and cleanup Troop assembly Developing Your Team Solving Problems

Notes
Duty roster Flag ceremony

Responsible

Location
Patrol site

Senior patrol leader and staff Experienced youth staff presenter

Troop assembly area Troop site Large outdoor area

Presentation on methods for problem solving Perhaps outdoor skills oriented challenges

Troop guides

10:15 A.M. 11:30 A.M. 12:15 P.M. 1:00 P.M. 2:30 P.M. 3:30 P.M.

Problem Solving Round-Robin Patrol leaders council meeting Lunch and cleanup Troop meeting The Leading EDGE Team Games

Troop guides Senior patrol leader Duty roster PLC site Patrol site Troop site Troop site Large outdoor area

Backpacking stoves/ Leave No Trace

Assigned staff Staff

Active event. Builds on team development, problem solving

Assigned staff

4:00 P.M. 4:45 P.M. 6:00 P.M. 7:15 P.M. 7:30 P.M. 10:00 P.M.

Patrol meeting Meal preparation Dinner and cleanup Flag ceremony Lego Challenge/ Realistic First Aid Lights out

Patrol leaders Duty roster Duty roster Program patrol Assigned staff, troop guides

Patrol site Patrol site Patrol site

Patrol sites

Troop events and activities Patrol events and activities Content sessions and their connecting activities

Day Three-1

Patrol Events

Day Three: Breakfast Questions

One or more staff members will join each patrol for breakfast. This is a good opportunity for participants and staff to get to know each other better. In addition, staff members can learn quite a bit about the patrol and can encourage patrol members to think about a few key issues as they begin the day. To make the most of breakfast discussion opportunities, keep the following questions in mind for the Day Three breakfast: How did you sleep? Has anything unexpected happened since yesterday? Tell me about your patrol vision. What goals and planning steps have you identified that will help you reach your vision by the end of the NYLT course? How have you use the Troop Program Features for planning home troop meetings? Are you interested in giving them a try when you get back home?
The breakfast questions are not meant to be a quiz or a list to be read. Instead, enjoy sharing breakfast with a patrol ad drop the questions into the conversation as a natural part of the morning discussions. Additional questions that relate to the specifies of the courses or the specifics of that patrols learning curve are encouraged.

Day Three-2

Day Three: Troop Assembly

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
30 minutes
Troop Events

Senior patrol leader and staff Troop assembly area By the end of this session, participants will Have gathered for Day Three of the National Youth Leadership Training course. Feel welcomed and valued (staff too). Reaffirm that the NYLT troop operates according to the Scout Oath and Law. Have viewed or participated in a flag ceremony presented by the program patrol. Participate or view the installation ceremony for new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. View youth staff as supporters, guides, and mentors to course participants. Discuss key parts of a good troop assembly. Recognize good communication skills.

Recommended Facility Layout

Before a NYLT course begins, staff members should designate the place that will serve as the troop assembly area. In most cases, this will involve an outdoor setting, though indoor areas of sufficient size (a dining hall, for example) can be adapted to accommodate the troop assembly. (Indoors, flags can be presented on staffs with floor stands or can be displayed on a wall.)

Presentation Procedure

Opening
The patrol leaders lead the patrols to the assembly area and arrange them in an appropriate formation. The senior patrol leader takes charge of the meeting, using the Scout sign to bring the assembly to order, then welcomes participants to Day Three of NYLT and expresses his pleasure in having everyone there. Explain that Day Three symbolizes the second week of the month for a normal Boy Scout troop. There will be a variety of presentations and activities during the day, and a troop meeting.

Flag Ceremony
Instruct NYLT troop members to use the Scout salute while the flag is being raised. Ask the program patrol of the day to present the colors and raise the American flag, and then invite the program patrol to display the historic flag for the day and explain its significance.
Day Three-3

The historic flags to be used for the NYLT course are the same as those presented during Wood Badge courses. Scripts for historic flag presentations, also the same as included in Wood Badge courses, can be found in the appendix. Troop Events

Instruct the staff color guard to raise the historic flag and the NYLT troop flag. Ask the troop members to make the Scout sign and recite the Scout Oath and Law. Dismiss the color guard

Announcements
The senior patrol leader offers the announcements important for conducting the days sessions and events.

New Patrol Leader and Assistant Patrol Leader Installation

The senior patrol leader asks the Day Two patrol leaders to introduce the Day Three patrol leaders to the troop, then the Day Two assistant patrol leaders to introduce the Day Three assistant patrol leaders. Encourage those making the introductions to use effective communication skills.
As introductions are being made, the senior patrol leader can provide positive reinforcement by commenting on one or more communication skills being used well hand gestures, clear voices, eye contact with the group, etc.

Patrol leaders and assistant patrol leader assignments for each day of the NYLT course are located in the Patrol Duty Roster included in each copy of the NYLT Participant Notebook.

The senior patrol leader begins the installation. He should Invite the new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders to come forward to be installed. Ask the new patrol leaders to gather around the troop flagpole, placing their left hands on the pole. New assistant patrol leaders stand behind their patrol leaders, each placing a left hand on his patrol leader's right shoulder. Instruct them all to give the Scout sign and repeat, "I promise to do my best to be worthy of this office for the sake of my fellow Scouts in my patrol and troop and in the world brotherhood of Scouting." Welcome them as the troop's new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders.

Day Three-4

Program and Service Patrol Emblem Exchange

The assistant senior patrol leader briefly explains the duties of the program patrol and the service patrol.
Troop Events The duties of the patrols may differ from other days of the course. Adjust the explanations to reflect the needs of this day of the NYLT program.

Program Patrol (sample assignments) Coordinate the troop assembly and flag ceremony. Prepare the troop meeting area. Perform other duties as assigned at the patrol leaders council meeting. Service Patrol (sample assignments) Put the troop meeting area in order after meetings. (NYLT is a Leave No Trace program.) Maintain the participant latrines and showers. Perform other duties as assigned at the patrol leaders council meeting. Ask the leaders of the days program patrol and service patrol to come forward to receive a symbol of their patrol responsibilities for the day. The emblem for the service patrol might be a broom or camp shovel, while that for the program patrol could be a flag.
The exchange of symbols for the program patrol and the service patrol should not overshadow the installation of the days patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. Bestowing the emblems for the program and service patrols can be done in good fun, but with the understanding that these patrol duties are secondary to the roles of patrol leadership.

STAFF SERVICE PATROL

Explain to participants that staff members have the responsibility of cleaning staff latrines and showers, staff campsites, and other staff-use areas. As fellow members of the troop, staff members roll up their sleeves and take care of their own areas rather than expecting someone else to do it for them.

Baden-Powell Patrol Streamer Presentations

The senior patrol leader present the Baden-Powell Patrol streamer awards based on the previous days campsite evaluation. Point out that the BSA encourages patrols to compete against a standard that all can achieve (in this case the standard of the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist) rather than against one another. When it comes to the Baden-Powell Patrol streamer awards, every patrol can be a winner.

Day Three-5

For guidelines on the daily campsite inspection and for presentations of the Baden-Powell Patrol streamers, see Day One Registration, Orientation, and Camp Setup. Using the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist as his guide, the assistant senior patrol leader in charge of the service patrol makes the evaluation of the patrol campsites. (This may occur while patrol members are at evening sessions of the NYLT course.) Troop guides can encourage the patrols to use the same form to check their campsites as they complete their cleanup after the evening meal. If a patrol is having difficulty following through with all the items on the checklist, its troop guide can use the Teaching EDGE to help the patrol learn how to manage campsite cleanup in an efficient and orderly manner. Troop Events

Each patrol can tie its Baden-Powell Patrol streamer for the day onto the pole used to display its patrol flag. Every patrol will have the opportunity to add another B-P streamer each day of the NYLT course.

Scoutmaster's Minute
The Scoutmaster presents his Scoutmaster's Minute for Day Three: "Heres a question for you. How many fingers are there in the Scout sign? Many people say three the three big fingers. But, of course, the thumb and little finger have roles to play, as well. In fact, its the thumb and little finger that are out in front, representing the unity of Scouting worldwide. Without them, you cant really make the Scout sign. A diversity of fingers makes up the Scout sign. They are all different. We value them for the ways in which they are like one another, and also for the ways in which they differ. Five fingers, each of them unique, all of them working together toward the common goal of forming the Scout sign. Youll spend much of today exploring team development and acting together as members of a patrol. A great strength of your patrol and of all groups our schools, our churches, even our nation is the diversity that members bring. As you go through todays sessions, keep in mind the Scout sign and the diversity that makes it possible.

Conclusion
The senior patrol leader thanks the Scoutmaster and brings the troop assembly to a close.

Day Three-6

Day Three: Developing Your Team

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
90 minutes Troop presentation Assigned Staff Troop site As a result of this session, each participants should be able to See that a team is a group of people working toward the same goal and vision. Describe the phases that a patrol or other team will experience as members move toward achieving a goal or learning new skill. Discuss how knowledge of the four phases can enhance the ability to lead a patrol or other team. Understand the importance of celebrating success when a patrol or other team reaches a point when it must disband or when its membership will change significantly.

Materials Needed

National Youth Leadership Training DVD, DVD player or computer with DVD capability, projector, and screen Flip chart and markers A poster of the NYLT Leadership Compass Personal NYLT Leadership Compasses (Each participant will have been given the compass along with a Participant Notebook during registration and orientation on Day One.)

Presentation Procedure

Opening Activity
The presenter starts with a short activity/exercise/icebreaker game. In addition to having fun, an intention of this sessions opening activity is to put teams in the Forming phase. The skills involved should be new to everyone. Enthusiasm will be high but skills will be low. With luck, some teams may also experience Storming, and perhaps even Norming and Performing. Two possible activities:
All Aboard Objective: To have the entire patrol aboard a 2-foot square of cardboard for at least 10 seconds. No person may touch the ground around the square.

Content Sessions

Day Three-7

Nitro Transport Objective: Each patrol must move a can of radioactive nitro (an orange juice can full of water) from point A to point B (a distance of about 25 to 30 feet) by lifting the can on a small board (12 inches square) with eight 6-foot ropes. (It will be similar in appearance to an octopus.)

See initiative games in Troop Program Resources for additional games.

Opening Discussion
Show slide 3-1, Developing Your Team.

After the games, the presenter asks: How did it go? Did you succeed with the challenge? Could you have done it alone? Many would call that a team activity. We talk a lot in Scouting about teamwork.
WHAT IS A TEAM?

Ask the group for examples of teams (sports teams, academic teams, church teams, Scout patrols...). What makes them teams rather than just groups of people? Entertain answers, leading the group to the idea that: A team is a group of people who share a common vision. They work together to complete goals that will help them realize their shared vision. They support and depend on one another.
TEAM VISION GOALS PLANNING
Show slide 3-2, What Is a Team.

Let's revisit a couple of very important ideas. Ask: What is a vision? Vision is what success looks like. ("If you can see it, you can be it." A vision can be big, like an elephant.) Ask: What are goals? Goals are the steps leading to realizing a vision. (The bites of the elephant.) Ask: What is planning? Planning is a means of efficiently reaching goals. (Where we get the silverware to handle the bites to eat the elephant.) A team is a group of people who share a common vision. Together they work toward goals that help them fulfill their vision. Together, they use planning to reach their goals. A good team example is a Scout patrol.

Content Sessions

Day Three-8

TEAMS AND SCOUTING

Show slide 3-3, Teams and Scouting.

When Baden-Powell started Scouting, he was thinking teamwork all the way. Here's what he had to say: "The patrol method is not a way to operate a Boy Scout troop, it is the only way. Unless the patrol method is in operation you don't really have a Boy Scout troop." The BSA is built on the patrol method. A patrol is a team. It has a vision. Its members work toward goals they all believe in. Being in a patrol is a good way to learn how a team operates and how it can succeed. You can also use what you learn here in any team setting for example, in your school, neighborhood, family, and place of worship.

Stages of Team Development

One of the most valuable things to know about teams is that they progress through stages. It's happening to your NYLT patrol right now. Recognize which stage a team is in whether it's a patrol or some other team and you will have a much better idea of how to move it forward. You can be a far more effective member of the team.
Introduce the NYLT Leadership Compass. Every participant should have his NYLT compass with him. The face for the card is divided into four quadrants, each representing one team development phase. Each quadrant is also marked with the identifying characteristics of that phase: Forming: High enthusiasm/low skills Storming: Low enthusiasm/low skills Norming: Rising enthusiasm/growing skills Performing: High enthusiasm/high skills

Content Sessions

Day Three-9

The development of a team occurs in a series of stages:

Show slide 3-4, Team Stages, and continue through video clip 3-5, Developing Your Team (Part One), which discusses the stages of team development.

Forming Storming Norming Performing Let's look at these stages as a team experiences them.
Forming Storming Norming Performing

Team Leadership

Team Development

Explain

Demonstrate

Guide

Enable

FORMING

What was it like when you first arrived at NYLT and were put into a patrol? How did you feel? How did people respond to each other?
Show slide 3-6, Forming.

Entertain answers and lead the discussion toward these ideas: You were just starting out. You were probably eager to be a part of the group, but weren't sure yet what was expected of you. You had just gotten here and didn't have time yet to master many of the skills of NYLT. Motivation in your patrol was probably high. Skills at being an NYLT patrol were probably low. Offer a sports team and/or an orchestra example: What about a high school sports team at the beginning of training for the season? Most of the starters from last year have graduated, so the team is pretty new. Everybody has high hopes for the season motivation is high. Team members are still getting used to working together, though, and they've only had a couple of practices. So far, skills are low. That sports team is in the Forming stage.

Content Sessions

Day Three-10

A school orchestra that is just forming will be somewhat disorganized. No one has learned the music yet and no one is accustomed to working with others in the orchestra. Everyone is excited about getting busy, but they have a long way to go before they are ready for a public performance. Ask: In the movie "Apollo 13," when was the team in the Forming stage? Every newly formed team goes through the Forming stage. Every team, even one that has been together a long time, goes through Forming when its members set off to learn a new skill or reach a new goal.
STORMING

Any patrols here had any arguments? Maybe over who's going to do the dishes or how the dining fly is supposed to be set up? Is everybody getting along perfectly, or is there some friction? Tell me what's happened in your patrols that have been a little stormy. Briefly entertain some stories from the patrols. Being together as a team can get stormy sometimes. It's a normal part of team development. Perhaps your patrol is going through a stormy time right now. Storming is the second phase of team development. It's almost always going to happen. You've been together as a patrol long enough to realize how much is left to do. Motivation in your patrol has probably dropped from when you first formed. Skills at being a patrol are probably still not what you need to function smoothly. Offer a sports team and/or an orchestra example: Take a look at our high school sports team. The first game is against a veteran team, and the home team loses. How are they going to feel in the locker room? (Discouraged, frustrated, upset, angry.) It could be pretty stormy in there and at the practices the following week. Players might blame each other for the poor game they had. They could be disappointed in themselves. The enthusiasm they had when they were just forming is gone, and everybody knows there's lots of hard work ahead to get better. The same is true with the orchestra. The pieces the orchestra hopes to play for the big concert are harder than anyone expected, and the musicians are becoming discouraged about learning the music. There is some grumbling among orchestra members, and some wonder if the group should choose different music. Ask: In the movie "Apollo 13," when was the team in the Storming stage? How do you know? Storming is part of the process of a team developing and getting better. Every newly formed team, after it has been together a while, goes through Storming. Every team, even one that has been together a long time, goes through Storming as they are learning a new skill or working to reach a new goal.

Show slide 3-7, Storming.

Content Sessions

Day Three-11

NORMING

Do any of you feel as though your patrols are getting pretty good at a skill? How about your experience with the pioneering projects yesterday? Briefly entertain some patrol stories, keeping them on the subject of how they worked together to succeed. You started out the first day by Forming. You may have hit rocky times when your patrol was Storming, and maybe you still are doing some of that. But you're probably also beginning to experience the Norming phase of team development. It comes from the word normal everybody working together, your skills a match for the work to be done. You know there are lots of challenges still to be overcome, and there is more to learn. Skills are high, but team members can be somewhat discouraged by how much they know is left to accomplish. Norming is the third phase of team development. It's almost always going to happen.
Show slide 3-8, Norming.

You've been together as a NYLT patrol long enough that your skills are growing and you are becoming better at working together. Motivation and enthusiasm are growing, but you still look ahead and see there is much to do and much to learn. Offer a sports team and/or orchestra example: Let's look at our high school team again. They formed, they went through some rough times, and they did a lot of storming. They kept at it, though, with lots of support and direction from their coach. They got better in practice, and they managed to beat an opponent in a game. How are they going to feel in the locker room after the game? And how will they feel about themselves at practice the following week? Their enthusiasm and motivation are going to be higher, but they still know there are tough games ahead. They still have skills to learn new plays, better execution and lots of hard work left to do. They are getting used to the ways they will practice and prepare for games, and they know what they have to do in order to move forward. The same is true with the orchestra. As their skill rises, so does their enthusiasm. They are coming to understand the music they are learning and are starting to play together as small ensembles within the orchestra. Their trust in the director is growing, and they all have bought into the director's way of doing things. Ask: In the movie "Apollo 13," when is a team in the Norming stage? How do you know?

Content Sessions

Norming is part of the process of a team developing and getting better. Every newly formed team that is progressing will reach the Norming phase. Every team, even one that has been together a long time, goes through Norming as they are learning a new skill or working to reach a new goal. As teams develop, they can go back and forth between Storming and Norming. Patrol members who are beginning to work well together may run into difficulties that send them back to the Storming stage, at least for a while. That's all part of the process of team building. When you know it can happen, you can work through it and keep moving ahead.

Day Three-12

PERFORMING

Do any of you belong to really successful patrols in your home troops? What is it about them that makes them run so smoothly and achieve so much? Briefly entertain several patrol success stories. Those patrols you are describing have reached the stage called Performing. Patrol members are resolving difficulties and finding effective ways to get things done. They are confident in their ability to perform tasks and to overcome obstacles. They have a sense of pride in belonging to a successful team, and they enjoy working together. The trust and respect they have for one another is high. They are Performing. Performing is the fourth phase of team development. A team has developed the skills they need to achieve the goals that challenge them. They are working together well. Motivation and enthusiasm are high. The team is eager to push ahead and achieve all they can. Offer a sports team and/or an orchestra example: Our high school sports team is deep into the season. They are winning some games and losing some, but they are playing at a high level of skill. They have learned their positions well and enjoy the weekly challenge of taking on another team. Their enthusiasm is high, and they are excited about their ability to play up to their potential. How are they going to feel in the locker room after a game? And how will they feel about themselves at practice the following week? For the orchestra, the big performance shows that the musicians have mastered the music and are enthused about the concert. The director knows everyone is able to do his part with minimal guidance. Not only will the concert go well, members of the orchestra are looking forward to begin preparing new music for the next concert. Ask: In the movie "Apollo 13," when is a team in the Norming stage? How do you know? Performing is part of the process of a team developing and getting better. Every newly formed team that is progressing should strive to reach the Performing phase. Every team, even one that has been together a long time, strives toward the Performing phase as they are learning a new skill or working to reach a new goal. Note that when a team in the Performing phase starts down the trail toward a fresh goal, sets out to learn a new skill, or has significant changes in its membership, that team will no longer be in the Performing phase. For that new goal, skill, or membership, the team will begin again with Forming, then progress through Storming and Norming phases, even if briefly, before finding themselves back at Performing.
Content Sessions

Show slide 3-9, Performing.

Day Three-13

When a Team Breaks Up

There may come a time when a team is disbanded or dramatically reorganized. A number of Scouts in a regular patrol may move on to a Venturing crew, or they might become old enough to leave the patrol and take other troop leadership roles. Other Scouts might join the patrol, and that will change it as well. If you are part of a team that is ending or becoming something else, be sure to celebrate the many successes that all of you have enjoyed during your time together. Then be ready for whatever new team you have joined to begin with the Forming stage and progress from there. Show slide 3-10 and lead participants through the multiple-choice scenarios of Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing and the summary, illustrated by the Scouts hiking. Show video clip 3-11, Developing Your Team (Part Two). Give each patrol a large NYLT Leadership Compass like the one used in front of the group during the presentation. Ask the patrols to display the large compass in their patrol sites and use it as a reminder of the stages of team development. Ask patrols which stage of team development they were experiencing during the orientation of the NYLT course, while they were setting up camp, and during the Patrol Lunch Planning Challenge. (Continue with other selected moments during the course.) Stress the value of recognizing a team's development stage as a tool for understanding why people are acting as they are and how they can move forward effectively.

Summary
Show slide 3-12, Summary.

Scout patrols, youth groups, athletic teams, orchestras, school groups in fact, all teams go through four stages of development. Whenever people set out to reach goals and realize a vision, they will experience the phases of team development. The team's levels of skill, motivation, and enthusiasm are clues that can be used to identify its current stage of development. By recognizing the stage of a team's development, you can be more effective as a member of that team and as a force in helping it move to the next stage. The NYLT compass is a strong reminder of the stages. As we continue through this NYLT course, use the compass and what you have learned in this session to identify the development stages of your patrol. You can use that knowledge to help your team progress.

Content Sessions

Day Three-14

Day Three: Solving Problems

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
45 minutes Patrol presentations in patrol sites or other areas where one patrol will not interfere with the activities of another Troop guides Large outdoor area At the end of this session, each participants should be able to Discuss the similarities between planning and problem solving. Apply the What How, When, Who Planning Tool to solving a problem.

Materials Needed Presentation Procedure

Flip chart and pens Blindfolds and a tent for the opening group activity Printouts of slides for this session (one set for each patrol)

Opening Group Activity

Divide the group into patrols. Explain the problem-solving challenge of the Blind Tent Pitch. While blindfolded, members of the patrol will properly pitch a tent. Each patrol is provided with a tent complete with poles and stakes. Each patrol member is provided with a blindfold. Encourage patrols to think about the challenge in terms of Vision Goals Planning: The vision of the challenge the picture of future success is the tent properly pitched. Each patrol can take a minute or two to figure out the goals that will fulfill that vision getting the poles ready, stretching out the tent, placing the stakes, etc. Each patrol can then make plans to complete the goals. What needs to be done, how will it be accomplished, when will the steps be completed, and who will take responsibility fore each step? Troop guides can help blindfold members of their patrol. At the starting signal, all patrol members do their best to solve the problem of pitching a tent without being able to see what they are doing.
Plan ahead so that there is plenty of unobstructed space for the Blind Tent Pitch. Monitor the activity closely to ensure the safety of all participants.

Content Sessions

Day Three-15

DEBRIEF THE OPENING PROBLEM-SOLVING CHALLENGE

Show slide 3-13, Solving Problems.

At the end of the Blind Tent Pitch, ask each patrol to evaluate its problemsolving skills by applying the SSC evaluation tool Start, Stop, Continue. (In order to improve their performance, what should they start doing? What should they stop doing? If they were to do the challenge again, what should they continue to do?)
Take down the tent so it will be ready for the patrol to repeat the problemsolving challenge later in the session. If staff members other that the troop guide are in attendance, they can be asked ahead of time to strike and repack the tent. If there are no extra people available to help out, ask patrol members to take a few moments to take down the tent and repack it. Do not tell them they will be pitching it again.

How Things Get Done

Engage participants in a brief review of the progression of Finding Your Vision, Setting Your Goals, and Preparing Your Plans. (Each of these concepts has been addressed in a session earlier in the NYLT course.) Ask: What is vision? Vision is what future success looks like. (The elephant. The tent completely pitched.) Ask: What are goals? Goals are the steps leading toward fulfilling a vision. (The bites of the elephant. The steps to be completed to pitch the tent.) Ask: What is planning? Planning is a means of efficiently reaching goals. (Finding the fork, knife, and ketchup to eat the bites of the elephant. Deciding how to complete the steps of pitching the tent.) Ask participants to talk briefly about the planning tool they used for the Patrol Lunch Planning Challenge and the Pioneering Project Challenge. They had divided a piece of paper into four columns, one for each part of developing a plan. What were the steps? Decide WHAT has to be done.
Show slide 3-15, Planning Tool.

Show slide 3-14, How Things Get Done.

Decide HOW to do it. Decide WHEN to do it. Decide WHO will do it. And then DO it.

Content Sessions

Introduce the Idea of Problem Solving

What happens when things don't go according to the plan? What does an individual or a group do when roadblocks slow progress toward a goal? Lead the group to this answer: Problem solving is what you must do when your plan no longer works.
Show slide 3-16, Problem Solving.

Day Three-16

EXAMINE THE WHAT, HOW, WHEN, WHO OF PROBLEM SOLVING

Show slide 3-17, Problem Solving: You can use....

What you need is a fresh plan that takes into account the new reality of your situation. But it is a plan, all the same. You can use the same planning tool for planning a solution to a problem as you use for developing any plan.
1. Figure out WHAT is causing the problem.

What is the problem? Describe it as accurately and completely as possible. The better you understand the problem, the more quickly and efficiently you can solve it.
2. Figure out HOW to solve the problem.

Consider all the ways your team might be able to solve the problem, and then choose the best. Give careful thought to materials you will need and additional information you might require.
3. Figure out WHEN to solve the problem.

Determine the order of the steps that must be taken to reach a solution. Some steps might need to be completed before others can be started. Sequence usually is very important. Sometimes doing the most important steps first will solve the problem and allow a team to move ahead quickly.
4. Figure out WHO will take responsibility.

There may be many steps in solving a problem. Who will own each step? Even if there are only a few steps, having someone taking responsibility for each one will ensure it gets done.
PIONEERING EXAMPLE

Ask patrols to think back to their efforts to construct a pioneering project the previous day. They had set out with a goal in mind (constructing the project) and then had developed a plan to reach that goal. Did anything not go according to plan? If so, what did they do about it? Entertain answers. They might be ideal for exploring the idea of problem solving. What would patrol members have done if, partway through the construction of the project, they discovered they didn't have enough rope to complete the project as they had planned it? Entertain answers. There may be some good ones. Add these solutions: Redesign the project so it requires less rope. Borrow rope from another patrol. Take down the patrol dining fly and use that rope for the project. Use belts, shoestrings, strips of T-shirts, and anything else the patrol could improvise to take the place of the rope. Highlight similarities between planning and problem solving.
Content Sessions

Day Three-17

One way to think of problem solving is that it involves planning when the facts have changed. You have new information that no longer fits the original plan.
Show slide 3-18, Planning and Problem Solving.

Getting things done, whether with an original plan or when problems are arising quickly, always involves What, How, When, and Who.

Revisit the Opening Group Activity

Repeat the patrol challenge of pitching a tent while blindfolded. This time, include the following steps:
Three minutes Use the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool to solve the problem of setting up the tent even though no one will be able to see. Five minutes Put the solution in action as blindfolded patrol members

pitch the tent.

Finding Solutions
The What, How, When, and Who we use for planning can also be very effective tools to use for problem solving, especially if you have a good idea of the actions you need to take. What the problem is will often be obvious. Not enough rope. We forgot to get bread for our lunch. We're lost. How to solve the problem may not be so obvious. What if you don't know how to solve a problem? What do you do then? There are many ways that teams can make decisions. Among the many useful decision-making tools are:
Show slide 3-19, Decision-Making Tools.

Brainstorming Consensus Multivoting Parking lot

BRAINSTORMING

Brainstorming allows for the free flow of ideas. A team can get lots of ideas out on the table before evaluating any of them. As team members bounce thoughts off one another, the combined result can be greater than any of the individual contributions.
Content Sessions

Encourage everyone to participate. Their ideas are valuable.

Show slide 3-20, Brainstorming.

Think in unconventional ways that is, consider solutions beyond the obvious. Encourage this kind of input by agreeing at the outset not to be critical of the ideas of others. Piggyback ideas. One person's thoughts can build on the ideas of others. Write down everyone's suggestions. Don't make a judgment on them simply record them where they can be seen and can spark other ideas.

Day Three-18

Consider how similar problems have been solved in the past, both by the team and by others. There is no need to reinvent the wheel every time. Encourage everyone to participate.
CONSENSUS

Show slide 3-21, Consensus.

Consensus occurs when a discussion leads to agreement without resorting to a vote. The team discusses different solutions to see if they fit the vision of what success looks like. Team members trust each other and agree to support the group decisions.
MULTIVOTING

When presented with many options, team members can use multivoting to cut down a list to a manageable size.
Show slide 3-22, Multivoting.

Each team member has a number of votes equal to one-third of the number of choices. (For example, if you are deciding among nine options, each team member gets three votes.) Each person can place all his votes on one choice or spread his votes among two or more choices. Based on the vote tally, the team can reduce the number of choices to several or even a single one.
PARKING LOT

Show slide 3-23, Parking Lot.

Team discussions can lead to lots of good ideas that aren't directly related to the problem that needs to be solved right now. The person leading the discussion can make a note of each good suggestion, and then put that idea in the parking lot. Team members feel as though all of their suggestions are being considered, just not right now. It also helps a team hold onto fresh ideas whose time has not yet arrived.

Patrol Problem-Solving Practice

Give each patrol three minutes to consider the following problem. Ask them to write down their solution using the What, How, When, Who tool. When they report their solution to the rest of the troop, members of each patrol should also explain the methods they used to come up with a solution brainstorming, consensus, multivoting, parking lot, etc. Debrief the patrol problem-solving practice by asking the leader of each patrol to use good communication skills as he reports to the troop the results of his patrol's efforts to solve the problem.
PROBLEM NO.1 Content Sessions

You and your patrol get disoriented on cross-country a hike and aren't sure where you are. You've got a compass and a map. What do you do?

Day Three-19

PROBLEM NO. 2

Just as you reach your Outpost Camp, it starts to rain. Everyone is hungry and it's going to get dark soon. What do you do?
During the debriefings of the problem-solving practice, focus on the use of the What, How, When, Who tool rather than Start, Stop, Continue. That will keep the emphasis of this session on a step-by-step method for solving problems.

Emergency Problem Solving

Emergency problem solving can occur when a team must come up with a plan very quickly. For example: You are on a mountain trail hiking with your patrol. Your plan is to reach the lake and camp overnight. It is late afternoon and you are 5 miles from the nearest road when a member of your patrol trips over a rock and takes a bad fall. You examine him and find he has injured his ankle, perhaps has even broken it. What do you do? The Scout who fell and broke his ankle is lying in a cold stream. The patrol leader may need to make a quick call. Even though there is little or no time for discussion, the problem-solving process is the same. The patrol leader (or the person with the best first-aid skills) directs the rest of the patrol. He tells them:
Show slide 3-24, Emergency Problem Solving.

What the problem is. (The injured Scout must be moved out of the stream.

To prevent further injury, the patrol must stabilize his ankle during the move.)
How the problem will be solved. (Some patrol members will stabilize the

ankle while others lift the victim to safety.)

When each step be done. (First, prepare the place to put the victim. Second, stabilize the ankle. Third, get ready to move him. Fourth, move the victim to safety. Fifth, begin first-aid treatment.) Who is responsible for each step? ("Bill, you get your foam pad out of your

Content Sessions

pack and spread it on the ground right there. Tom and Mike, you support his leg and foot so that his ankle doesn't move. The rest of you space yourselves along either side of his body and get a firm grip on his clothing. Tell me when you are ready. When I count to three, everybody lift together and move him to the foam pad. I want everybody to lift with their legs, not their backs. Any questions?")

Day Three-20

Leader Responsibilities
In emergency problem solving, a leader directing a team toward a solution should try to stay a step back from the action. The leader needs to maintain an understanding of the big picture. If he gets involved in one step he's the one stabilizing the injured person's ankle, for instance he is no longer free to view and direct everything else that is happening. Advanced first-aid training reminds team leaders to "Don't just do something Stand there!" That will allow a leader in an emergency situation to stay focused on providing the leadership the situation requires.
PROBLEM-SOLVING ROUND-ROBIN

Show slide 3-25, Leader Responsibilities.

Show slide 3-26, Summary.

Conclude this session by describing the Problem-Solving Round-Robin that is about to begin. Whatever the challenge (or series of challenges), it should involve participation by everyone in a patrol to come up with a solution and then to make it happen. Patrols should be encouraged to use the What, How, When, Who tool to guide them through the problem-solving process.

Content Sessions

Day Three-21

Day Three: Problem-Solving Round-Robin

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
75 minutes Youth staff (presenting the problem-solving challenges) Patrol leaders (providing leadership as their patrols tackle the challenges) To be determined As a result of this session, participants will be able to Put into action the principles they have learned about planning and problem solving. Practice teamwork, including identifying their teams stage of development. Have fun, especially as a patrol.

Materials Needed Recommended Facility Layout

Every activity in the round-robin has its own requirements for materials. See the descriptions below. Each event of the round-robin requires enough space for participants to engage in the activities without feeling cramped, though the sites should be close enough to one another for patrols to move quickly form one event to the next. Staff members will take responsibility for setting up the events well in advance of the round-robin and for ensuring that all the materials are on hand. They should have the assistance of the quartermaster and the assistant Scoutmaster assigned to this duty.

Delivery Method

The round-robin is made up of the same number of events as there are patrols in the course. Patrols rotate through the events, spending 10 minuets at each station. A youth staff member at each station will use effective communication skills to explain the problem-solving situation and provide patrol members with the materials they need. When appropriate, they will offer additional guidance to allow patrols to complete an event. They also will monitor activities to ensure that activities are conducted in a safe manner. Staff members should use Start, Stop, Continue to manage the safety and appropriateness of each patrols progress. NYLT staff members have the authority to stop any activity they
feel is unsafe or inappropriate.

Content Sessions

Whenever needed, NYLT staff will serve as spotters. A staff member acts as timekeeper, sounding an alert at the end of each 10minuet segment that patrols should move on to the next events.

Presentation Procedure

At each station, a staff member presents a patrol with a problem to be solved. Patrol members will use a systematic problem-solving process to come up with a solution, and then will test their plan by putting it in action.

Day Three-22

Each event of the Problem-Solving Round-Robin has its own presentation procedure. See the descriptions below for details.
Each NYLT staff member involved in overseeing the round-robin events should have a good understanding of the material presented during the problem-solving presentation that precedes the round-robin. As patrols take part in the events, staff can offer guidance in the form of problem-solving techniques drawn form the earlier presentation. Staff should continue to role-model good communication techniques from both Communicating Well presentations.

Trolley
The Trolley is a traditional Scouting challenge course problem that requires the utmost in teamwork for a patrol to succeed.
EQUIPMENT

Two 2-by-6-inch boards, each 10 to 12 feet long and each having 2- to 3foot lengths of rope attached to it at 1-foot intervals
PREPARATIONS BY THE INSTRUCTOR

1. Mark the start and finish points of the trolley course. 2. Inspect the condition of boards and ropes. 3. Place the trolley at the starting point.
THE PROBLEM AND OBJECTIVES

While standing with one foot on each of the two boards that make up the trolley, patrol members grasp ropes attached to each board and then synchronize their movements to propel the trolley the length of a prescribed course. Patrols must follow these rules: 1. Once the trolley begins to move, participants may not touch the ground. 2. A time penalty will be assessed whenever a participant steps off the trolley. 3. Trolley sections may not be placed end-to-end or on top of each other.
TASKS OFTHE INSTRUCTOR

1. Explain the problem and objectives to each patrol. Clarify the rules before the patrol begins its problem solving. 2. Monitor the activities of each patrol. 3. After a patrol completes this task, encourage them to use SSC (Start, Stop, Continue) to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of their problem-solving methods and to consider other ways they might have achieved their goal. Stress using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool and the problemsolving techniques of brainstorming, multivoting, and consensus.

Content Sessions

Day Three-23

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO CONSIDER

Use a smooth, level area for this problem.

VARIATIONS ON THE ORIGINAL PROBLEM

Challenge patrols to traverse the trolley course backwards.

Stepping Domes
EQUIPMENT

A set of 24 to 48 hard plastic domes, about 8 inches in diameter and 3 inches high (Provide about six domes for every three participants.)
PREPARATIONS BY THE INSTRUCTOR

Place the domes on level ground and position them a comfortable stepping distance apart.
THE PROBLEM AND OBJECTIVES

Each participant steps across a series of hard plastic domes without touching the ground or floor. The idea is to teach participants how to balance and to learn some of the basic moves for climbing. This is a great indoor activity for a rainy day. Start by having each participant in turn step across a series of five to seven domes. When participants have demonstrated success, space the domes a little farther apart. Next, lay the domes out in a zigzag pattern, causing participants to shift their weight from one foot to the other. Then place a tennis ball or other easily grasped object near one of the domes so that participants must squat down while maintaining balance on the domes. Finally, place a more difficult item to grasp a little farther away from the domes so that participants must reach for it while maintaining balance on the domes.
TASKS OF THE INSTRUCTOR

1. Inspect each dome to make sure it is not cracked. Stand on each one to ensure that it will hold up under full weight. 2. After a patrol completes this task, encourage them to use SSC (Start, Stop, Continue) to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of their problem-solving methods and to consider other ways they might have achieved their goal. Stress using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool and the problemsolving techniques of brainstorming, multivoting, and consensus.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO CONSIDER

Content Sessions

1. Clear the area of obstructions. 2. Have participants test to see that their footwear will not easily slip while stepping on the domes.

Day Three-24

3. Use spotters as needed. 4. Avoid muddy or damp areas that could cause players to slip and fall.
VARIATIONS ON THE ORIGINAL PROBLEM

1. Have participants begin from opposite directions and cross in the middle of the domes series. 2. Allow participants to help one another across the domes. 3. Set up several series of domes with varying difficulty, and let the group choose its challenge.

Brownsea Island Turnaround

A patrol on Brownsea Island is asked to help conserve the area by rotating its campsite. Because of the small size of Brownsea, the most appropriate solution is to flip over the entire island.
EQUIPMENT

A durable tarp, retired tent fly, drop cloth, or sheet of plastic approximately 5 by 5 feet in size.
PREPARATIONS BY THE INSTRUCTOR

Spread Brownsea Island (the tarp) flat on the ground in an area free of obstructions.
THE PROBLEM AND OBJECTIVES

The entire patrol stands on Brownsea Island. Without stepping into the "water" surrounding the island, patrol members must figure out a way to flip over the island and spread it out again so that they can stand comfortably on the other side. Patrols must follow these rules: 1. All patrol members must remain on Brownsea Island for the duration of the challenge. 2. No participant may be lifted above shoulder height.
TASKS OF THE INSTRUCTOR

1. Explain the problem and objectives to each patrol. Clarify the rules before the patrol begins its problem solving. 2. Monitor the activities of each patrol. 3. After a patrol completes this task, encourage them to use SSC (Start, Stop, Continue) to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of their problem-solving methods and to consider other ways they might have achieved their goal. Stress using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool and the problemsolving techniques of brainstorming, multivoting, and consensus.
Content Sessions

Day Three-25

SAFETY PRECAUTIONSTO CONSIDER

"Brownsea Island" should be placed on smooth ground in an area free of obstructions.

Wiggle Woggle
EQUIPMENT

Metal ring, approximately 114 inches in diameter (Large key rings work well.) Eight lengths of parachute cord or other light line, approximately 10 feet each Balls of assorted sizes (golf ball, tennis ball, baseball, softball, soccer ball) Bucket or large metal can
PREPARATIONS BY THE INSTRUCTOR

Prepare the Wiggle Woggle by using bowline knots to tie the ends of the cords to the metal ring (one cord for each member of the patrol). Lay the ring in the center of the activity area and arrange the cords on the ground as if they were the spokes of a wheel. Place one of the balls on top of the Wiggle Woggle. (Some experimentation by staff ahead of time should make it clear which size ball will provide patrols with the most appropriate degree of challenge. Larger balls probably will be more difficult to manage than those that are smaller.) Determine the course over which patrols must carry the ball, and set out the bucket or can that will serve as the goal.
THE PROBLEM AND THE OBJECTIVES

The task for each patrol is to use the Wiggle Woggle to move the ball from the starting point to a prescribed destination, and then drop the ball into the bucket or can. The following rules must be followed: 1. Each patrol member must maintain a grasp on the end of one of the Wiggle Woggle cords. 2. Other than their hold on the ends of the cords, patrol members can have no other contact with the cords, the woggle, or the ball.
TASKS OF THE INSTRUCTOR Content Sessions

1. Explain the problem and objectives to each patrol. Clarify the rules before the patrol begins its problem solving. 2. Monitor the activities of each patrol. 3. After a patrol completes this task, encourage them to use SSC (Start, Stop, Continue) to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of their problem-solving methods and to consider other ways they might have achieved their goal. Stress using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool and the problemsolving techniques of brainstorming, multivoting, and consensus.

Day Three-26

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO CONSIDER

None
VARIATIONS ON THE ORIGINAL PROBLEM

Changes in the size of the ball and in the placement of the goal can dramatically alter the difficulty of this problem. Consider having patrols move the ball uphill, between two trees, or to a goal that is placed against a wall.

Mafeking Message Machine

EQUIPMENT

10 to 12 "message tubes" (Form the tubes by cutting PVC tubing into lengths of 18 to 24 inches. The tubing should have a diameter of at least 2 inches large enough for golf balls to roll easily through it. Add variety by attaching PVC elbow joints to one or both ends of several of the message tubes.) Golf balls
PREPARATIONS BY THE INSTRUCTOR

1. Determine the starting point and destination of the message. 2. Pile the message tubes near the starting point.
THE PROBLEM AND THE OBJECTIVES

The patrol members are Scouts serving under the command of Baden-Powell during the siege of Mafeking. In his usual clever way, B-P has concealed a highly sensitive message inside of a golf ball and has asked the patrol to deliver it to a certain location. Using the message tubes, the patrol members are challenged to form a Mafeking Message Machine to convey the message to its destination. The instructor starts the message (the golf ball) on its way by placing it in the end of the message tube held by one of the participants. Patrol members must then arrange themselves in such a way that they can roll the message from one tube to the next until it arrives at its goal. They do so according to the following rules: 1. Patrol members cannot touch the ball. (That would leave telltale fingerprints.) 2. A patrol member who has the ball inside a message tube cannot move his feet until the ball has passed into another message tube. 3. The ball must remain hidden in the message tubes. (The Boers are watching with their binoculars.) 4. At no time can the ball touch the ground. (Nobody but Baden-Powell knows why it's just a rule.)
Content Sessions

Day Three-27

TASKS OFTHE INSTRUCTOR

1. Explain the problem and objectives to each patrol. Clarify the rules before the patrol begins its problem solving. 2. Monitor the activities of each patrol. 3. After a patrol completes this task, encourage them to use SSC (Start, Stop, Continue) to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of their problem-solving methods and to consider other ways they might have achieved their goal. Stress using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool and the problemsolving techniques of brainstorming, multivoting, and consensus.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO CONSIDER

None
VARIATIONS ON THE ORIGINAL PROBLEM

The problem can be made more difficult by placing the destination of the message uphill from its spot of origin. Patrols also will find the problem more difficult if they must solve it in silence.

Nail Biter's Nightmare

EQUIPMENT

Two dozen large nails A piece of wood, about 4 by 6 inches, with a large nail set upright in the center
PREPARATIONS BY THE INSTRUCTOR

On a level, roomy workspace, set out the wood with the upright nail and, beside it, the pile of large nails. A sturdy picnic table is an ideal location for this activity.
THE PROBLEM AND THE OBJECTIVES

The problem is very simple arrange as many large nails as possible on the head of the upright nail. In doing so, participants must follow these rules: 1. The large nails can touch only the upright nail and/or one another. 2. The large nails may not touch the board.
Content Sessions TASKS OF THE INSTRUCTOR

1. Explain the problem and objectives to each patrol. Clarify the rules before the patrol begins its problem-solving. 2. Monitor the activities of each patrol. 3. After a patrol completes this task, encourage them to use SSC (Start, Stop, Continue) to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of their problem-solving methods and to consider other ways they might have achieved their goal. Stress using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool and the problemsolving techniques of brainstorming, multivoting, and consensus.
Day Three-28

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO CONSIDER

None
VARIATIONS ON THE ORIGINAL PROBLEM

The original problem is sufficiently difficult. There are, however, a surprising number of variations in workable solutions.

Spider Web
EQUIPMENT

A grid-shaped web made of parachute cord stretched between two trees, posts, or other stationary standards. The web can be of any width (10 feet is a good size) and must be no more than 5 feet high. The openings in the grid are of various sizes; each of them must be large enough for a person to pass through. Openings should be of varying sizes.
PREPARATIONS BY THE INSTRUCTOR

Set up the web. This is the most complicated preparation of any of the stations that will be used during the Problem-Solving Round-Robin. All of the station instructors can cooperate to build the web before the session and to test it for durability and the appropriateness of the challenge.
THE PROBLEM AND THE OBJECTIVES

On a Scout hike, the patrol finds its way blocked by the spider web. Patrol members must cooperate to get all of the patrol to the other side of the web. While doing so, participants must follow these rules: 1. No one can touch the web. 2. Each opening in the web can be used only once for passage. After a participant has gone through an opening, no one else can use the same opening. 3. If any participant is lifted off the ground by other patrol members, that participant must be protected from falling.
TASKS OF THE INSTRUCTOR

1. Explain the problem and objectives to each patrol. Clarify the rules before the patrol begins its problem solving. 2. Monitor the activities of each patrol. Act as a spotter to help protect any participant lifted off the ground. 3. After a patrol completes this task, encourage them to use SSC (Start, Stop, Continue) to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of their problem-solving methods and to consider other ways they might have achieved their goal. Stress using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool and the problemsolving techniques of brainstorming, multivoting, and consensus.
Content Sessions

Day Three-29

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO CONSIDER

Patrol members must plan their moves through the web so that any participants who are lifted to pass through openings higher on the web can do so safely.
VARIATIONS ON THE ORIGINAL PROBLEM

Invite patrols to remain silent while addressing the problem.

Human Knot
EQUIPMENT

None
PREPARATIONS BY THE INSTRUCTOR

Select a flat area free of obstructions.

THE PROBLEM AND THE OBJECTIVES

Patrol members stand in a tight circle. They reach into the center of the circle with both hands and, with each hand, grasp the hand of another patrol member, thus forming a human knot. Maintaining their grasps, participants untie the knot by moving over, under, and around one another. The utmost of cooperation will be required for participants to visualize the moves that must occur and then to carry them out.
TASKS OF THE INSTRUCTOR

1. Explain the problem and objectives to each patrol. Clarify the rules before the patrol begins its problem solving. 2. Monitor the activities of each patrol. 3. A team sometimes forms a knot that cannot be fully untied or reaches a point where it is physically impossible to continue a particular solution. In either case, the instructor may change the grasp of one or several participants or may restart the challenge by having the patrol form a new human knot. 4. After a patrol completes this task, encourage them to use SSC (Start, Stop, Continue) to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of their problem-solving methods and to consider other ways they might have achieved their goal. Stress using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool and the problemsolving techniques of brainstorming, multivoting, and consensus.
Content Sessions SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO CONSIDER

Participants must move deliberately to minimize possibility of injury.

VARIATIONS ON THE ORIGINAL PROBLEM

The original problem is sufficiently difficult.

Day Three-30

Day Three: Patrol Leaders Council Meeting

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
45 minutes
Troop Events

Senior patrol leader PLC site By the end of this session, participants will Be able to discuss how to run an efficient, well-planned meeting. Be empowered with the resources and guidance to help them lead their patrols. Report on patrol progress on their presentation for the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Experience representational leadership as leaders representing their patrols. Know what patrols are responsible for upcoming troop assignments. Use Start, Stop, Continue to evaluate patrol performance. Practice good communication skills.

Materials Needed

Participant Notebooks. Each NYLT participant and staff member will have a notebook containing core information that will be useful throughout the course blank duty rosters, equipment lists, daily schedules, meeting agendas, etc. Blank pages in the notebooks provide space for patrol leaders to write down ideas from meetings. Unlike the Day Two PLC meeting (which occurred in the round with all PLC participants and staff either taking part or observing), the PLC meetings the occur throughout the remainder of the course involve only the members of the PLC; the senior patrol leader, assistant senior patrol leader, and the patrol leaders of the day, and the Scoutmaster. The patrol leaders council meeting is conducted by the senior patrol leader, who will model appropriate leadership behavior within the setting of the meeting.

Delivery Method

Day Three-31

Patrol Leaders Council Meeting Agenda

Day Three Welcome and introductions Purpose of the meeting what we need to accomplish Reports on the progress being made by each patrol Assignments for the upcoming troop meeting (leading patrol planning for the Outpost Camp) Program patrol and service patrol assignments Announcements Closing Scoutmasters observations Troop Events

Pre-Meeting Discussion
The Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader often visit for a few minutes before the beginning of a PLC meeting. They go over the agenda and make sure everything is in order. The Scoutmaster confirms that the senior patrol leader understands the vision of what the meeting will accomplish and makes sure the SPL is ready to run the meeting. Once the meeting begins, though, the senior patrol leader is in charge and the Scoutmaster stays on the sidelines. The Scoutmaster might coach and guide the senior patrol leader now and then, but in a boy-led troop, the youth staff of a troop are in charge. At the end of the pre-meeting discussion, the senior patrol leader calls the patrol leaders' council meeting to order and begins the PLC meeting,
The pre-meeting discussion between the Scoutmaster and the senior patrol leader takes place within view and hearing of all the participants of the PLC meeting. The Scoutmaster should model good coaching and mentoring. Participants will see that the senior patrol leader gains a great deal form the Scoutmasters involvement and is better prepared to lead the PLC meeting.

Welcome and Introductions

The senior patrol leader takes charge of the meeting, introduces those persons attending the patrol leaders council meeting, and welcomes everyone.

Purpose of the Meeting

Direct the attention of the PLC to the written agenda. Note that the purpose of this meeting will be to: Hear reports on the progress being made by each patrol. Make assignments for the upcoming troop meeting (leading patrol planning for the Outpost Camp).

Day Three-32

Make program patrol and service patrol assignments. Throughout the meeting, participants will use good communication skills to share ideas.

Reports on the Progress of Each Patrol

The senior patrol leader asks each patrol leader to report on his patrols progress so far. Encourage patrol leaders to make their reports as constructive evaluations using SSC:
Start What can they begin doing to improve their patrols? Stop What can they stop doing that is not working well? Continue What should they continue doing that is a strength and is working

Troop Events

well? Encourage each patrol leader to use his Leadership Compass to determine the current stage of development of his patrol (Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing). Remind patrol leaders that each patrol should be thinking about its presentation of the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Briefly review the challenge (offered by the Scoutmaster at the campfire on Day One), and stress the importance of continuing to work on the presentation throughout the course.

Assignments for the Upcoming Troop Meeting

The patrol meetings that take place during the Day Three troop meeting will focus on planning for the Outpost Camp. The senior patrol leader will give each patrol leader a checklist of things to be done before the patrols set out for the Outpost Camp. During the patrol meetings, each patrol leader will lead his patrol in using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool to determine how the patrol will reach the goal of being ready for the Outpost Camp.
The checklist will vary, depending on the nature of the Outpost Camp. (On Day Three, patrols will plan their Outpost Camp menus. On Day Four they will plan the group and personal gear for the Outpost Camp.)

In general, the checklist can include these items to be planned: Menu planning Knowing what provisions are available, the patrol can decide what meals to prepare, how to fix them, and what ingredients are required. Planning should include how ingredients will be repackaged, carried, and stored. Personal equipment A list of what each person will need. Group equipment A list of gear the patrol will carry.

Day Three-33

Patrols will have Day Three and Day Four to get everything planned and done before setting out for the Outpost Camp. The process also will reinforce the use of the skills covered in the sessions on planning and problem solving.
Troop Events

Program Patrol and Service Patrol Assignments

The senior patrol leader asks the assistant senior patrol leader to take the floor. The assistant senior patrol leader reminds the leaders of the Day Three service and program patrols that they should review what they will be doing and use their planning skills to figure out an effective way to fulfill their responsibilities. Use Start, Stop, Continue for any evaluations.
Program Patrol (sample assignments)

Troop assembly Conduct the flag ceremony for the next day. Troop meeting Prepare the meeting area. Troop meeting Conduct the preopening activity. (The patrol should be provided with a printed sheet of instructions for organizing and conducting the activity. If materials are needed, the quartermaster should make those available.)
Service Patrol (sample assignments)

Police the troop meeting area. (NYLT is a Leave No Trace program.) Maintain participant latrines and showers.
Staff Service Patrol

The assistant senior patrol leader will again make it clear to the PLC that staff members have the responsibility of cleaning staff latrines/showers, staff campsites, and other areas for staff use. Staff members set a good example by rolling up their sleeves and take care of their own areas rather than expecting someone else to do it for them.

Announcements
The senior patrol leader makes any announcements relevant to the group. Explain that patrol leaders have a responsibility to convey to their patrols information from the meetings of the patrol leaders council. He notes the time and location for the next meeting of the patrol leaders council.

Summary
The senior patrol leader summarizes the key points covered during the meeting, addresses any questions the patrol leaders might have, and stresses the importance of performing at the highest levels, using the Scout Oath and Law as their guides.

Day Three-34

Scoutmaster's Observations
The Scoutmaster thanks all present for their participation and encourages them to continue performing at the highest levels. The senior patrol leader adjourns the meeting, but invites the group to stay a moment to observe the post-meeting debrief with the Scoutmaster.
Troop Events

After the Meeting

The Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader meet for a couple of minuets to review the meeting. Using Start, Stop, Continue, they discuss what went well during the meeting and what can be improved the next time the PLC gathers.

Day Three-35

Day Three: Troop Meeting

Time Allowed
Troop Events

90 minutes The NYLT syllabus is structured to represent the experience of a Scout unit moving through a month of meetings and activities. The meetings that occur during the first three days are similar to those a unit would schedule over a time period of three weeks. The final week of a troops month correlates to the big event that participants embark upon during the final days of the NYLT course an exciting activity that is an outgrowth of the learning and planning that occurred during the first three meetings. By the end of this session, participants will Be able to conduct a well-prepared troop meeting built on the seven-step troop meeting plan. Build and/or practice skills needed for the upcoming Outpost Camp. Continue preparations, as a patrol, for the Outpost Camp. Practice good communication skills. Practice SSC as part of the seven-step troop meeting plan (PLC only).. Have fun.

Format

Learning Objectives

Presentation Procedure

Preopening

During the preopening, the Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader will discuss the upcoming meeting to ensure that everything is in order. The Scoutmaster should model good coaching and mentoring skills. Conduct this visit in full view and hearing of the NYLT participants so that they understand that this is a regular and important part of every troop meeting.

The senior patrol leader reminds troop members that there are seven steps to a good troop meeting:
Seven-Step Troop Meeting Plan

1. Preopening 2. Opening 3. Skills instruction 4. Patrol meetings 5. Interpatrol activity 6. Closing Scoutmaster's Minute 7. After the meeting

Day Three-36

Day Three
TROOP MEETING PLAN
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION RUN BY TIME TOTAL TIME

Troop Events

Preopening

Patrol leaders council

5 min.

5 min.

Opening ceremony

Scout Oath and Law

Program patrol

5 min.

10 min.

Skills instruction

Backpacking stoves

Troop guides

25 min.

35 min.

Patrol meetings

Menu planning for Outpost Camp

Patrol leaders

20 min.

55 min.

Interpatrol activity

Backpacking stove challenge

Troop guides

25 min.

80 min.

Closing

Scoutmasters Minute

Scoutmaster

5 min.

85 min.

After the meeting

Debrief, plan ahead

PLC and Scoutmaster

Day Three-37

Ask the patrol leaders, troop guides, Scoutmaster, and assistant senior patrol leaer to join you for the preopening. Check in with the patrol leaders and troop guides to see who has responsibility for the main parts of the upcoming troop meeting the opening, the skills instruction, the patrol meetings, and the interpatrol activity. Ask if everyone has the resources needed to carry out his portion of the meeting. Ask the Scoutmaster if there is anything else requiring attention before the opening of the troop meeting.

Troop Events

Opening Ceremony
The senior patrol leader invites troop members to make the Scout sign and recite the Scout Oath and Law. Ask if there are announcements or other contributions from participants and staff.

Skills Instruction
Troop meetings at home may have different levels of instruction for Scouts who are at different levels of learning.

The senior patrol leader asks the troop guides and/or other skills instructors to conduct the skills instruction portion of the troop meeting. Skills instruction for the Day Three troop meeting will involve correctly handling and using backpacking stoves and fuel.
The skills instruction on backpacking stoves is built on the BSAs Second Class requirements: Second Class 2e Discuss when it is appropriate to use a cooking fire and a lightweight stove. Discuss the safety procedures for using both. Second Class 2f Demonstrate how to light a fire and a lightweight stove. See the Boy Scout Handbook, Scoutmaster Handbook, and Guide to Safe Scouting for the BSAs stance on the use of backpacking stoves. Propane stoves are not encouraged or appropriate.

PREPARATION

Each troop guide will need the following: A backpacking stove of the sort to be used on the Outpost Camp Fuel in an appropriate container A means of lighting the stove

Day Three-38

Troop guides should practice together ahead of time to be sure that: Stoves are in good working order. All troop guides can tech others about stove use in ways that model effective teaching methods. Everyone understands and can teach the safety issues associated with using camping stoves (keeping the stoves on the ground, using only pots of the correct size for the stove, etc.) Each stove will have one staff member to monitor its use. PROCEDURE

Troop Events

Using the Teaching EDGE, the troop guide Explains hos to handel, pack, and use a backpacking stove, then Demonstrates those skills. Next, he Guides patrol members in handling and using the backpacking stove themselves. The goal is that every patrol wil be Enabled to use stoes safely duing their Outpost Camp. Describe the steps you are going to use to make the lashing and form the tripod. Demonstrate the steps for making the lashing:

Patrol Meetings
The senior patrol leader asks the patrol leaders to take charge of their patrols. The patrol meeting should cover planning menus for the Outpost Camp. Menu planning can draw on the skills developed during the Day Two Preparing Your Plans session and the Day Two Patrol Lunch Planning Challenge. The troop quartermaster can prepare a menu-planning work sheet that explains what is available for Outpost Camp menus. With the work sheet for guidance, patrols can develop their menus, recipes, and ingredient lists for the Outpost Camp. The quartermaster also can clarify where and how patrols can draw provisions for the Outpost Camp, and the means patrols can use to repackage menu ingredients for carrying on the trail and securing in camp.
Note: At the Day Three and Day Four PLC meetings, patrol leaders are

given checklists to guide their planning for the Outpost Camp and are directed to use the checklists and the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool to lead their patrols in making their Outpost Camp plans. Checklists will vary from one NYLT course to another, depending upon the nature of the Outpost Camp. Sample checklists will include: Personal equipment Group equipment Menu planning Food procurement and repackaging If the checklists are detailed in what must be accomplished, patrols will have Day Three to plan menus and Day Four to plan their personal and group equipment

Day Three-39

and to get everything ready for the Outpost Camp. The exercise also will reinforce the use of the skills covered in the Preparing Your Plans and Solving Problems sessions.
Troop Events The troop guide stays on the sidelines of the patrol meeting. He is ready to support the patrol leader and coach him if he needs it, but otherwise is not involved in the meeting.

Interpatrol Activity
The senior patrol leader explains and conducts the interpatrol activity: Fire and Water.
The challenge: Transport 1 quart of water over a distance and then correctly use

a backpacking stove to bring the water to a boil.

Materials for each patrol:

One backpacking stove One 2-quart cook pot Water source (stream, lake, hose, buckets filled with water, etc.) some distance from the starting point A variety of nontraditional water-carrying devices, such as measuring cups, balloons, newspapers (can be rolled into cones), large coffee cans with numerous holes punched in them
Procedure: Before starting, all patrols are given four minutes to plan the best

approach to the following problem. They must choose only one of the watercarrying devices to transport a quart of water from the water source to the cook pot. (The cook pot and stove must stay in the start area for each patrol.) The patrol must then bring the pot of water to a boil. A patrol can be awarded extra credit for clearly using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool. A patrol can lose credit for any action deemed unsafe regarding stove handling and use. The challenge should encourage patrols to use their planning skills to devise the most efficient solution. They may divide up responsibilities, having several people light and manage the stove while others transport the water. They'll need to come to agreement on what water-carrying device to use and how to conduct the transporting. The troop guide will monitor the stove use of his patrol, using Start, Stop, Continue to ensure that the stove is always used in a safe manner.

Day Three-40

Closing Scoutmaster's Minute

The Scoutmaster offers a Scoutmaster's Minute. "For members of the Boy Scouts of America, Leave No Trace is all about Be, Know, Do. "Some Scouts were on a long backpacking trip in a national park. Their permit to be in the park allowed them to camp only in designated sites that the park rangers had determined would minimize environmental damage caused by backcountry travelers. "Late one afternoon the Scouts came to a beautiful mountain meadow a mile from the campsite that had been assigned to them for the night. They were tired and for a moment they were tempted to set up their tents in the meadow. After all, nobody would know that's where they had camped. The damage they caused would probably be only some trampled plants and compacted soil that most people wouldn't even notice. "But the Scouts decided to hike on to their designated campsite, leaving the meadow untouched. "Many of our choices in life are like that. We think nobody is watching us, but in fact we are looking right into a mirror whenever we make a decision. We are watching ourselves. We will know the kind of people we are, the people we will Be. We Know what the right decision is. What we Do the third part of Be, Know, Do will make all the difference."

Troop Events

After the Meeting

At the conclusion of the Scoutmaster's Minute, the Scoutmaster reminds the troop members that the seventh step of a successful troop meeting is after the meeting. The Scoutmaster then invites the members of the patrol leaders' council to join him for the stand-up PLC meeting. In this case, the PLC will comprise the senior patrol leader, assistant senior patrol leader, the troop's patrol leaders, and the troop guides assigned to the patrols. The senior patrol leader leads the PLC in reviewing the just-concluded meeting, using Start, Stop, Continue to evaluate the proceedings. Go over any assignments for the next day's troop meeting. Thank the group for a job well-done, and adjourn.

Day Three-41

Day Three: The Leading EDGE

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes Troop presentation and patrol activities/discussions Assigned staff Troop site At the end of this session, each participants should be able to Discuss ways the Scout Oath and Law provide an ethical foundation for leadership. Explain what is meant by servant leadership, and talk about the benefits of that idea of leading. Describe the four leadership approaches included in the Leading EDGE, and tell which approach is most appropriate for each phase of team development.

Materials Needed

Duties of a Patrol Leader (from the Patrol Leader Handbook). A copy for each participant is included in the NYLT Participant Notebooks. Posters or flip chart pages clearly in view at the front of the session area: Duties of a Patrol Leader Scout Oath Scout Law Leadership Compass with quadrants marked Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing

Presentation Procedure

Opening Exercise
Lead the group in a game of Simon Says (three to five minutes).

Opening Discussion
Ask: What do the letters NYLT stand for? (National Youth Leadership Training)
Content Sessions
Show slide 3-27, The Leading EDGE.

The word in the center of NYLT is also at the heart of this course Leadership. Ask: In the game Simon Says, do you believe that Simon is a leader? (show of hands) Do you think Simon is a GOOD leader? (show of hands hopefully very few) Have you ever seen a person in a leadership position act like Simon? In your troop or patrol, what's it like when the leader acts like Simon? (Accept several answers from the group.)

Day Three-42

Show slide 3-28, Patrol Leader Duties: Represent ; and 3-29, Patrol Leader Duties: Attend.

Have each patrol turn to the Duties of a Patrol Leader as described in the Patrol Leader Handbook. (Each Scout can find a copy of the duties in his Participant Notebook. At the front of the assembly area where everyone can see it, the session leader can also reveal a poster with the duties listed.) Ask the patrols to take two minutes to discuss among themselves which of the duties of a patrol leader encourage patrol leaders to act like Simon in the Simon Says game.

Duties of a Patrol Leader

From the Patrol Leader Handbook Represent your patrol at all patrol leaders council meetings and the annual program planning conference. Keep patrol members informed of decisions made by the patrol leaders council. Take a key role in planning, leading, and encouraging patrol meetings and activities. Help the patrol prepare to participant in all troop activities. Learn about the abilities of other patrol members. Fully involve them in patrol and troop activities by assigning them specific tasks and responsibilities. Attend youth leader training and continue to work on advancement. Encourage patrol members to complete their own advancement requirements. Set a good exempt to your patrol by having a positive attitude, wearing the Scout uniform, showing patrol spirit, and expecting the best form yourself and others. Devote the time necessary to be and effective leader. Work with others in the troop to make the troop go. Live by the Scout Oath and Law.

Ask: How many of the duties did you find that encouraged the Simon Says type of leadership? (Some patrols might find one or two that they think are like Simon Says. Listen, but don't respond positively or negatively.) Now go back over the list and tell me how many of the duties are for the good of the patrol leader only and not the patrol members. (Entertain answers. A case might be made that "Attend youth leader training and continue to work on advancement" is leader-centered, though the session instructor can point out that a patrol leader who attends NYLT and who continues to learn Scouting skills through his own advancement is going to be better equipped to serve the needs of those in his patrol. If someone suggests that "Live by the Scout Oath and Law" is a duty with more benefit for the leader than for members of his patrol, note that on the flip chart but put it off to the side in the parking lot. Explain that you'll get back to that discussion in just a moment.) Make this key point: Almost all of these 11 duties, and perhaps every one of them, puts the patrol members first and the leader second.

Content Sessions

Day Three-43

As you discuss the language, emphasize the importance of the words by underlining or otherwise highlighting the following italicized words on the Duties of Patrol Leader poster.

Support the key point this way: Look at the language in the list of duties. As a patrol leader you will: Represent your patrol. Help patrol members. Learn aboutother patrol members. Encourage patrol members. Set a good example for your patrol. Work with others. Stir discussion with these misleading questions: "But isn't a leader supposed to be the boss? Doesn't a leader just tell people what to do and then expect them to do it? If people aren't doing what the leader wants, can't the leader just yell at them?" (Expect some interesting answers, perhaps even some agreement. You might point out that it can be simple to just demand that people do it your way, and it might even be satisfying to yell at them now and then. The problem is, that kind of leadership doesn't get you very far.)

Others-First Leadership
Make this point: The most effective leaders put those they are leading first.
Show slide 3-30, Servant Leadership.

Instead of thinking of himself as the boss, a really good leader sees himself as serving those he leads. He is always looking for ways to make their experience better, to help them learn new skills and succeed in reaching goals, and to take on as much responsibility as they are able. The leader is serving the needs of those he leads. Ask: What are the advantages for a leader who uses others-first leadership? (Likely answers: "I can share responsibilities." "I won't have to work as hard." "I can see others succeed." "I won't have to yell.") Ask: As a patrol member, what would it be like to have a leader who uses othersfirst leadership? (Entertain answers. Expect "I have more freedom." "I would get to do more." "I would have more responsibilities." "No yelling.")

Content Sessions

Leadership and Character

Show slide 3-31, Leadership and Character.

Show a flip chart page or poster with the following statement and the Scout Oath and Law. Read the statement aloud. "Successful leadership is based on the values defined by the Scout Oath and Law."

Day Three-44

For this discussion, there should be a poser with the Scout Oath and another poster with the Scout Law clearly visible to the session participants.

Explain: I believe that the Scout Oath and Law encourage each of us to be others-first leaders. We hear all the time in Scouting that leadership in our organization is based on the values of the Scout Oath and Law. Let's take a look at what that really means.
Show slide 3-32, Scout Oath.

Ask: What part of the Scout Oath is a benefit only for the Scout who takes the Oath? Accept several responses. Some might say that keeping physically fit and mentally awake only benefits the Scout. You might point out that a good leader needs to be ready to take advantage of leadership situations. He stays in shape so he can keep up with his patrol on the trail. He learns all he can so he has skills to help his patrol achieve its goals. Explain that the Scout Oath is totally consistent with the concept of others-first leadership. Ask each participant to write down the Scout Law. Now examine each point of the Scout Law. Does the point encourage you to help others? If so, write "HO" beside the characteristic. (Write "HO" by each word.) Now look at each point of the Scout Law again. Does each point also benefit you? If so, write ME by the characteristic. Explain: Most points of the Scout Law, if not ALL of them, benefit both you and others. Good leadership works that way, too. Everyone benefits. Its a win-win situation.
Much BSA literature proclaims that leadership should be ethically based. The Scout Oath and Law provide that ethical foundation. By examining the oath and Law from the point of view of leadership, participants can see the degree to which that is true and the importance of keeping the Oath and Law in mind as they make leadership decisions.

Show slide 3-33, Scout Law.

Good leadership is using your knowledge and your character your Be, Know, Do to bring others closer to achieving a shared vision. Good leadership is others-first leadership. As leaders, we have to make choices. We have the Scout Oath and Law to guide us, as well as the example of many people we know whose character we admire and whose qualities we want to have in our own lives. That is our foundation for effective leadership choices.
Content Sessions

If our model of leadership is the others-first model and our leadership choices are guided by the Scout Oath and Law and the example of exemplary people, we still need a few tools to be effective leaders. One such tool is the Leading EDGE.

Day Three-45

Leadership Tools: The Leading EDGE

Effective leaders nearly always have more than one leadership style. A key to good leadership is to match the style of leadership to the people and the situation. A powerful tool for choosing the right leadership style is the Leading EDGE. The letters EDGE stand for Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable.
The Leading EDGE acronym describes the behavior of a leader as the team moves through the model. The EDGE acronym is used to describe a process for skills transfer.

Show slide 3-34, The Leading EDGE.

This morning during the discussion on Developing Your Team, we talked about the four stages teams go through Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing. A team responds best to leadership tailored to the stage the team is experiencing at the moment. Let's take a quick review of the phases of development for teams and see what kind of leadership works best for each stage. Show video clip 3-35, The Leading EDGE (Part One), which begins, "There is a big difference between being the leader and being the boss."
Use the large Leadership Compass at the front of the room as a visual aid, pointing out the quadrants representing the stages of them development.

TEAM STAGE: FORMING (HIGH ENTHUSIASM, LOW SKILLS)

Show slide 3-36, The Leading EDGE: Team Development Stage Best Leadership Approach.

If the team is in the Forming stage, the members will likely exhibit high enthusiasm and motivation for doing something new; though their skills are low. What style of leadership would you use for a group that is Forming? (Answer: Explain) An effective leader of a group that is Forming will do lots of careful Explaining to help a patrol understand exactly what the leader expects them to do and how to do it. Example: Ask participants to think back to the first day of the NYLT course. As one of their leaders, the troop guide did lots of clear, careful explaining to help them learn how to set up their camp and to get through the first day's activities. His choice of leadership was the right one for that stage of the patrol's development.
TEAM STAGE: STORMING (LOW ENTHUSIASM, LOW SKILLS)

Content Sessions

A team that is in the Storming stage will likely exhibit less enthusiasm and motivation for doing something new. Their skills are still low.

Day Three-46

What style of leadership would you use for a group that is Storming? (Answer: Demonstrate) An effective leader will continue to make things clear by Demonstrating to the team how to succeed. Example: Did patrol members have any disagreements yesterday during the Patrol Lunch Planning Challenge or the building the pioneering projects? Have any patrols had arguments about doing dishes and cleaning up their campsites? Those could be indications your patrol is in the Storming stage. Your troop guide and patrol leader find success by Demonstrating showing how something is to be done and also modeling the kind of behavior expected of all patrol members.
TEAM STAGE: NORMING (RISING ENTHUSIASM, GROWING SKILLS)

If the team is in the Norming stage, the members will likely exhibit growing enthusiasm and motivation for doing something new. Their skills are growing, too. So which leading style would you use? (Answer: Guide) Leaders of teams in the Norming stage can find success with a Guiding style of leadership giving team members lots of freedom to act on their own, but being ready to coach and guide when a little help is needed. Example: In many ways your patrol is working together smoothly. Perhaps you've figured out food preparations and are enjoying great meals that are fun to prepare. Those could be indications your patrol is reaching the Norming stage. Your troop guide is in the campsite while meal preparation is taking place, but he is busy with other duties and allows you to proceed on your own. Now and then he checks in to give encouragement to the cooks and, if they need it, to offer some helpful hints that will Guide them toward success.
TEAM STAGE: PERFORMING (HIGH ENTHUSIASM, HIGH SKILLS)

If the team is in the Performing stage, the members will likely exhibit high enthusiasm and motivation for doing something new, and their skills are high as well. Which leading style would you use? (Answer: Enable) A leader Enables patrol members to make decisions on their own and to keep moving ahead. A leader can help the patrol evaluate future progress by using SSC Start, Stop, Continue. Example: Perhaps you've been in a patrol in your home troop that had been together a while and become a team where everyone knew what to do and how to make the patrol's plans sure successes. Your leader gave you lots of encouragement and made sure you had all the materials and resources you required, but mostly he stayed out of your way and let you and the rest of your patrol perform with a high level of skill and organization. He was Enabling you to make the most of opportunities.
Content Sessions

Day Three-47

GOING BACKWARD

As it develops, a team does not always move smoothly from one stage to the next. It also does not always move forward, and will sometimes find itself back at an earlier stage of development. Leaders should be aware that when an experienced patrol starts to learn a new skill or sets out toward a new goal, the team will be back in the Forming stage. A team that runs into roadblocks along the way also may slip backward one or two stages. A patrol that has become skilled at backpacking the Performing stage discovers they don't have enough fuel to cook their meals the last two days of a trip. Angry with one another and frustrated, patrol members can slip back to the Storming stage. A good leader will adjust his leadership style to match the current development stage. The leader of a patrol that is Storming will Demonstrate problem-solving ways to move forward to the Norming stage. He can also Demonstrate appropriate behavior for team members to model, even though the situation they are in might be tough.

Show slide 3-37, The Leading EDGE: When a team starts to learn a new skill

Demonstrating the Leading EDGE

Show video clip 3-38, The Leading Edge, an interactive exercise that begins with "Let's put what we've learned into practice."
In courses where the video can be shown, the scenarios presented on the DVD will provide plenty of material for a lively discussion of the Leading EDGE. If video support is not available, staff members can role-play some of all of the following scenarios to illustrate various styles of leadership and to stimulate discussion of the effectiveness of different leadership approaches. The group can also discuss how character based leadership was used, as reflected in the Scout Oath and Law. EXPLAINING STYLE OF LEADERSHIP

"Jim, you and Brad will need to go to the dining hall at exactly 4 P.M. to pick up our food for dinner. Are you good with that?" Ask: What style was used here? (Explain) How can you tell? (Very exact directions with lots of detail.) Would this be a good style to use with a Tenderfoot Scout? (Yes.) With a Star Scout? (No, though someone might suggest it's a good style if the Scout were new to the troop and its culture.)
DEMONSTRATING STYLE OF LEADERSHIP

Content Sessions

"Let's hold up on our hike for a minute. I'd recommend we all take a moment to drink some water. No one wants to get dehydrated. (Take a drink yourself.) I noticed a while back that some of you were pulling the leaves off the branches as you pushed the branch out of your way on the path. We're a Leave No Trace kind of troop. That means no one should be able to tell we'd been by here. I've been

Day Three-48

taught to push the branches down, gently, so the branch doesn't break, but also so it doesn't bounce back into the face of the Scout behind me." (Optional younger Scout: "Yeah! I saw you doing that. Now I understand why you were doing it that way. Cool!") Ask: What style was used here? (Demonstrate) How can you tell? (Described what he does and role models the behavior.) Would this be a good style to use with a Tenderfoot Scout? (Yes.) With a Star Scout? (Yes, especially if the Star Scout is new to hiking.)
GUIDING STYLE OF LEADERSHIP

"Jack, the patrol set up camp as a group on our last trip. I noticed you did a nice job. I think you can set up your tent by yourself this time. Pick out a good site and pitch your tent. If you need some help, I'll be over here with the new guys." Ask: What style was used here? (Guide) How can you tell? (Indicates confidence in Jack's growing skill, gives him a few reminders, and offers his assistance if called upon.) Would this be a good style to use with a Tenderfoot Scout? (Yes, assuming they are doing well in this skill area.) With a Star Scout? (Yes, if the Star Scout is still learning this skill, but not if he is highly skilled in this area.)
ENABLING STYLE OF LEADERSHIP

"Mike, you've really got your first-aid skills down. I'd like to have you go through the first-aid class with Ted and Juan and give them some pointers on tying band-ages and splints." Ask: What style was used here? (Enable) How can you tell? (Expressed confidence in Mike's skill, gave him an opportunity to share his skills and deepen them through teaching others.) Would this be a good style to use with a Tenderfoot Scout? (Yes, if Mike was really good. But chances are that Mike is still learning and not fully skilled.) With a Star Scout? (Yes.)

Leadership Hints
GENERAL
Show slide 3-39, Leadership Hints.

Discuss the following ideas with session participants. Draw on their experience as patrol members and as leaders of patrols to illustrate the importance of each of these points.
Avoid creating an us-versus-them environment. Seek out areas on which you can agree and build from there. Explore ways that everyone succeeds. Content Sessions Offer a vision of success based on the team's shared values. The troop's annual program plan is a blueprint for exciting activities and outdoor adventures. Use it to focus Scouts' energies and enthusiasm. The Scout Law and Oath are expressions of the BSA's values. Rely on them to help the entire team pull together to do what they all believe in.

Day Three-49

Acknowledge differences; respect and value others. Look for ways to draw on individual strengths of Scouts to the advantage of the entire troop. Help each Scout feel that he has something important to contribute to the success of his patrol and troop. He does. Recognize that there are many different ways to get things done. Most

problems have many solutions. Once the team agrees upon one, provided it is an ethical choice, go along with the group choice, even if it is different from the choice you personally would have made. As a leader, it's your responsibility to help focus the full energy of a group on making that solution work.
Make meetings count. Get outdoors and have adventures. Working through the patrol leaders' council, develop an exciting program plan, then carry it out.

Overcoming Disappointments
Now and then a patrol or troop may become discouraged. Perhaps Scouts are discovering the reality of the challenges facing them. A campout or other planned activity that didn't go very well may cause some Scouts to become frustrated. Has this ever happened to any of you? (Allow discussion, then give the following advice.) You will be tested as a leader when the spirits of patrol or troop members are down. When that happens, draw upon your abilities to communicate clearly, listen actively, and encourage open discussions. Recognize accomplishments and offer encouragement and reassurance to those Scouts who are making efforts to achieve. Try to identify the stages of team development of patrols and of the entire troop, and use that information as a guide for determining which styles of leadership to use. SSC Start, Stop, Continue can be an effective tool for you to discover what is at the root of troop members' discontent, and for helping Scouts find their own solutions to a discouraging situation.

Show slide 3-40, Overcoming Disappointments.

Celebrating Success
Explain that patrols in your troop will achieve significant milestones, or even complete their time together as a tight-knit group. Members of some patrols may be moving on to form a Venture crew, for example, and members of a new-Scout patrol may have reached a level of experience and advancement to be ready to join the regular patrols of the troop. What do you do in your troop when significant milestones are reached? (Allow discussion, then give the following advice.) Whatever the case, celebrate the many accomplishments that troop members have enjoyed during their time together. Documenting patrol and troop histories with a scrapbook or photo album can be an enjoyable way to create an overview of all that the Scouts have accomplished. It's important and satisfying to know we've accomplished something. We get a sense of closure that helps us have confidence when we face the next challenge.

Show slide 3-41, Celebrating Success.

Content Sessions

Day Three-50

Summary
Important aspects of leadership to remember are these:
Show slide 3-42, Summary.

Effective leadership is based on the Scout Oath and Law. An effective leader is an others-first leader, putting others ahead of himself. Everyone has his own style of leadership. Proven tools of leadership can help you improve your style. Among the most powerful leadership tools is the Leading EDGE. That stands for Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, and Enable. Each approach is useful for a certain stage in the development of a patrol or any team.

Content Sessions

Day Three-51

Day Three: Team Games

Time Allowed Format Responsible Learning Objectives
30 minutes Troop activity Assigned staff By the end of this session, participants will Have fun. Use the skills of problem-solving, leadership, and team development. Create greater patrol unity.

Presentation Procedures

Dragon Tails
Members of each patrol line up in single file. Each Scout puts his hands on the shoulders of the person in front of him. The last patrol member hangs a bandana or other flag from his belt. The object of the game is for the first person in each patrol (the one whose hands are free) to grab the bandanas from the belts of the last persons in the other patrols.

Kim's Game
In this classic Scouting game, youth staff will have prepared a number of items, arranged them on a board that can be displayed upright, and covered the board with a cloth. (The items, 15 to 20 in number, might be camping orienteda pocketknife, a tent stake, a camp mug, a piece of firewood, etc. All items should be large enough to be seen by anyone in the troop when they are gathered around for the game.) Patrols seat themselves in front of the covered board. At a signal, the cloth is removed and everyone has 60 seconds to study the items. They may not speak or make any notes. At the end of the minute, the items are again covered. The patrols can move some distance from one another to ensure some privacy, then will work together to write down a patrol list of all the items they can remember.

T-shirt Relay Game

Content Sessions

Patrols line up in single file. The first person in each patrol puts on an extra-large T-shirt. At a signal to start the game, the person in the T-shirt turns to the person behind him. They grasp each other's hands and hang on tightly. Other members of the patrol then maneuver the T-shirt off the first person, down his arms, and over the joined hands to the arms of the second person, and then pull the T-shirt onto the second person. When the T-shirt is completely on the second person, he releases his grasp of the hands of the first person, then turns to a third patrol member and tightly grasps

Day Three-52

both of his hands. The patrol transfers the T-shirt from the second person to the third person, the second and third persons maintaining their grasp of each other's hands throughout the transfer process. The game continues until the T-shirt has transferred to every patrol member and the last person in the patrol is wearing the shirt.
NYLT staff may have other games they want to offer during this session. Any game included in the Team Games session should meet certain criteria. It should: Challenge patrols to use the skills of problem-solving, leadership, and team development. Offer every patrol member the opportunity to participate fully. Give all patrols equal opportunities to succeed.

Content Sessions

Day Three-53

Day Two: Patrol Meeting

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
45 minutes Patrol leader Patrol site or some other location where the session of one patrol will not interfere with the activities of other patrols. By the end of this session, participants should be able to Describe the purpose of the patrol meeting. Describe how a patrol meeting should be run. Know what the patrol leader is responsible for doing and what patrol members are responsible for doing. Use the Start, Stop, Continue tool to evaluate patrol performance.
As with meetings of the NYLT troop and the patrol leaders council, every patrol meeting during an NYLT course should be organized in a manner that provides an ideal example of such a session. Participants should be able to take the models of the patrol meetings they see at NYLT and use them to organize effective patrol meetings in their home troops.

Patrol Events

Materials Needed Recommended Facility Layout Delivery Method

Patrol meeting agenda. Each patrol meeting should follow a written agenda. Building on the following model, the agenda for todays patrol meeting can be adjusted by the patorl leader prior to the meeting to fulfill the needs of his patrol. The troop guide will determine the location of the first patrol meeting. The patrol will decide where subsequent patrol meetings will occur. In most cases, patrol meetings will take place in or near the patrols campsite. The patrol leaders are the facilitators of the meetings of their patrols. The leadership style each patrol leader uses is up to that person; the hands-on experience of leading is every bit as valuable as the progress made by a patrol during any particular meeting.

Day Three-54

Presentation Procedure

Model Patrol Meeting Agenda

Day Three Welcome Patrol leader Meeting agenda Patrol leader Evaluate patrol progress using Start, Stop, Continue Start What should we be doing that will make things better? Stop What should we stop doing because it isnt helping? Continue What is a strength and is working well that we want to continue doing? (Include evaluation of the patrols progress with the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist and the duty roster.) Using the NYLT Leadership Compass, determine the patrols current stage of development (Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing). Discuss ways the patrol can move ahead toward the next development stage. Continue work on the patrols Quest for the Meaning of Leadership presentation. Adjourn Patrol Events

Troop guides may attend patrol meetings, but ideally will not take part in any significant way.

Day Three-55

Day Three: Lego Challenge/Realistic First Aid

Time Allowed Format
120 minutes Troop activity with patrol breakouts. 1. The session begins with the Lego Challenge conducted by the patrols. 2. As the debrief of the challenge is coming to an end, NYLT youth staff hurry into the meeting area with an "injured" person, made up with realistic firstaid techniques to appear convincing. They follow correct first-aid procedures to stabilize the "victim" and to summon medical help. 3. The debrief that follows highlights the importance of the risk management planning that will take place on Day Four in preparation for the hike to the Outpost Camp. 4. The remainder of the session will be devoted to troop guides using the Teaching EDGE to help participants learn and practice using realistic firstaid methods a skill they can use with their home troops.

Responsible Learning Objectives

Assigned staff, troop guides The purpose of this session is to Reinforce learning the skills of communicating, planning, problem solving, and team building. Establish an awareness of the importance of risk management as a preparation for the Outpost Camp. Teach a skill that Scouts can share with their home troops.

Materials Needed Preparations

Plastic construction block toys Realistic first-aid materials Youth staff facilitating the Lego Challenge will have made the two models that will be used for the patrol exercise, taking care to keep them out of sight. Each model should be made of no more than a dozen Lego pieces. Each patrol should have at least the same number and kind of Lego pieces as are present in each of the models. Youth staff involved in the mock emergency will have made up the "victim" with realistic first-aid wounds and will have rehearsed their presentation of the emergency and the correct first-aid responses to demonstrate. (Response to the emergency should conform with methods described in the Boy Scout Handbook and First Aid merit badge pamphlet.)

Content Sessions

Day Three-56

Troop guides will have practiced making realistic first-aid wounds, will be able to teach the skill effectively, and will have in mind a number of possible injuries to suggest to their patrols. Youth staff also should be aware that during the mock emergency they will be modeling teamwork and leadership as well as emergency response.

Lego Challenge
The session leader asks each patrol leader to come to a nearby location out of sight of the rest of the participants and study an object constructed of no more than a dozen Legos. Tell the patrol leaders they will be giving verbal instructions to their patrols to build replicas of the Lego model. They may look at the model but are not allowed to touch it. They are not to draw or write anything down. Reassemble the group and give each patrol a bag containing Lego pieces. Ask the patrol leaders to lead their patrols in reproducing the Lego model. Patrol leaders may offer verbal instructions only. They may not touch the Legos or in any way assist except with verbal comments. Repeat the process with another different Lego model. This time invite a different member of the patrol to see the original model and to lead the patrol in reproducing the Lego model. Again, those leading their patrols may offer only verbal instructions. Encourage patrols to use their experience building the first Lego model to improve upon both the describing of the model to be reproduced and the listening required to use that information efficiently.
CHALLENGE DISCUSSION

Debrief the participants on their experience with the Lego activity. What made their efforts a success? What role did good communication play? If there were difficulties communicating, why did that occur and what solutions might have been used?

First-Aid Emergency Interruption

The emergency will appear more realistic if no adult is present

At the very end of the Lego Challenge debriefing, NYLT youth staff interrupt the session to announce that someone has been injured near the troop gathering area, or (depending on the chosen injuries) someone is needed to assist an "injured" person into the gathering area or carry him in on a litter. The "victim" has been made up using realistic first aid to have one or more specific "injuries." The injuries should be of the sort that can be treated using the level of first-aid training expected of First Class Scouts. Modeling good leadership and teamwork, the youth staff play out the scenario of stabilizing the "victim," treating his wounds, and summing medical help.

Content Sessions

Day Three-57

At the end of the exercise, the NYLT staff involved debrief the role-play. Through discussion with NYLT participants, they should explain the emergency situation and describe the appropriate first-aid response to that emergency. They should also point out how the youth staff worked as a team and ways in which leader-ship was provided during the emergency.

Realistic First Aid

Troop guides lead the patrols through the process of developing realistic-looking first-aid wounds for use in first-aid training scenarios. Throughout this activity, use the Teaching EDGE as your guide.
Note: To facilitate this activity efficiently, the senior patrol leader should

set a time limit for each patrol to finish developing and applying realistic injuries perhaps 45 minuets. Leave time at the end for the session for everyone to see all of the realistic first-aid wounds and for a good debriefing of the activity.
Explain: Tell your patrol how the NYLT youth staff developed the realistic injuries exhibited by the "victim" in the mock emergency. Demonstrate: The realistic injuries displayed during the mock emergency serve

as a demonstration of completed realistic wounds. As you explain the process and materials for making realistic wounds, demonstrate by developing a simple wound that utilizes the basic techniques involved in making a realistic wound.
Guide: Guide the entire patrol (or as groups of two or three patrol members,

depending on the resources available and size of the patrol) in selecting wounds to replicate and then applying those injuries to one or more NYLT participants.
Enable: Encourage patrol members to return to their home troops with these skills and use them for setting up mock emergencies that will enhance the firstaid training of other Scouts.

Debrief
When all patrols have had sufficient time to learn and practice the skills of making realistic first-aid injuries, the session leader asks each patrol to present their "victim," describe the methods used to develop the "injuries," and discuss the appropriate first-aid responses to those injuries.
Content Sessions

Thank everyone for their cooperation and involvement, and encourage them to do all they can to make sure their first-aid injuries are all of the fake kind rather than real.

Day Three-58

Schedule for Day Four (Wednesday)

Time
6:30 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 8:45 A.M. 9:45 A.M.

Activity
Arise, patrol breakfast, and cleanup Troop assembly The Teaching EDGE Patrol Activity

Notes

Responsible
Duty roster SPL and staff

Location
Patrol site Troop assembly area Patrol site Patrol site and/or activity area Patrol site PLC site

Use GPS skills as examples Ties to Teaching EDGE, team building, problem solving, etc.

Troop guide Troop guide

10:15 A.M. 11:30 A.M.

Resolving Conflict Patrol leaders council meeting Progress on Quest presentations; Outpost preparation/emergency response plan

Troop guides Senior patrol leader

12:15 P.M. 1:00 P.M. 2:30 P.M.

Lunch and cleanup Troop meeting Interpatrol activity Geocache Wide Game Patrol meeting

Duty roster Staff Reinforces main point of Patrol leaders the NYLT course days One through Four Preparing for Outpost Camp Patrol leader

Patrol site Troop site Selected area

4:00 P.M.

Patrol site

4:45 P.M. 6:00 P.M. 7:15 P.M. 7:30 P.M. 8:30 P.M. 10:00 P.M.

Meal preparation Dinner and cleanup Flag ceremony Making Ethical Decisions Patrol campfires (with cracker barrel snacks) Lights out Continue discussion of ethical decision making Clean patrol equipment for turn-in skills

Patrol leader Duty roster Program patrol Scoutmaster, assigned staff Patrol leader and troop guide Patrol leader

Patrol site Patrol site

Troop site Patrol site Patrol site

Troop events and activities Patrol events and activities Content sessions and their connecting activities Day Four-1

Day Four: Breakfast Questions

Patrol Events

One or more staff members will join each patrol for breakfast. This is a good opportunity for participants and staff to get to know each other better. In addition, staff members can learn quite a bit about the patrol and can encourage patrol members to think about a few key issues as they begin the day. To make themost of breakfast discussion opportunities, keep the following questions in mind for the Day Three breakfast: How did you sleep? Has anything unexpected happened since yesterday? What stage is your patrol in? How did you come to that conclusion? What is your patrol vision? What are your goals for reaching that vision? What is yoru biggest obstacle to reaching that vision? Why is leading yourself important?
The breakfast questions are not meant to be a quiz or a list to be read. Instead, enjoy sharing breakfast with a patrol ad drop the questions into the conversation as a natural part of the morning discussions. Additional questions that relate to the specifies of the courses or the specifics of that patrols learning curve are encouraged.

Day Four-2

Day Four: Troop Assembly

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
45 minutes
Troop Events

Senior patrol leader and staff Troop assembly area By the end of this session, participants will Gather for Day Four of the NYLT course. Feel welcomed and valued (staff too). Reaffirm that the NYLT troop operates according to the Scout Oath and Law. View or participate in a flag ceremony presented by the program patrol. Participate or view the installation ceremony for new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. View youth staff as supporters, guides, and mentors to course participants. Be able to discuss key parts of a good troop assembly. Be able to recognize good communication skills.

Materials Needed Recommended Facility Layout

American flag Troop flag Historic American flag Before a NYLT course begins, staff members should designate the place that will serve as the troop assembly area. In most cases, this will involve an outdoor setting, though indoor areas of sufficient size (a dining hall, for example) can be adapted to accommodate the troop assembly. (Indoors, flags can be presented on staffs with floor stands or can be displayed on a wall.)

Presentation Procedure

Opening
Patrol leaders lead the patrols to the assembly area and arrange them in an appropriate formation. The senior patrol leader uses the Scout sign to bring the assembly to order and welcomes participants to Day Four of NYLT. Express your pleasure in having everyone there. Explain that Day Four symbolizes the third meeting of the month for a normal Boy Scout troop. There will be a variety of presentations and activities during the day, and a troop meeting.

Day Four-3

Flag Ceremony
The senior patrol leader asks the program patrol of the day to present the colors and raise the American flag. Instruct NYLT troop members to use the Scout salute while the flag is being raised. Invite the program patrol to display the historic flag for the day and explain its significance.
The historic flags to be used for the NYLT course are the same as those presented during Wood Badge courses. Scripts for historic flag presentations, also the same as included in Wood Badge courses, can be found in the appendix.

Troop Events

Instruct the staff color guard to raise the historic flag and the NYLT troop flag. Ask the troop members to make the Scout sign and recite the Scout Oath and Law. Dismiss the color guard

Announcements
The senior patrol leader offers any announcements important for conducting the days sessions and events.

New Patrol Leader/Assistant Patrol Leader Installation

The senior patrol leader asks the Day Three patrol leaders to introduce the Day Four patrol leaders to the troop, then the Day Three assistant patrol leaders to introduce the Day Four assistant patrol leaders. Encourage those making the introductions to use effective communication skills.
As introductions are being made, the senior patrol leader can provide positive reinforcement by commenting on one or more communication skills being used well hand gestures, clear voices, eye contact with the group, etc.

Patrol leaders and assistant patrol leader assignments for each day of the NYLT course are located in the Patrol Duty Roster included in each copy of the NYLT Participant Notebook.

The senior patrol leader begins the installation. He should Invite the new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders to come forward to be installed. Ask the new patrol leaders to gather around the troop flagpole, placing their left hands on the pole. New assistant patrol leaders stand behind their patrol leaders, each placing a left hand on his patrol leader's right shoulder.

Day Four-4

Instruct them all to give the Scout sign and repeat, "I promise to do my best to be worthy of this office for the sake of my fellow Scouts in my patrol and troop and in the world brotherhood of Scouting." Welcome them as the troop's new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders.
Troop Events

Program and Service Patrol Emblem Exchange

The assistant senior patrol leader briefly explains the duties of the program patrol and the service patrol.
The duties of the patrols may differ from other days of the course. Adjust the explanations to reflect the needs of this day of the NYLT program.

Program Patrol (sample assignments) Coordinate the troop assembly and flag ceremony. Prepare the troop meeting area. Complete other duties as assigned at the patrol leaders council meeting. Service Patrol (sample assignments) Police the troop meeting area. (NYLT is a Leave No Trace program.) Maintain the participant latrines and showers. Complete other duties as assigned at the patrol leaders council meeting. Ask the leaders of the days program patrol and service patrol to come forward to receive a symbol of their patrol responsibilities for the day. The emblem for the service patrol might be a broom or camp shovel, while that for the program patrol could be a flag.
The exchange of symbols for the program patrol and the service patrol should not overshadow the installation of the days patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. Bestowing the emblems for the program and service patrols can be done in good fun, but with the understanding that these patrol duties are secondary to the roles of patrol leadership.

STAFF SERVICE PATROL

Explain to participants that staff members have the responsibility of cleaning staff latrines and showers, staff campsites, and other staff-use areas. As fellow members of the troop, staff members roll up their sleeves and take care of their own areas rather than expecting someone else to do it for them.

Baden-Powell Patrol Streamer Presentations

The senior patrol leader presents the Baden-Powell Patrol streamer awards based on the previous days campsite evaluation. Point out that the Boy Scouts of Amercia encourages patrols to compete against a standard that all can achieve

Day Four-5

(in this case the standard of the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist) rather than against one another. When it comes to the Baden-Powell Patrol streamer awards, every patrol can be a winner.
Troop Events For guidelines on the daily campsite inspection and for presentations of the Baden-Powell Patrol streamers, see Day One Registration, Orientation, and Camp Setup. Using the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist as his guide, the assistant senior patrol leader in charge of the service patrol makes the evaluation of the patrol campsites. (This may occur while patrol members are at evening sessions of the NYLT course.) Troop guides can encourage the patrols to use the same form to check their campsites as they complete their cleanup after the evening meal. If a patrol is having difficulty following through with all the items on the checklist, its troop guide can use the Teaching EDGE to help the patrol learn how to manage campsite cleanup in an efficient and orderly manner.

Each patrol can tie its Baden-Powell Patrol streamer for the day onto the pole used to display its patrol flag. Every patrol will have the opportunity to add another B-P streamer each day of the NYLT course.

Scoutmaster's Minute
The Scoutmaster takes a moment to welcome participants and to encourage them to do their best through the exciting events of the coming day. He reviews the heart of the NYLT course Be, Know, Do: "Last night during the Realistic First Aid exercise, everybody saw some pretty gruesome injuries. It was kind of fun, wasn't it? It was interesting to learn how to make realistic wounds and set up emergency scenarios. "But what if those had been real injuries? What if you had been asked to use your first-aid skills to help somebody who really had been badly hurt? "This week we've talked a lot about the Be, Know, Do of NYLT and of Scouting. The first one BE is our values system. It's the Scout Oath and Law. It's our religious beliefs and our ethical core. "The last one DO is how we act based on our values and our knowledge. "The one in the middle KNOW is the one we can really grow. The more we know, the better able we are to DO what needs to be done. "Think about those first-aid emergencies we saw. Think about your own level of skill to treat those injuries. You can always learn more. You can always practice more. Take advantage of training and education in everything you can learn, and you will KNOW more. "Be, Know, Do. The more you know, the better you can translate who you are into effective action." The senior patrol leader thanks the Scoutmaster and brings the troop assembly to a close.

Day Four-6

Day Four: The Teaching EDGE

This session on the Teaching EDGE and the Geocache Wide Game later on Day Four can be conducted either with GPS receivers or with compasses. The attraction of GPS receivers is that it is a new technology for many Scouts and thus the opportunity to learn and use a new set of skills. The compass version is available at [Link]

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives

60 minutes Patrol presentation Troop guide Patrol site or some other location where the session of one patrol will not interfere with the activities of other patrols. Each location should be suitable for locating waypoints with a global positioning system receiver. At the end of this session, each participant should be able to List and describe the four steps of the Teaching EDGE. Recognize the importance of using effective communication skills as tools for teaching. Discuss using different methods of teaching/leading depending on a team's stage of development. Use a GPS receiver to find a destination.

Materials Needed

GPS receivers (at least on per patrol) Written in easily visible format on individual sheets of paper, the latitude and longitude of four or five waypoint locations within a few minutes' walking distance of the patrol presentation area Printed Teaching EDGE slides from the National Youth Leadership Training DVD one set for each patrol Communication Skills Checklist (appendix; Participant Notebooks)

Delivery Method

During the NYLT staff training that precedes an NYLT course, troop guides should become familiar with the GPS receivers they will be using during this session. All receivers are operated in basically the same way, but different models differ in the ways they are programmed for use. The instruction manual for each GPS model can be an invaluable aid in mastering and then teaching the use of that particular receiver.

Content Sessions

Day Four-7

Before the NYLT course begins, each troop guide should determine the sample waypoints that will be used during his presentation of the Teaching EDGE session. To double-check the accuracy of the waypoint information (and as a way for all presenters to improve their GPS skills), invite the troop guides of the other patrols to use their GPS receivers to locate those waypoints.
An enjoyable means of practicing GPS use is to log onto Internet Web sites featuring coordinates for finding geocaches in ones neighborhood or hometown.

The Teaching EDGE session reminds NYLT participants that repetition is a key to mastering a skill. Before an NYLT course begins, troop guides should put in enough practice time with GPS receivers to feel comfortable teaching the skill to others.
Troop guides should keep in mind several facts concerning GPS receivers. The accuracy of a GPS receiver varies according to the number of satellites within its range. In general, a receiver can bring a user within a 50-foot radius of a waypoint. Deep valleys, ravines, and other confining terrain may block some satellite signals and make a GPS receiver less accurate than when it is in more open territory.

Presentation Procedure
Show slide 4-1, The Teaching Edge; then slide 4-2, Introduction

Introduction
Explain that later in the day the patrols will take part in a Geocache Wide Game. Geo is the root of the word geography. It comes from the Greek word for earth. A cache is something stowed. In this case, something hidden. To do well in the geocache challenge, patrols will use a number of Scouting skills. One will be following instructions to find locations. As a preparation for the Geocache Wide Game, this session will go over the steps for finding locations with a GPS receiver.
Note to presenters. You are teaching the patrol how to use a GPS receiver, but more importantly you are teaching them how to teach. In teaching GPS skills, use the Teaching EDGE Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable. Use your best communication skills to get your message across.

Content Sessions

Day Four-8

Presenters describe how a GPS receiver works.

For explanations of latitude and longitude, as well as illustrations that can be used as visual aids during this NYLT presentation, see the Boy Scout Handbook and the Fieldbook. Another good visual aid is an inflatable globe that includes lines of latitude and longitude. 1. Briefly discuss the concept of latitude and longitude.

Lines of latitude are numbered from the equator to each of the poles. Lines of longitude are numbered from the prime meridian the line of longitude running through the Royal Observatory at Greenwich, England. Every location on Earth can be identified by the grid formed by lines of latitude and longitude. Lines of latitude and longitude are numbered by degrees, minutes, and seconds. Locations are sometimes cited in decimal form. For example, the location of the BSA's national office is 32 degrees, 53.145 minutes North 96 degrees, 58.203 minutes West
2. Show the GPS receiver.

Explain the idea that the receiver picks up signals from a system of satellites. The receiver can calculate the angles of the signals from the satellites and determine the latitude and longitude of the receiver at that moment. It also can be used to lead the way to any location programmed into the receiver. Demonstrate how to use a GPS receiver to determine the current location. Explain each step very clearly using your best communication skills. Next, demonstrate how to program the GPS receiver with a destination. (In GPS usage, this is called a waypoint.) For example, you could use the location of the BSA national office. The GPS receiver should provide the direction of travel to reach the waypoint, and also an accurate measurement of the distance between your current location and the waypoint. Guide patrol members in using a GPS receiver to determine their current location. Provide patrol members with a waypoint approximately 100 yards from their current location. (It's a good idea to have the waypoint location written in large numbers on a poster or sheet of paper.) Guide them through the process of programming the waypoint into their GPS receivers and then using the receivers to lead them to the location. When you are satisfied that those you are teaching have mastered the skill to the degree that they can do it on their own, Enable patrol members to continue with little further input from you. Let them know that in order to truly own the skill, they need to practice it many times. You will be there if they have questions or need help, but to the greatest degree possible you are enabling them to use the skill on their own.

Content Sessions

Day Four-9

Transition to the Teaching EDGE

Ask the group to offer some observation on the methods you used to teach them how to use a GPS receiver. Explain that you went about it with four very clear steps:
Show slide 4-3, The Teaching EDGE

First, you Explained how to do the skill. Second, you Demonstrated how to do the skill. Third, you Guided others to do the skill, providing ongoing feedback. Fourth, you Enabled others to use the skill, providing them with the time, materials, and opportunity to use the skill successfully. Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable. The first letters of those words spell EDGE. This teaching method is called the Teaching EDGE Write this on the flip chart or reveal a chart with it already written.
NYLT AND THE TEACHING EDGE

Explain that everyone at NYLT who has taught something during this NYLT course has used the Teaching EDGE. For example, the Orientation Trail was set up to teach using the Teaching EDGE. Instructors at troop meetings used the Teaching EDGE to teach lashings and the use of backpacking stoves. The Teaching EDGE has been everywhere in the NYLT course. Let's take a closer look.

Explore the Teaching EDGE

Emphasize this important point: The Teaching EDGE is how we teach every skill during an NYLT course. It is also the method for you to use when you are teaching skills in your home troop and outside of Scouting whenever you are called upon to teach something. Discuss Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable with the group. Ask them to share their ideas on the importance of each step of the Teaching EDGE:
Explaining is important because

It clarifies the subject for the learner AND for the instructor. That's why I began teaching GPS use by explaining how the GPS receiver works.
Demonstrating is important because Content Sessions

It allows learners to see as well as hear how something is done. They can follow the process from beginning to end. That's why I showed you the steps in finding your current location using the GPS receiver.
Guiding is important because

It allows learners to learn by doing. It allows the instructor to see how well learners are grasping the skill. That's why I had you use the GPS receiver to determine your location while I coached you through the process.

Day Four-10

Enabling is important because.

It allows learners to use the skills themselves. It also encourages repetition an important part of mastering a skill. That's why I encouraged you to keep using the GPS receiver even though I had stepped into the background. I wanted you to keep practicing until you really owned the skill. Talk briefly about the importance of repetition. No one learned to play a piece on a musical instrument by playing it just once. No athletic team practiced only once before the first game of a season. Repeating a skill helps make it real for a learner. He gains possession of it. It becomes his own. With enough repetition, you can learn a skill well enough to teach it to others a clear sign that you really have mastered the information.

Communication Skills
Teaching is communicating. You're sharing information. You're moving ideas from inside of your head to the insides of the heads of others. Good communication skills go a long way in making teaching possible. Ask participants to point out a few of the communication skills you have been using to teach this session on the Teaching EDGE. If you wish, you can ask them for a brief evaluation of your communications skills, using Start, Stop, Continue. The point here is to make participants aware of the power of communication skills in teaching effectively. With the participation of patrol members, review the Communication Skills Checklist from their Participant Notebooks.

Show slide 4-4, Communication Skills.

Presenting the Stages of Skill Development

Remind participants that in an earlier session they discussed the four stages a team goes through as team members are learning a skill or working toward a goal. Ask the group to give a brief explanation of the four stages. If they are able to do that, great. If they stumble over some of the details, help them along so that you can quickly get the information about the stages of team development into the discussion: Forming Storming Norming Performing Explain that an individual learning a skill goes through those stages, too.
Content Sessions

Day Four-11

Forming. He begins with low skill but high enthusiasm. He is excited about the

possibilities but doesn't yet know how to perform the skill.

Storming. As he works at the skill, he may become discouraged. His skill level is still low, but because he now knows how much work this will be, his enthusiasm can fade. Norming. With work, a person will make advances in learning how to do

something. His skill level will rise and so will his enthusiasm.
Performing. When he has mastered a skill, a person's enthusiasm will be high. He will have made the skill his own and will know it so well that he can teach it to others.

Ask the group: Why would it be helpful for a teacher to know the development stage of learners? Entertain answers. The idea you want to draw out is that when you know a learner's stage of development, you can adjust your teaching methods to match that person's needs at the moment. Show the patrol this chart:
Stages of Skill Development Forming Storming Norming Performing Best Teaching Approach

Discuss each of the phases from a teacher's point of view:

Forming (low skill, high enthusiasm)

A person is enthused about something new and motivated to learn, but has a low level of skill. An instructor will need to do lots of careful Explaining telling the learner exactly what to do and how to do it. In other words, Explaining ("Giving Directions/Telling"). (Write Explaining ("Giving Directions/Telling") on the chart next to Forming.)
Storming (low skill, low enthusiasm)

Content Sessions

A person has been at it long enough to realize that mastering a skill may not be easy and that lots of work remains to be done. As a result, his enthusiasm and motivation are low. Skills are still low, too. An instructor must Demonstrate the new skill to the learner, clearly showing him what to do and how to do it. In other words, Demonstrating ("Showing How It's Done"). (Write Demonstrating ("Showing How It's Done") on the chart next to Storming.)

Day Four-12

Norming (increasing skill, growing enthusiasm)

As a learner keeps at it, his level of skill will rise. He realizes he is making progress, and so motivation and enthusiasm will rise, too. An instructor will need to Guide the person giving him more freedom to figure out things on his own, supporting him with encouragement, and helping him move closer to the goal. In other words, Guiding ("Coaching and Confirming"). (Write Guiding ("Coaching and Confirming") on the chart next to Norming.)
Performing (high skill, high enthusiasm)

Skills are high and so is enthusiasm and motivation. A learner has reached the point where he can act independently and be very productive. An instructor can offer him plenty of freedom to make decisions on his own and to keep moving ahead. The instructor can help the person evaluate future progress using SSC Start, Stop, Continue. In other words, Enabling ("Supporting Doing It On Their Own"). (Write Enabling ("Supporting Doing It On Their Own") on the chart next to Performing.) The completed chart will look like this:
Stages of Skill Development Forming Storming Norming Performing Best Teaching Approach Explaining (Giving Directions/Telling) Demonstrating (Showing How Its Done) Guiding (Coaching and Confirming) Enabling (Supporting Doing It On Their Own)

Show slide 4-5, Stages and Approaches.

Point out that when a person starts to learn a new skill or sets out toward a new goal, he will be back in the Forming stage. Sometimes people who have moved all the way to Norming or even Performing may run into roadblocks and have failures, slipping back to Storming. That's part of the process. With experience, they will be better able to flow back and forth from one stage to another. Their experience can help them move forward more quickly to more productive stages. An instructor will want to adjust his approach to match the current skill development stage for the people he is teaching.
Content Sessions

Summary
Show slide 4-6, Summary.

Explain how you used the Teaching EDGE throughout this session. In teaching the skills: You Explained what you were teaching. You Demonstrated it.

Day Four-13

You Guided others in doing it. You Enabled those you are teaching to begin using these skills on their own. Point out that you also used the Teaching EDGE to help the patrol understand the skill of effective teaching. Use specific moments from the session to illustrate your use of the Teaching EDGE. Close by emphasizing that whenever participants are in teaching and leadership situations, the Teaching EDGE will get them through.

Looking Ahead
Explain that patrol members can use the morning patrol activity that follows to practice the skills they have just learned. Through repetition, they will be enabled to use the skill well. They also can practice using the Teaching EDGE by teaching the skill of using the GPS receiver.

Content Sessions

Day Four-14

Day Four: Patrol Activity

Time Allowed Format Location Learning Objectives Materials Needed
45 minutes Troop guide Patrol site and/or activity area As a result of this activity, each participant will Demonstrate the skills to be used during the afternoon Geocache Wide Game. Demonstrate the Teaching EDGETM by teaching skills to someone else. GPS receivers used during the session on the Teaching EDGE that preceded the morning patrol activity. Orienteering Work Sheet. One prepared for each patrol. (See the instructions in Preparation, below.)

Presentation Procedure

Preparation
FOR GPS RECEIVER PRACTICE

Prepare ahead of time an Orienteering Work Sheet with waypoints that can be used by patrol members to sharpen their skills with GPS receivers. Since each patrol will be conducting this activity from its own campsite (or some other area they can use as their own), each troop guide should prepare his patrol's Orienteering Work Sheet with waypoints that can be used at his patrol's location. Preparing the work sheet also will help ensure that each troop guide has a mastery of the skills he will present during the session on the Teaching EDGE.
1. The GPS reading for the big oak tree next to the dining fly is ______. 2. What landmark is located at GPS waypoint ______?

Patrol Events

FOR MEASURING BY PACING

Prepare ahead of time a course for determining one's pace. On open ground, place a marker at the starting point (a tent stake works well, as can a large stone). From the starting point, measure 100 feet and mark the finish line. (Troop guides can use measuring tapes, 100-foot lengths of cord, a measuring wheel, or some other device to get an accurate measurement.) The space between the starting point and finish line should be fairly level and free of obstructions.

Procedure
This activity flows out of the Teaching EDGE session that precedes it. As participants discovered during the Teaching EDGE session, truly learning a skill requires practice. It is through repetition that one becomes fully enabled to use a skill and comfortable enough with that skill to be able to teach it to others.

Day Four-15

A convenient way to conduct this activity is to divide the patrol in two. Using the Orienteering Work Sheet, half the patrol can continue practicing with their GPS receivers the skills learned during the session on the Teaching EDGE. The other half of the patrol can review the skill of measuring distances by pacing, then practice using the Teaching EDGE to share that skill with others. The troop guide probably will be more focused on the participants involved with the pacing exercise. However, he should also monitor the activities of participants practicing with GPS receivers and be ready to do a little coaching and encouraging (Guiding) as a means of enabling those patrol members to succeed. With the measuring by pacing group, the troop guide explains that everyone will explore the skills of measuring by pacing and of using the Teaching EDGE to teach that skill to others. Model the Teaching EDGE as you teach measuring by pacing. As you do so, invite participants to identify and discuss the methods you are using to teach the skill.
Explain what it is you intend to teach and how the skill can best be done.

Patrol Events

Measuring by pacing is a valuable skill when traveling in the backcountry, while orienteering, and for the simple day-to-day need of knowing how far it is from point A to point B. One way to discover the length of your pace is to walk a 100foot course at a normal stride, counting your steps as you go. Divide the number of steps into 100 and you'll know how much ground you cover with every step. For example: 50 steps = 2 feet per step 40 steps = 2.5 feet per step 33 steps = 3 feet per step Ask participants to describe what you have just done in terms of the Teaching EDGE that is, how you have used Explaining as the first step in teaching a skill.
Demonstrate the skill you want participants to learn.

Show how to walk the measuring course while counting your steps, then how to divide the number of steps into 100 to determine the length of each step. Ask participants to describe what you have just done in terms of the Teaching EDGE that is, how you have used Demonstrating as the second step in teaching a skill.
Guide others in doing the skill themselves.

Ask participants to walk the course, count their steps, and figure out the length of their steps. Provide support and guidance when they need it. Ask participants to describe what you have just done in terms of the Teaching EDGE that is, how you have used Guiding as the third step in teaching a skill.

Day Four-16

Enable others to use the skill.

Point out several destinations and ask participants to use their new skill to determine the distance to each landmark. (Choose goals of varying but reasonable distances somewhere in the range of 25 feet to 200 feet. Provide encouragement and coaching, as needed.) Ask participants to describe what you have just done in terms of the Teaching EDGE that is, how you have used Enabling as the fourth step in teaching a skill.

Using the Teaching EDGE

When the groups have had plenty of time to complete their first exercise, the troop guide reunites the two halves of the patrol. Tell them that in presenting the Teaching EDGE, you have Explained what the Teaching EDGE is. With the GPS receivers, and with the measuring by pacing, you have Demonstrated how to use the Teaching EDGE. Now you want to Guide patrol members to use the Teaching EDGE to teach a skill to others. Lots of practice in many different settings will Enable them to use the Teaching EDGE whenever they want to teach a skill to someone else. Ask each patrol member who has been practicing measuring distances to pair up with a patrol member who was practicing with GPS receivers. The distance measurers are to teach the skill of measuring distances by pacing to their partners. They are to use the Teaching EDGE throughout Explaining, Demonstrating, Guiding, Enabling. The troop guide's role will be to Guide the patrol members who are teaching providing them with support and coaching, if needed, to help them succeed in using the Teaching EDGE.
Patrol Events

Reverse the Roles

The troop guide asks patrol members to stay in pairs but to reverse their roles. The Scout who was using the Teaching EDGE to teach measuring by pacing becomes the learner as the other Scout of each pair teaches the use of a GPS receiver to find a location.
The Scouts who are now in the role of teachers will have had the advantage of extra practice with this activity. Those who are learning also might be competent in the use of these navigational tools, but the real point of this exercise is to allow Scout to practice using the Teaching EDGE. The learners should do their best to provide a good experience for the Scouts teaching the skills.

The teaching Scouts should use the Teaching EDGE throughout Explaining, Demonstrating, Guiding, Enabling. Once again, the troop guide's role will be to Guide the patrol members who are teaching providing them with support and coaching, if needed, to help them succeed.

Day Four-17

Repetition
If there is time remaining in this session, patrol members can continue practicing using GPS receivers and can continue to hone their skill at measuring by pacing.

Summary
When all patrol members have had a chance to be guided through the process of being teachers, the troop guide takes a few moments to coach and encourage them to continue using the Teaching EDGE. Review it once more Explaining, Demonstrating, Guiding, Enabling. Let them know that being Enabled to teach well requires practice and repetition. The more they use the Teaching EDGE, the more effective they will become. Also let them know that the measuring and orienteering skills they have been using will be of great value to them during the afternoon's Geocache Wide Game.

Patrol Events

Day Four-18

Day Four: Resolving Conflict

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes Troop presentation with patrol activity breakouts Troop guide Patrol sites At the end of this session, each participants should be able to Discuss several ways that good leadership can minimize conflict. Describe how to use EAR (Express, Address, Resolve) as a tool for resolving conflict. List several communication skills important for resolving conflict. Explain when it is appropriate to involve adult Scout leaders in conflict resolution.

Materials Needed

Conflict Resolution Checklist (NYLT Participant Notebooks) Communication Skills Checklist (NYLT Participant Notebooks) National Youth Leadership Training DVD, DVD player or computer with DVD capability, projector, and screen

Presentation Procedure

Preparation
Staff members taking part in the conflict resolution role-plays should practice their parts so that they can make realistic presentations.

Opening Discussion
WHAT IS CONFLICT?
Show slide 4-7, Resolving Conflict.

Conflicts can occur when people disagreeing with each other seem unable to find a reasonable compromise. The roots of these disagreements can arise from many sources, including differences in personality, values, and perceptions. As a patrol and troop leader, you occasionally will need to handle the differences that arise between members of your troop. Conflicts may be minor or they may fester into something that can damage troop spirit and the ability of the Scouts to work together effectively. Ask the group to share a couple of conflict situations they've seen arise in their patrols and troops.

Content Sessions

Day Four-19

Discuss the idea that as a team moves through the stages of Forming, Storming, Norming, and Performing, the Storming stage can include conflict. (A team in the Storming stage has low skills and is experiencing low enthusiasm and low motivation. That can be a recipe for conflict.) By identifying conflict when it is part of team development, team members and leaders might be able to address that conflict in ways that will help the team move beyond Storming.

Show slide 4-6, Summary.

Resolving Conflict
Even with the best leadership, there are bound to be occasional difficulties between two people, between groups of people, or between one person and a number of others. The signs of trouble brewing may be small someone becoming withdrawn and quiet, for example. Or the signs may be obvious shouting, high levels of emotion, etc. If you are a patrol leader or senior patrol leader, you nay be in an official role in which you are expected to step in to resolve a conflict. Or you may simply want to help a couple of your friends work through a disagreement. Whatever the case, there is a proven set of steps to follow to resolve a conflict:
Show slide 4-9, Resolving Conflict: Steps to resolve a conflict.

1. Be aware of yourself. 2. Be aware of others. 3. Listen. 4. Use your EAR.

BE AWARE OF YOURSELF

Show slide 4-10, Be Aware of Yourself.

How do we respond when we are hearing something we don't want to hear? When a speaker is angry? When we are tired or hungry? A key to resolving conflict is being aware of ourselves. If we are upset or angry about something, it may affect how we relate to others. Be aware of your own emotions. Take a deep breath. Count to 10. If you need to, count to 100. It may require calling a time-out to let emotions cool down.
Stress the point that when helping others resolve a conflict, you must keep yourself out of the debate as much as possible. Rather than choosing sides, you are offering others a sounding board, a fresh way of thinking about the situation, and a chance to figure out the answers for themselves.

Content Sessions

Day Four-20

BE AWARE OF OTHERS
Show slide 4-11, Be Aware of Others.

Being aware of yourself will help you remain as calm as you can and stay focused on finding a solution. Being aware of others will help you adjust the situation to increase the possibility of a good outcome. Be aware of their physical comfort, hunger levels, and other factors that could be affecting their emotions. You might want others to take a break before discussing the problem. Consider the location of a discussion, too. Ideally, you will want to meet out of the hearing of the rest of your group. That will give everyone a chance to air concerns without an audience.
LISTEN

Show slide 4-12, Listen.

The better the information you have, the greater your chances of finding a workable solution to a conflict. Listen carefully to what others are saying, withholding judgment until you've gotten everyone's side of the story. In addition to hearing the words, be aware of tone of voice, body language, and any other clues to what a person really means. Understand what each person is expressing what he wants and what he is willing to do to get there. Then clarify that the solution lies with both parties. In a moment we will add step 4 Using your EAR. But first, let's try an exercise to practice the conflict resolution skills of being aware of yourself, being aware of others, and listening.
GROUP EXERCISE

Let's continue our exploration of resolving conflict with this exercise: Get with a partner. One of you makes a fist. The other has two minutes to convince the first to open that fist. (Give them a couple of minutes to do this.) Ask participants: What happened? Did anyone convince the other to open the fist? Whether successful or not, what strategies did you try? Possible strategies: Bribery "I'll give you five dollars if you open your fist." Concern "It doesn't matter to me if you open your fist, but unless you do, you won't be able to pick anything up." Persuasion "I like your hands better open than closed."
Content Sessions

Interest "I'm curious to see what's inside your fist." Straightforwardness "Hey, open your fist!" If you ask a Scout or a coworker or a family member or anyone else to do something and they refuse, you can't force them to do it.

Day Four-21

You can't make a person do anything he doesn't want to do.

How can you persuade someone to change positions? To open the fist? To resolve a conflict? Use your EAR.

Use Your Ear Express, Address, Resolve

A tool for resolving conflict is EAR Express, Address, Resolve. As a leader who is trying to manage the conflict, you must use your EAR to help others move through the conflict. Here's what you do. EAR represents three steps in resolving conflict
Show slide 4-13, EAR.

1. Express. Ask each side in the conflict, "What do you want and what are you doing to get it?" Let them Express their pent-up emotions and concerns. Be sure to listen closely and without judgment. 2. Address. Ask each side, "Why is that working or not working?" You are helping them to Address the issue themselves. You are holding up a mirror for them so they can better address what they see happening. 3. Resolve. Ask each side, "What ways are there to solve the problem?" You are holding them accountable for Resolving the issue. You also are getting information about the problem and gaining time to think about other solutions you might offer up later.
Write these on the flip chart or reveal a chart with them already printed: 1. What do you want and what are you doing to get it? 2. Why is that working, or why that is not working? 3. What ways are there to solve the problem?

Discuss with the group why these questions, asked in this order, can help resolve conflict. What is the intent of each question? What is the power of each question? All of the questions are focused on the person/persons experiencing a conflict. You as the person asking the questions are keeping yourself out of the debate as much as possible. You are offering others a sounding board, a fresh way of thinking about the situation, a chance to figure out answers for themselves.

Communication Skills and Conflict Resolution

Content Sessions
Show slide 4-14, Communication Skills.

USING YOUR OWN EARS

Discuss the importance of using good communication skills while resolving conflict. Refer to the Communication Skills Checklist. Lead the group in discussing how each item on the checklist is important for someone dealing with conflict.

Day Four-22

Of all communication skills, the most important for conflict resolution is listening.
Show slide 4-15, Communication Skills: Listening.

Use your ears much more than your mouth. Let each party express its concerns. Encourage others to talk but offer no "I got it," is an appropriate response. Make sure you hear the message. Put it in your own words. "This is what I hear you saying...." Use EAR Express, Address, Resolve to find answers to conflict that work for everyone.

Conflict Resolution Role-Play

Two staff members play the roles of a couple of Scouts who are angry with each other about something a disagreement over who is supposed to wash the dishes, for example. (Staff may devise their own conflict, ideally one that participants will find to be realistic.) The session leader plays the role of a patrol leader resolving the conflict. As the Scouts express their complaints and frustrations, the patrol leader uses the skills of good listening to acknowledge that the message is being received. "I got it" is an appropriate response. So is "This is what I hear you saying." Encourage the Scouts to keep talking, but offer no judgment or feedback. It is very likely that the Scouts will focus on the negative, complaining about what they don't like. That's fine. It is often the way people who are upset express themselves. The patrol leader says, "I hear what you don't want. Now tell me what you do what." Then he uses EAR to help the Scouts resolve the conflict:
Express. What do you want, and what are you doing to get it? Address. Why is that working or not working? Resolve. What ways are there to solve the problem?

Encourage the Scouts in conflict to keep talking, but focus now on positive aspects of the situation rather than negative ones. Help them move toward a solution that is fair and allows each party to come out ahead.
DEBRIEF THE ROLE-PLAY

Lead the group in a review of the role-play. Begin by reminding them of the four steps of every conflict resolution: 1. Be aware of yourself. 2. Be aware of others. 3. Listen. 4. Use your EAR.

Content Sessions

Day Four-23

How does the person attempting to resolve the role-play conflict use each of these four steps? What makes each step effective? How might the people involved in the conflict resolution improve their use of the four steps? (Guide the group in using Start, Stop, Continue as the format for evaluating the efforts of the person in the role-play attempting to resolve the conflict.)

Look Out for the Little Guys

A healthy Scout troop will have youth members of a variety of ages from 11 to 17. The youngest members are essential to bringing new energy into the troop. Show Older Scouts have experience and skills they can share with younger members, and they can serve in roles of increasing leadership. Age differences sometimes can be a source of conflict. As patrol leaders and senior patrol leaders, NYLT participants need to be aware of the experience of younger Scouts. Encourage them to do their best. Make it your business to help them get the most out of Scouting. Speak up any time you become aware of older Scouts picking on younger boys. The maturity you show as senior patrol leader can make it clear that yours is a troop where harassment and hazing will not be tolerated.

Show slide 4-16, Look Out for the Little Guys.

Patrol Exercise in Resolving Conflict

Teaching EDGE reminder: Up to this point, this session has Explained conflict resolution and Demonstrated it. The following exercise will allow staff to Guide participants through the experienced of resolving conflict themselves. Enabling participants to use the skill of conflict resolution is a matter of much practiceboth during the NYLT course and beyond.

For this exercise, participants will watch role-plays of several conflict situations. A role-play will stop at key moments to allow patrols to discuss ways to address each conflict. The role-play will then resume, showing one way that a leader can help conflicting parties come to a win-win resolution of the situation. Before the exercise begins, hand out copies of the Conflict Resolution Checklist so that every participant can refer to it during the exercise.

Present Conflict Resolution Role-Plays

During breaks in the conflict resolution role-plays, lead participants in discussions of the conflicts being presented and ways those conflicts might be resolved. Guide the discussions with references to the four steps of the Conflict Resolution Checklist. Where appropriate, point out and discuss the Storming stage of team development and the role it plays in a particular conflict scenario.
SCENARIO 1

Content Sessions

Here's a situation many of you have probably experienced firsthand. The parents of a 16-year-old son set his Saturday night curfew at midnight. The first week, he

Day Four-24

comes in at 12:05. Is that OK? The parents trust him and they are so glad that he is home safe that they accept the late arrival and say nothing about it. The next Saturday, he comes in at 12:15. The parents are again relieved that he is home and safe, and so again they say nothing. The next week, he comes in at 12:30, and the parents freak out. They give him their very best lecture about trust and responsibility. The boy's eyes glaze over as he listens. What time will he come in next? Probably about 12:20. He splits the difference between what he understood was OK and what he knows is not. 12:15 was OK, 12:30 was not, so the real curfew time (originally set at midnight) must actually be somewhere around 12:20. What's the lesson here? If there are limits that you as a leader expect group members to respect, you need to be clear about what those boundaries are and then stick to them. One of the best methods of doing that is to involve the group in determining those limits. You can use the four basic questions of conflict resolution to establish standards that may deter conflict from occurring. What do you, as a leader, want? What does your group want? Where is there common ground for agreement? What are the factors that may prove nonnegotiable?
SCENARIO 2

Here's another scenario. On a Scout hike, three or four of the older Scouts speed ahead of the rest of the group. When they get tired, they stop and wait for the others to catch up, but as soon as the others do, the older Scouts take off again. To make the scenario more interesting, let's have the Scouts hiking in grizzly bear country. Are there reasons why this should concern you, the leader? There's a safety issue. If someone becomes injured or lost or happens upon a bear, the group is split up and will be less able to cope with the situation. Dividing the group like this can damage group morale and team building. Dividing the group makes it more difficult for adult leaders to provide appropriate leadership. You gather the older Scouts to discuss the situation and try to find an acceptable solution. In resolving this conflict, you can begin by encouraging a cooperative approach. If that fails, then you can use another leadership tool the directive approach.
Content Sessions

Bringing Others Into Conflict Resolution

Discuss strategies of what to do when your best efforts cannot resolve a conflict.
Show slide 4-17, Bringing Others In.

Problems that continue too long or that seem not to respond to your efforts resolution should also be discussed with the patrol leaders' council and with adult Scout leaders in order to draw on their suggestions and involvement.

Day Four-25

Serious problems such as those involving drugs, alcohol, hazing, or harassment should be reported immediately to the adult leaders of your troop. In some cases, finding a satisfactory solution may require the involvement of adult leaders and the families of the Scouts in conflict.

Summary
Show slide 4-18, Summary.

Even with the best leadership, there are bound to be occasional difficulties between two people, between groups of people, or between one person and a number of others. In considering the causes of conflict, recognize the Storming stage of team development (low skills, low enthusiasm, low motivation). Storming is an expected phase in a team's progress. By dealing with it head-on rather than ignoring it or trying to minimize the stage, a team can gain the value of the Storming experience and be better able to move beyond it. When people are in disagreement with one another, you often can find a workable solution by using many of the same skills that are effective when the actions of a single person are unacceptable. 1. Be aware of yourself. Stay calm and use your best communication skills. 2. Be aware of others. Notice body language, tone of voice, comfort levels, and other clues to what they are saying. 3. Listen. Hear what each person wants and what he is willing to do to get there. Then clarify that the solution lies with all of the parties involved.
4. Use the conflict resolution EAR Express, Address, Resolve.

Show slide 4-19, Summary: Steps in conflict resolution.

Show slide 4-20, Summary: Encourage each person.

Finally, encourage each person to see the situation from other points of view, then enlist the aid of all parties working together to find a solution that is acceptable to everyone.

Content Sessions

Day Four-26

Day Three: Patrol Leaders Council Meeting

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
30 minutes
Troop Events

Senior patrol leader PLC site By the end of this session, participants will Be able to discuss how to run an efficient, well-planned meeting. Be empowered with the resources and guidance to help them lead their patrols. Report on patrol progress on their presentation for the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Experience representational leadership as leaders representing their patrols. Know what patrols are responsible for upcoming troop assignments. Use Start, Stop, Continue to evaluate patrol performance. Practice good communication skills.

Materials Needed

NYLT Participant Notebooks. Preopening activity guidelines for the program patrol. (The patrol should be provided with a printed sheet of instructions for organizing and conducting the preopening activity. If materials are needed, the quartermaster should make those available.) The patrol leaders council meeting is conducted by the senior patrol leader, who will model appropriate leadership behavior within the setting of the meeting. As with the Day Three PLC meeting, the PLC meeting on Day Four is attended by the senior patrol leader, assistant senior patrol leader, and the patrol leaders of the day, and the Scoutmaster.

Delivery Method

Day Four-27

Patrol Leaders Council Meeting Agenda

Day Four 1. Welcome and introductions Troop Events 2. Purpose of the meeting what we need to accomplish 3. Reports on the progress being made by each patrol 4. Assignments for the upcoming troop meeting (continuing patrol planning for the Outpost Camp) 5. Announcements (Include a reminder that there will be evening patrol campfires with follow-up discussions on Making Ethical Decisions.) 6. Program patrol and service patrol assignments 7. Closing 8. Scoutmasters observations

Pre-Meeting Discussion
The Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader often visit for a few minutes before the beginning of a PLC meeting. They go over the agenda and make sure everything is in order. The Scoutmaster confirms that the senior patrol leader understands the vision of what the meeting will accomplish and makes sure the SPL is ready to run the meeting. Once the meeting begins, though, the senior patrol leader is in charge and the Scoutmaster stays on the sidelines. The Scoutmaster might coach and guide the senior patrol leader now and then, but in a boy-led troop, the youth staff of a troop are in charge. At the end of the pre-meeting discussion, the senior patrol leader calls the patrol leaders' council meeting to order and begins the PLC meeting,
The pre-meeting discussion between the Scoutmaster and the senior patrol leader takes place within view and hearing of all the participants of the PLC meeting. The Scoutmaster should model good coaching and mentoring. Participants will see that the senior patrol leader gains a great deal form the Scoutmasters involvement and is better prepared to lead the PLC meeting.

Welcome and Introductions

The senior patrol leader takes charge of the meeting, introduces those persons attending the patrol leaders council meeting, and welcomes everyone.

Day Four-28

Purpose of the Meeting

Direct the attention of the PLC to the written agenda. Note that the purpose of this meeting will be to: Receive reports on the progress being made by each patrol. Make assignments for the upcoming troop meeting (leading patrol planning for the Outpost Camp). Make program patrol and service patrol assignments. Throughout the meeting, participants will use good communication skills to share ideas.
Troop Events

Reports on the Progress of Each Patrol

The senior patrol leader asks each patrol leader to report on his patrols progress so far. Encourage patrol leaders to make their reports as constructive evaluations using SSC:
Start What can they begin doing to improve their patrols? Stop What can they stop doing that is not working well? Continue What should they continue doing that is a strength and is working

well? Encourage each patrol leader to use his Leadership Compass to determine the current stage of development of his patrol (Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing). Remind patrol leaders that each patrol should be thinking about its presentation of the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Briefly review the challenge (offered by the Scoutmaster at the campfire on Day One), and stress the importance of continuing to work on the presentation throughout the course.

Assignments for the Upcoming Troop Meeting

The patrol meetings that take place during the Day Four troop meeting will focus on planning for the Outpost Camp. The senior patrol leader will give each patrol leader a checklist of things to be done before the patrols set out for the Outpost Camp.
The checklist will vary, depending on the nature of the Outpost Camp. (On Day Four, patrols will plan the group and personal gear for the Outpost Camp. Patrols should have planned the menus on Day Three.)

During the patrol meetings, each patrol leader will lead his patrol in using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool to determine how the patrol will reach the goal of being ready for the Outpost Camp.

Day Four-29

In general, the checklist can include these items to be planned: Menu planning Knowing what provisions are available, the patrol can decide what meals to prepare, how to fix them, and what ingredients are required. Planning should include how ingredients will be repackaged, carried, and stored. Personal equipment A list of what each person will need. Group equipment A list of gear the patrol will carry. Patrols will have Day Four to get everything planned and done before setting out for the Outpost Camp. The process also will reinforce the use of the skills covered in the sessions on planning and problem solving.
Patrol leaders will receive information about the planning of personal and group equipment during the Day Four PLC meeting and then will lead their patrols in using the checklists to complete the planning during the troop meeting.

Troop Events

Announcements
The senior patrol leader makes any announcements relevant to the group. Explain that patrol leaders have a responsibility to convey to their patrols information from the meetings of the patrol leaders council. Inform patrol leaders that there will be evening patrol campfires with follow-up discussions on Making Ethical Decisions. He notes the time and location for the next meeting of the patrol leaders council.

Program Patrol and Service Patrol Assignments

The senior patrol leader asks the assistant senior patrol leader to take the floor. The assistant senior patrol leader reminds the leaders of the Day Three service and program patrols that they should review what they will be doing and use their planning skills to figure out an effective way to fulfill their responsibilities. Use Start, Stop, Continue for any evaluations.
Program Patrol (sample assignments)

Troop assembly Conduct the flag ceremony for the next day. Troop meeting Prepare the meeting area. Troop meeting Conduct the preopening activity. (The patrol should be provided with a printed sheet of instructions for organizing and conducting the activity. If materials are needed, the quartermaster should make those available.)
Service Patrol (sample assignments)

Police the troop meeting area. (NYLT is a Leave No Trace program.) Maintain participant latrines and showers.

Day Four-30

Staff Service Patrol

The assistant senior patrol leader will again make it clear to the PLC that staff members have the responsibility of cleaning staff latrines/showers, staff campsites, and other areas for staff use. Staff members set a good example by rolling up their sleeves and take care of their own areas rather than expecting someone else to do it for them.

Troop Events

Closing
The senior patrol leader summarizes the key points covered during the meeting, addresses any questions the patrol leaders might have, and stresses the importance of performing at the highest levels, using the Scout Oath and Law as their guides.

Scoutmaster's Observations
The Scoutmaster thanks all present for their participation and encourages them to continue performing at the highest levels. The senior patrol leader adjourns the meeting, but invites the group to stay a moment to observe the post-meeting debrief with the Scoutmaster.

After the Meeting

The Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader meet for a couple of minuets to review the meeting. Using Start, Stop, Continue, they discuss what went well during the meeting and what can be improved the next time the PLC gathers.

Day Four-31

Day Four: Troop Meeting

Time Allowed
Troop Events

90 minutes The NYLT syllabus is structured to represent the experience of a Scout unit moving through a month of meetings and activities. The meetings that occur during the first three days are similar to those a unit would schedule over a time period of three weeks. The final week of a troops month correlates to the big event that participants embark upon during the final days of the NYLT course an exciting activity that is an outgrowth of the learning and planning that occurred during the first three meetings. Staff Troop site By the end of this session, participants will Be able to conduct a well-prepared troop meeting built on the seven-step troop meeting plan. Build and/or practice skills needed for the upcoming Outpost Camp. Continue preparations, as a patrol, for the Outpost Camp. Practice good communication skills. Practice SSC as part of the seven-step troop meeting plan (PLC only). Have fun.

Format

Responsible Location Learning Objectives

Presentation Procedure

Preopening
The senior patrol leader reminds troop members that there are seven steps to a good troop meeting:
Seven-Step Troop Meeting Plan

1. Preopening 2. Opening 3. Skills instruction 4. Patrol meetings 5. Interpatrol activity 6. Closing Scoutmaster's Minute 7. After the meeting Ask the patrol leaders, troop guides, Scoutmaster, and assistant senior patrol leader to join you for the preopening.

Day Four-32

Day Four
TROOP MEETING PLAN
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION RUN BY TIME TOTAL TIME

Troop Events

Preopening

Patrol leaders council

5 min.

5 min.

Opening ceremony

Boy Scout Oath and Law

Program patrol

5 min.

10 min.

Skills instruction

Leave No Trace and gear packing

Troop guides

25 min.

35 min.

Patrol meetings

Equipment planning for Outpost Camp

Patrol leaders

20 min.

55 min.

Interpatrol activity

Backpack loading challenge

Troop guides

25 min.

80 min.

Closing

Scoutmasters Minute

Scoutmaster

5 min.

85 min.

After the meeting

Debrief, plan ahead

PLC and Scoutmaster

Day Four-33

Check in with the patrol leaders and troop guides to see who has responsibility for the main parts of the upcoming troop meeting the opening, the skills instruction, the patrol meetings, and the interpatrol activity. Ask if everyone has the resources needed to carry out his portion of the meeting.
Troop Events

Ask the Scoutmaster if there is anything else requiring attention before the opening of the troop meeting.

Opening Ceremony
The senior patrol leader invites troop members to make the Scout sign and recite the Scout Oath and Law. Ask if there are announcements or other contributions from participants and staff.

Skills Instruction
The senior patrol leader asks the troop guides and/or other skills instructors to conduct the skills instruction portion of the troop meeting. Skills instruction for the Day Four troop meeting will involve preparing and packing personal and group gear for the Outpost Camp. This is also an opportunity for troop guides to model the Teaching EDGE.
Notes on Skills Instruction 1. These skills will be used during the interpatrol activity of this troop meeting. They also will be needed during the hike to the Outpost Camp on Day Five. 2. The instructors for this portion of the troop meeting can be the troop guides assigned to each patrol or can be other youth staff fully versed in the principles of Leave No Trace and able to teach others how to use them. 3. As they prepare to teach this skills session, instructors can refer to the Boy Scout Handbook, Fieldbook, and Leave No Trace literature. 4. Instructors should also review the NYLT presentation on the Teaching EDGE and use the methods described in that session as their approach to troop meeting skills instruction. At the conclusion of the troop meeting all NYLT participants will take part in the Teaching EDGE presentation. Instructors of that session will refer to the teaching that occurred during the troop meeting as a model of a way that the Teaching EDGE can be used. 5. If instructors discover that some of the NYLT participants are wellinformed about eh skills being taught, those Scouts can be encouraged to help less-knowledgeable patrol members to master the skills. In most cases, though, instructors will probably find that everyone can benefit from a well-presented review of the skills.

Day Four-34

PREPARATION

Each troop guide will need the following: A backpack of the sort to be used on the Outpost Camp Personal and group equipment to be carried by one person on the Outpost Camp A nylon sack or other container stuffed to represent one persons share of patrol provisions for the Outpost Camp
Troop guides should practice together ahead of time to be sure that They can neatly organize everything and correctly load a backpack. They can use the Teaching EDGE to share with others the skill of packing a backpack. They understand and can explain the role that choosing gear and food plays in a Leave No Trace camping trip. Troop Events

Leave No Trace Outdoor Ethics Plan ahead and prepare. Travel and camp on durable surfaces. Dispose of waste properly. Leave what you find. Minimize campfire impact. Respect wildlife. Be considerate of other visitors. PROCEDURE

Using the Teaching EDGE, the troop guide Explains how to organize, repackage, and pack one patrol member's personal gear, group equipment, and provisions for a campout, then Demonstrates those skills. Next, he Guides patrol members in preparing and packing the gear and provisions themselves. The goal is that each person will be Enabled to pack his own backpack correctly for the Outpost Camp. Areas instructors can cover include: Adjusting shoulder straps and hip straps Lining the sleeping bag stuff sack with a plastic trash bag to protect the sleeping bag from rain Stowing clothing in a stuff sack or plastic trash bag Placing water bottles and fuel bottles in outside pockets of the pack to make them accessible and keep them away from foodstuffs If items are tied onto the outside of the bag, making them secure so they won't swing about or fall off while you are hiking

Day Four-35

Carrying a large cook pot by slipping it over the end of a sleeping bag before lashing the bag to the pack Striving toward the goal of having a neatly loaded backpack and nothing in your hands
Troop Events

(For more on packing up for a campout, see the Boy Scout Handbook, Fieldbook, and Backpacking merit badge pamphlet.)

Patrol Meetings
The senior patrol leader asks the patrol leaders to take charge of their patrols. The patrol meeting should cover planning personal and group equipment for the Outpost Camp. Equipment planning can draw on the skills developed during the Day Two session on Preparing Your Plans. The troop quartermaster can prepare a group equipment planning work sheet that explains what group gear is available for Outpost Camp. With the work sheet for guidance, patrols can develop their group equipment list for the Outpost. Using their Outpost Camp menus developed at the Day Three troop meeting, members of each patrol also can make a list of the group cooking gear they will need to prepare their meals. The quartermaster can clarify where and how patrols can get the gear they need for the Outpost Camp.
At the Day Three and Day Four meetings of the patrol leaders council, patrol leaders are given checklists to guide their planning for the Outpost Camp. They are directed to use the checklists and the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool to lead their patrols in making their Outpost Camp plans. Checklist will vary form one NYLT course to another, depending upon the nature of the Outpost Camp. Sample checklists will include: Personal equipment Group equipment Menu planning Food procurement and repackaging If the checklists are detailed in what must be accomplished, patrols will have Day Three to plan menus and Day Four to plan their personal and group equipment and to get everything ready for the Outpost Camp. The exercise also will reinforce the use of the skills covered in the Making Your Plans and Solving Problems sessions.

The troop guide stays on the sidelines of the patrol meeting. He is ready to support the patrol leader and coach him if he needs, it, but otherwise is not involved in the meeting.

Day Four-36

Interpatrol Activity
MATERIALS NEEDED

For each patrol:

Troop Events

One backpack Gear for one person for a campout Group equipment to be carried by one person on a campout
The challenge for patrols will be increased if the packs and gear presented to them are different than those they used during the troop meeting skills instruction. A simple way to accomplish this is to shuffle the gear and pack used by one patrol during the skills instruction to another patrol for the interpatrol activity.

The challenge to the patrols can be made more difficult by adding an odd-sized item such as an axe (correctly sheathed) or an oversized sleeping bag to the gear pile. If the solution will involve strapping the item to the outside of the pack, there should be lashing straps or cord on hand. The senior patrol leader explains and conducts the interpatrol activity. The challenge for each patrol is to correctly pack a backpack. 1. At the signal to start, each patrol will come to an empty backpack and a pile of personal and group gear. 2. Before touching the pack or gear, they will have three minutes to use the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool to decide how best to proceed. (A second signal will be given at the end of the three minutes.) 3. At the sound of the second signal, each patrol will have 10 minutes to follow its plan to pack the personal and group gear into a backpack. 4. A third signal will end the time available for packing. Each patrol will present its pack to rest of the troop and explain their use of the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool. Patrols will be judged both for the way they have packed the gear and for their use of the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool.
As variations on this challenge, patrols can make a pack out of a pair of pants or can form an old-style horseshoe pack by rolling their gear inside a blanket and then draping the load over one shoulder. For more information about pants packs and horseshoe packs, see the Boy Scout Handbook, 10th edition (1990).

Day Four-37

Closing Scoutmaster's Minute

The Scoutmaster offers a Scoutmaster's Minute. "There's a well-known story about a man walking down a beach covered with starfish stranded by the receding tide. It was a hot day and the starfish were dying in the heat of the sun. "The man came upon a boy who was carrying starfish down to the surf and easing them back into the water. "'There are millions of starfish dying on the beach,' the man told the boy. 'What makes you think you can make a difference by tossing a few back in the ocean?' "'Well,' said the boy, 'I'm making a difference for those few, aren't I?' "Leave No Trace is like that. The habits we develop to minimize our impact on the land may seem like very small gestures when you consider the size of the planet. But those small efforts add up. They make a real difference to that one trail we hike, that one campsite we use. "Be, Know, Do. Who we are is measured by what we do. When we use our knowledge what we know to care for our part of the world, we are being the best people we can be. The tides will take care of the rest."

Troop Events

After the Meeting

At the conclusion of the Scoutmaster's Minute, the Scoutmaster reminds the troop members that the seventh step of a successful troop meeting is after the meeting. The Scoutmaster then invites the members of the patrol leaders' council to join him for the stand-up PLC meeting. In this case, the PLC will comprise the senior patrol leader, assistant senior patrol leader, the troop's patrol leaders, and the troop guides assigned to the patrols. The senior patrol leader leads the PLC in reviewing the just-concluded meeting, using Start, Stop, Continue to evaluate the proceedings. Go over any assignments for the next day's troop meeting. Thank the group for a job well-done, and adjourn.

Day Four-38

Day Four: Geocache Wide Game

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
90 minutes Patrol leaders Selected area By playing this combination scavenger hunt, orienteering course, and wide game with their patrols, participants will Apply many of the skills learned during the NYLT program. Practice finding their way with GPS receivers.

Materials Needed Presentation Procedure

GPS receivers for each patrol

Geocaching is an activity finding great popularity among Scouts and the general public. It combines the delight of orienteering with puzzle solving and outdoor explorations. Here's how it works in its non-Scouting form: 1. Players log onto Internet Web sites featuring geocache locations. They narrow their search to geocache locations in their hometown. For example, there might be a listing that says:
On My Honor N 32 53.113, W 096 58.280

Find the bronze fellow who can show you the way. The date at his feet Will help you complete Your Good Turn quest for today. They enter those coordinates into their GPS receivers and use the receivers to guide them to the one spot on Earth (the waypoint) indicated by that listing of latitude and longitude. (GPS receivers are accurate enough to pinpoint a location within a radius of about 50 feet or less.)
Content Sessions

Once the players reach the waypoint, they refer to the rest of the clues to find the cache. In this case, the waypoint is the statue of a Scout standing outside the entrance to the BSA's national office in Irving, Texas. The puzzle refers to the date etched near the shoes of the Scout. The geocache instructions then ask that geocachers use the final digit of the date to complete the coordinates for a second waypointthis one, the front door of the National Scouting Museum just next door to the national office. The final waypoint of a geocache challenge will often have a plastic container hidden nearby. Inside the container will be a notebook where the players can

Day Four-39

write down their names and the hour and date they found the cache. There might also be a number of trinkets cheap toys, key chains, small plastic figurines. The players take one of them and can leave a trinket of their own so that the number of trinkets in the jar remains the same. (Some trinkets are known as "geotravelers" items that geocachers move from one geocache to the next.) Finally, geocachers close up the plastic container and put it back in its hiding place. When they get home, they can log back onto the geocache Web site and, if they wish, report their success in finding the cache and leaving it hidden for other geocache players to discover.
For more information on geocaching, visit [Link]

NYLT and Geocaching

The NYLT course has adapted geocaching as the heart of the Day Four Geocache Wide Game. Working together as a team, members of each patrol use skills they have learned during NYLT to locate hidden caches and then to solve problems posed to them by the contents of the caches.
Incorporation GPS receivers into the NYLT course is a means of introducing the technology to Scouts and instilling the NYLT course with an added spark.

PREPARATIONS

Setting up an effective course for the Geocache Wide Game will require careful planning by NYLT staff, ideally completed before the NYLT course begins. The basic tasks to be completed are these: 1. Determine the coordinates for six geocache hiding sites. The geocaches should be located far enough apart so that patrols finding them will be out of sight of one another. A cache requiring five minutes to reach and locate is about right. Double-check each waypoint to ensure accuracy and timing.
Allowing 15 minuets per cache will allow each patrol to seek out six caches during the 90 minuets allotted to this activity. Staff members should test each waypoint to ensure patrols will be able to find each cache location, complete what is asked of them, and return to the starting point within the allotted time. Content Sessions

2. Write down the coordinates for each waypoint on a sheet of paper. Include close-in clues patrols will need to find each cache. 3. Prepare each cache. (Information on what to include in each cache can be found later in this session description.)

Day Four-40

4. Youth staff should rehearse their roles for the Geocache Wide Game before the NYLT course begins. That will permit them to operate the game smoothly and will allow them to double-check coordinates, waypoints, and cache contents.
PLAYING THE GEOCACHE WIDE GAME

All the patrols begin at a central point where the senior patrol leader explains the rules of the game. Each patrol leader is given the GPS coordinates for its first way-point and close-in clues to find the location of the first geocache. Patrols should be informed that they must find a cache, complete the challenge, and return to the starting point within a set amount of time. With the same number of caches as there are patrols, every patrol can set off in search of a different cache. Each patrol is accompanied by its troop guide. The troop guides serve as referees for the game. At some caches, they will have active roles to play in presenting challenges to participants. Otherwise, they should allow the patrols to operate on their own, stepping in only if the patrols need coaching and support in the use of GPS receivers or if they have become completely stumped and need an additional clue to find a particular cache. Each patrol follows its GPS reading. That should get the members of each patrol close to their first geocache. The close-in clues will take them the rest of the way to the cache. ("Look behind the big oak tree growing beside the fence," for example.) The combination of GPS readings and close-in clues should make each geocache easy to find if patrol members use their orienteering tools with care and pay attention to their surroundings. Each patrol will find one piece of a scavenger hunt an object, a challenge, a question from their troop guide something that must be done, gathered, answered, or completed and a means for the patrol to prove they reached the spot and fulfilled what was asked of them. When a patrol has found its first geocache and completed the challenge, they are to leave the geocache as they originally found it and return to the starting point. A staff member at the starting point can acknowledge the success of each patrol by giving it some token of its progress.
One possibility for token rewards for each successful challenge is that for each geocache it finds, a patrol will receive on piece of and NYTL emblem: Shield Scout emblem outline BE bar KNOW bar DO bar NYLT compass Completing the full geocache challenge will allow members of a patrol to assemble the entire emblem and exchange it for a streamer to display on the flagstaff along with their patrol flag.

Content Sessions

Day Four-41

Each patrol then receives the coordinates that will lead it to its next geocache. At the start of the second 15-minute segment of the game, all the patrols set off to find their second caches. The process repeats until every patrol has had a chance to find all the geocaches.
In order to manage the flow of people going to each location, patrols must return to the starting are and must not proceed to the next waypoint until given permission by the staff managing the starting area. That will ensure sufficient time at each geocache location for patrols to complete the challenges in a way that leads to good learning.

The Cache Challenges

Upon locating a cache, patrol members will discover inside a challenge of some sort, ideally relating to some aspect of the NYLT course. Listed below are potential geocache challenges.
VISION GOALS PLANNING: CREATING A POSITIVE FUTURE

In a variation on a Project COPE game, each patrol must get everyone from point A to point B without touching the ground. The area has been prepared before the Geocache Wide Game. The destination has signs that read:
"Vision A picture of what future success looks like." "If you can see it, you can be it."

Patrol members form behind a starting line a convenient distance from the destination (perhaps 25 feet). They are given four pieces of plywood, each 1 foot square. The word "Goals" is written on each square of plywood. The challenge is for everyone in the patrol to get from the starting point to the destination, stepping only on the squares of plywood. Plywood squares may not be thrown. Any movement of the squares must be done by passing them hand-to-hand. Before they begin, the patrol should take a few moments to Plan their course of action. Then they can put their Plan in motion, using the Goals to reach their Vision. The troop guide will referee the way the patrol copes with the challenge. Upon completing the challenge, the patrol will put everything back the way they found it. The troop guide will give them the token for completing that portion of the Geocache Wide Game, and everyone will return to the starting point.
Content Sessions ASSESSMENT TOOL: SSC START, STOP, CONTINUE

The cache will instruct the patrol to turn to their troop guide for challenges on the SSC assessment tool: 1. "What do the letters SSC stand for?" (If patrol members get stuck on this one, they can refer to the backs of their NYLT Leadership Compasses.)

Day Four-42

2. "Use SSC to evaluate the way your patrol worked together to locate this geocache." (The troop guide may need to coach the patrol on being thorough in their use of SSC to conduct their evaluation.) Upon completing the challenge, the patrol will put everything back the way they found it. The troop guide will give them the token for completing that portion of the Geocache Wide Game, and everyone will return to the starting point.
TEACHING EDGE EXPLAIN, DEMONSTRATE, GUIDE, ENABLE

In the cache, the patrol members will find a two-part challenge: 1. Pair up and use the Teaching EDGE to teach each other how to tie a square knot. 2. As you are doing the teaching, point out to the troop guide the steps of Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable as you use them. When the patrol is done, the troop guide can use SSC to make a brief evaluation how effectively patrol members applied the Teaching EDGE to teach a skill. Upon completing the challenge, the patrol will put everything back the way they found it. The troop guide will give them the token for completing that portion of the Geocache Wide Game, and everyone will return to the starting point.
SMART GOALS SPECIFIC, MEASURABLE, ATTAINABLE, RELEVANT, TIMELY

In the cache, the patrol members will find a ring-toss challenge. The area will be set up with a starting line and five pegs set at varying distances. Each peg has a card nearby indicating one quality of a SMART Goal Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Relevant, Timely. 1. The troop guide will give patrol members some rings. Standing behind the starting line, they are to toss the rings until they get one onto one of the pegs. When they accomplish that task, they are to take a moment to define for the troop guide the meaning of that term as it applies to SMART Goals. (That is, "What does it mean for a goal to be Measurable?") 2. When the troop guide is satisfied with the definition, the patrol can continue tossing rings until they have succeeded in hitting each of the pegs and providing appropriate definitions for the terms. There may be interesting variations on the ring toss theme hoops hung from tree branches, for example, set so that patrol members can toss flying discs or balls or bean bags through them.
Content Sessions

Upon completing the challenge, the patrol will put everything back the way they found it. The troop guide will give them the token for completing that portion of the Geocache Wide Game, and everyone will return to the starting point.
STAGES OF TEAM DEVELOPMENTANDTHE LEADING EDGE

In the cache, patrol members find a challenge to make order out of team development. They will find a pile of large cards, each with a term written on it. (A piece of poster board for each term would be ideal.) Patrol members are to

Day Four-43

unscramble the cards, laying them on the ground in the correct order to show the stages of team development and the Leading EDGE leadership style to use with each stage. When properly arranged, the cards will be in this pattern:
Forming Low skill High enthusiasm Explaining Storming Low skill Low enthusiasm Demonstrating Norming Rising skill Growing enthusiasm Guiding Performing High skill High enthusiasm Enabling

Upon completing the challenge, the patrol will put everything back the way they found it. The troop guide will give them the token for completing that portion of the Geocache Wide Game, and everyone will return to the starting point.
CONFLICT RESOLUTION TOOL: EAR EXPRESS, ADDRESS, RESOLVE

In the cache, patrol members find a challenge to use the conflict resolution tool to resolve a conflict. As they complete the reading of the challenge, the patrol members turn to see the troop guide and another youth staff member (or two youth staff members other than the troop guide) engaged in an argument. The issue should be realistic an argument over which one of them is supposed to pick up all the materials from the geocache sites at the end of the game, for example. Patrol members can take a moment to plan their approach. Then they are to use EAR Express, Address, Resolve as a means of helping the youth staff members resolve their conflict. When they are done, the troop guide can use SSC to evaluate their conflict resolution efforts. Upon completing the challenge, the patrol will put everything back the way they found it. The troop guide will give them the token for completing that portion of the Geocache Wide Game, and everyone will return to the starting point.

Content Sessions

Day Four-44

Day Four: Patrol Meeting

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
45 minutes Patrol leader Patrol site or some other location where the session of one patrol will not interfere with the activities of other patrols. By the end of this session, participants should be able to Describe the purpose of the patrol meeting. Describe how a patrol meeting should be run. Know what the patrol leader is responsible for doing and what patrol members are responsible for doing. Use the Start, Stop, Continue tool to evaluate patrol performance.

As with meetings of the NYLT troop and the patrol leaders council, every patrol meeting during an NYLT course should be organized in a manner that provides an ideal example of such a session. Participants should be able to take the models of the patrol meetings they see at NYLT and use them to organize effective patrol meetings in their home troops.

Patrol Events

Materials Needed Delivery Method

Patrol meeting agenda. Each patrol meeting should follow a written agenda. Building on the following model, the agenda for todays patrol meeting can be adjusted by the patorl leader prior to the meeting to fulfill the needs of his patrol. The patrol leaders are the facilitators of the meetings of their patrols. The leadership style each patrol leader uses is up to that person; the hands-on experience of leading is every bit as valuable as the progress made by a patrol during any particular meeting.

Day Four-45

Presentation Procedure

Model Patrol Meeting Agenda

Day Four Welcome Patrol leader Meeting agenda Patrol leader Evaluate patrol progress using Start, Stop, Continue Start What should we be doing that will make things better? Stop What should we stop doing because it isnt helping? Continue What is a strength and is working well that we want to continue doing? (Include evaluation of the patrols progress with the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist and the duty roster.) Using the NYLT Leadership Compass, determine the patrols current stage of development (Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing). Discuss ways the patrol can move ahead toward the next development stage. Continue work on the patrols Quest for the Meaning of Leadership presentation. Plan the patrol campfire for the evening of Day Four. Adjourn

Patrol Events

Troop guides may attend patrol meetings, but ideally will not take part in any significant way.

Day Four-46

Day Four: Making Ethical Decisions

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes Troop presentation with patrol breakout discussions Scoutmaster, assigned staff Troop site At the end of this session, each participant should be able to Give a definition for ethics and discuss the importance of ethical decision making. Describe three kinds of decisions: Right vs. Wrong Right vs. Right Trivial For each kind of decision, explain one approach to making an ethical choice. Use the Checklist for Ethical Decision Making to test at least one choice involving a right vs. right situation.

Materials Needed

Checklist for Ethical Decision Making handout for each participant (appendix, Participant Notebooks) National Youth Leadership Training DVD, DVD player or computer with DVD capability, projector, and screen Flip chart and markers

Presentation Procedure

Opening Discussion
Present participants with one of the following situations, then lead a brief discussion about the situation. Encourage them to share the decisions they would make and, more importantly, the means they used to arrive at those decisions.
SCENARIO 1

Your patrol has gotten permission to build a hiking trail on private property. As you are digging into the soil, you uncover a beautiful piece of Indian pottery that looks very old. You are the only person who sees it. You know from your work on the Archaeology merit badge that it might be a good idea to leave the piece where it is and report your find when you get home to archaeologists at a nearby college.

Content Sessions

Day Four-47

You know that the owner of the private property collects Indian artifacts and would be delighted to put the piece in his pottery collection. You know you would like to keep the pottery yourself and start a collection of your own. Give participants these choices: 1. "If you would leave the piece where it is and report it to archaeologists, please step over to the right side of the meeting area." (Or to some other convenient spot determined by the session leader.) 2. "If you would give the piece to the owner of the property, please step over to the left side of the meeting area." (Or to some other convenient spot determined by the session leader.) 3. "If you would keep the pottery yourself, please step to the center of the meeting area." (Or to some other convenient spot determined by the session leader.)
SCENARIO 2

You are coach of a Little League baseball team about to play in a championship game. Team rules say that anyone who misses a practice without a good excuse can't play in the next game. Your star pitcher has missed the last two practices and won't tell you why. The team's catcher tells you there are rumors that the pitcher is embarrassed because his dad was drinking and couldn't drive him to practice, but the catcher isn't sure if the rumors are true. You know that according to team rules, you should bench the pitcher. You also know that without your best pitcher in the lineup, the team has no chance of doing well in the championship game. Give participants these choices: 1. "If you would stick with the team rules and bench the pitcher even though you don't know the reason for his absences, step to the right of the meeting area." 2. "If you assume the rumors are true and so you will let the pitcher play, step to the middle of the meeting area." 3. "If you do what's best for the greatest number by letting the pitcher play and help the entire team succeed, step to the left of the meeting area."
SCENARIO DISCUSSION Content Sessions

Ask those in each group to discuss why they made the decision they did. Entertain their answers. If they dont bring it up, ask them if any of them were influenced to decide as they did because they saw others in their group moving to one part of the meeting area.

Day Four-48

Note: The point of this discussion is not to decide the right answer to the situation in question (in fact, each situation may have a variety of "right" answers), but rather to get participants thinking about HOW they arrive at ethical decisions.

Ask participants to return to their seats.

Explaining Ethical Decision Making

Show slide 4-21, Making Ethical Decisions.

Ask participants if any of them can tell you the BSA Mission Statement. If someone can recite it, write it on the flip chart. If not, write it on the flip chart anyway or show the DVD slide The mission of the Boy Scouts of America is to prepare young people to make ethical and moral choices over their lifetimes by instilling in them the values of the Scout Oath and Law. A mission statement is the primary objective of an organization. If a key element of the BSA Mission Statement is "make ethicalchoices," that must be mighty important so important that we want to spend plenty of time exploring what it means.
DEFINING THE MISSION STATEMENT

Show slide 4-22, Decision Making.

Show slide 4-23, Mission Statement.

If we are going to be able to make ethical choices, we should at least understand what the words mean.
Choices. What does that mean? (That there are several ways to do something,

several answers to a question, and we need to select one of them.) What about ethical? (From the word "ethics.") What are ethics? Lead the group in coming up with a working definition of the word "ethics." As they offer ideas, write them on the flip chart. Two answers to draw out or to present yourself are these:
Show slide 4-24, Ethics.

We can think of ethics as an understanding of what is right and wrong for an individual and for groups of people. Ethics are the standards by which we act, both when we are around others and when we are alone.
Content Sessions

Where Do Ethics Come From?

Ask the group for their ideas about where ethics come from. Write their answers on the flip chart.

Day Four-49

An important idea to draw out or present yourself is that ethics develop, in large part, as a result of the values a person gains from family and society.
Show slide 4-25, Source of Ethics.

AN EXAMPLE OF ETHICS

Ask the group if they recognize these words: "We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness." Answer: The second paragraph of the Declaration of Independence. For most people who live in the United States, we accept these ideas as obvious values. As Americans, this is part of our shared ethic.
CODES OF CONDUCT
Show slide 4-26, Codes of Conduct.

Ask if any participants attend a school that has a code of conduct. If so, ask them to describe briefly the codes of their schools, the reasons the codes are in place, and what makes those codes effective or ineffective. Use their comments to explore the general idea of codes of conduct that they are agreements among people as to generally accepted standards of behavior. Specific items in codes of behavior may be included to make it possible for people to live and work together effectively. Some say that ethics are determined largely by what most people believe to be appropriate decision-making behavior. Without generally accepted standards, we would have trouble coming to agreement on much of anything. It would be much more difficult to function as a society.
If no participants offer school codes of conduct, offer the example of military codes of conduct intended to guide decision-making by everyone in uniform. Invite participants to suggest why the armed services would benefit form having a code of conduct.

The BSA and Ethics

Old Boy Scout Handbooks talked about knights and chivalry. The knights swore themselves to live by a code of ethics that pledged them to help others, to do good, to defend those who needed it. The Handbooks went on to discuss the code of conduct that Boy Scouts pledge themselves to use in guiding the decisions they make the Scout Oath, Law, slogan, and motto. There aren't any knights in armor around today. Unlike the early days of Scouting, much of our communication occurs over the Internet. But log onto the Web site of the BSA National Council and you can read this:

Show slide 4-27, The BSA and Ethics.

Content Sessions

Show slide 4-28, Scout Code of Conduct.

Day Four-50

The ideals of Boy Scouting are spelled out in the Scout Oath, the Scout Law, the Scout motto, and the Scout slogan. The Boy Scout measures himself against these ideals and continually tries to improve. The goals are high, and as he reaches for them, he has some control over what and who he becomes. It's the same message nearly a hundred years after Scouting's founders first wrote it down.
ASK AND DISCUSS

Why should people be ethical? (A contrasting question would be, "What would happen if people were not?") Possible answers include: To develop trust To show mutual respect for others To create a just and fair society
ASK AND DISCUSS

Why would anybody NOT follow a code of ethics? Possible answers include: I'm just one person, so it doesn't really matter what I do. If I stand up for a belief, people won't like me. The chance to do something went by really fast. It would cost too much to do the right thing. Sometimes I don't know what I should do.

Steps to Ethical Decision Making

Life is about choices. Some are big choices, some are small. Let's take a look at a few decisions people have faced. Show video clip 4-29, Making Ethical Decisions (Part One), which begins with "Everyone in this room has choices." Continue through the interactive exercises that begin with slide 4-30, Making Ethical Decisions. There are some very clear steps we can follow to make choices that are in keeping with our ethical beliefs. Let's look at them.
Show slide 4-31, Steps to Ethical Decision Making.

Content Sessions

STEP ONE: GETTING THE FACTS STRAIGHT

Any attempt to make a good decision has to begin with getting the facts of the situation straight. In some cases that seem at first quite difficult, additional facts are enough to make the correct course of action apparent. If, for example, we wish to decide how much of our forests should be cut down now, and how much left for future generations, we first need to establish some

Day Four-51

facts about the rate at which forests regenerate. These facts might be ascertained through science, or just through the experiences of people who have observed forests over long periods of time.
STEP TWO: FIGURE OUT WHAT KIND OF CHOICE IT IS

The categories of choices are: Those that are Trivial Those that are Right vs. Wrong Those that are Right vs. Right
Trivial Decisions. Why did you choose the seat you took when you came to this

session? Is it a decision that really matters? Probably not. What about this choice: You can watch television or you can do your homework. Or this one: You can set your alarm and get up on time or you can sleep in and be late for school. What would you do? These are decisions that do not require much thought. If you don't do your homework because you choose to watch television, you will have to complete your schoolwork later. Your grades might suffer. You won't feel very good about yourself. If you sleep in rather than getting to class on time, you might have to stay after school. Your grades might suffer. You'll miss being with your friends. Decisions like this are usually very clear. They don't require deep ethical thinking to figure them out. "If I do this, then this will be the result."
Right vs. Wrong Decisions. Consider this choice: The clerk at a store has left the building and you are alone. Nobody would ever know if you slipped a candy bar into your pocket and left without paying. Or this one: A friend tells you he has a copy of the answers to a difficult math test you are to take tomorrow and that you can look at it if you want.

What would you do? Would you take the candy bar? Would you borrow the test answers? These are right vs. wrong choices. There is a clear right course of action and a clear wrong course. These are no-brainers you don't need to have serious ethical decision-making debates with yourself to know that you shouldn't steal the candy or look at the test. Whenever we know that one choice is the right one and another is the wrong one, we all know that the right thing is the thing to do.
Content Sessions

If it's so easy to tell right from wrong, why do we ever choose to do the wrong thing (i.e., steal the candy bar or look at the test answers)?
Right vs. Right Decisions. In the video, a Scout had promised his parents he would be home by a certain time. On his way, he sees a person who has dropped groceries in a parking lot and is having a difficult time. If he helps her, he will get home late. If he ignores her and hurries home, he'll arrive on time but will not have helped a person in need.

Day Four-52

It's sometimes hard to know which decision to make when it is a right vs. right decision. If you had been that Scout, what would you have done? Why?
DISCUSS THE CHECKLIST FOR ETHICAL DECISION MAKING

Show slide 4-32, 4-33, and 4-34, which explain the Be, Know, and Do checks of the Ethical Decisions Checklist.

Give each participant a copy of the Checklist for Ethical Decision Making and discuss the checklist with the group. Encourage them to consider how the various Yes or No questions can help them clarify choices and determine appropriate decisions.

Dealing With Peer Pressure

A Scoutmaster once said, "What you do speaks so loudly I can't hear what you are saying." That's a good way of saying that our actions speak louder than our words. But what about the words of our friends? What happens to ethical decision making when there is peer pressure? Let's take a look: Show video clip 4-35, Making Ethical Decisions (Part Two), which begins with "Sometimes making an ethical decision and following the Scout Law is the hard choice." Remind participants that at one point the narrator said, "Take a minute to write down the values you would like other people to see in you. You don't have to share the list with anyone but yourself. Behavior is not 'Do I THINK the right thing?' but 'Do I DO the right thing?" Encourage participants to think about that assignment during the rest of the course and write some notes to themselves about their own values. Of course, the key then is that WHAT THEY DO is a clear reflection of WHAT THEY THINK.
PRACTICE USING THE CHECKLIST

Return to the scenarios used to open this session and lead the participants through the exercise of testing the choices they made by using the Checklist for Ethical Decision Making.
As with the discussions that opened the session, the point of this exercise is not to judge some choices as being better than others, but rather for themselves if their choices were the best that could have been made.

Content Sessions

Summary
Show slide 4-36, Summary.

Ethical decision making is at the heart of the Boy Scouts of America. It is also a true measure of each person's character. The first step in ethical decision making is to get the facts of the situation straight.

Day Four-53

Trivial choices don't require much consideration. Simply do the right thing. If there is a right vs. wrong choice, the action is the same. Simply do what you know is right. When a choice must be made between options that are right vs. right, the Checklist for Ethical Decision Making can help lead you to the correct decision. Our personal values are reflected in our behaviors. Behavior is not, "Do I think the right thing?" but rather "Do I DO the right thing?"

Patrol Campfire Assignments

Explain that the patrol campfires following this session will continue the exploration of ethical decision making. The troop guide of each patrol will offer some scenarios to spark discussion of choosing the right course of action. Patrol members also will have opportunities to bring up and discuss ethical situations they have witnessed or experienced.
Adult NYLT staff do not attend the patrol campfires. The discussions about ethics that take place among patrol members can take on a different and often ore open tone when youth are discussing issues among themselves without adults listening in. Troop guides will represent the NYLT staff at the campfires.

Content Sessions

Day Four-54

Day Four: Patrol Campfires

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes Campfire at the patrol campsite Patrol leader and troop guide Patrol site This session will Provide an opportunity for patrols to enjoy the fellowship and team building of a patrol campfire. Encourage continued discussion of issues raised during the session on Making Ethical Decisions.

Materials Needed Preparation Procedure

Discussion scenarios prepared by the NYLT youth staff as discussed below

Patrol campfires should be relaxed opportunities for patrol members and their troop guides to enjoy an evening of their own making that also includes talking about issues of importance to youth. As a participant in the campfire, the troop guide for each patrol will lead the discussion toward discussions of several situations involving ethical decision making. The scenarios will have been prepared before the course by the NYLT youth staff. The troop guide will invite patrol members to explore the scenarios and apply the tools for making ethical decisions. The topics laid out by the troop guide can be fully formed scenarios that lay out situations where ethical decision making is needed, or they may be presented as direct questions: In my school, here's a situation that comes up a lot. (Describe the situation.) What's the ethical thing to do? I knew a guy who was confronted with this ethical decision. (Describe the decision.) What should he have done? Troop guides should also encourage patrol members to offer situations from their own experience that have demanded ethical decision making. As much as possible, the troop guides should be supportive of the comments of patrol members, and encourage a frank and open discussion of ethical situations.
Adult NYLT staff do not attend the patrol campfires. The discussions about ethics that take place among patrol members can take on a different and often ore open tone when youth are discussing issues among themselves without adults listening in. Troop guides will represent the NYLT staff at the campfires.

Patrol Events

Day Four-55

Schedule for Day Five (Thursday)

Time
6:30 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 9:00 A.M. 10:00 A.M. 10:45 A.M. 11:45 A.M. 1:00 P.M. 2:15 P.M. 2:30 P.M.

Activity
Arise, patrol breakfast, and cleanup Troop assembly Leading Yourself Patrol leaders council meeting Patrol meeting Lunch and cleanup Valuing People Troop assembly to begin the Outpost Camp Outpost Camp

Notes

Responsible
Duty roster

Location
Patrol site Troop assembly area Patrol sites PLC site Patrol site Patrol site Patrol site Troop assembly area Assigned

Flag ceremony

Staff Troop guides

Final plans for Outpost Camp Outpost Camp preparations

SPL Patrol leader Duty roster Assigned staff

Meet briefly to launch patrols on their way Schedule of events determined by each patrol

SPL and SM Patrol leader

Troop events and activities Patrol events and activities Content sessions and their connecting activities

Day Five-1

Day Five: Breakfast Questions

Patrol Events

One or more staff members will join each patrol for breakfast. This is a good opportunity for participants and staff to get to know each other better. In addition, staff members can learn quite a bit about the patrol and can encourage patrol members to think about a few key issues as they begin the day. To make the most of breakfast discussion opportunities, keep the following questions in mind for the Day Three breakfast: How did you sleep? Has anything unexpected happened since yesterday? Tomorrow youll make your presentation of your patrols Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Tell me about the NYLT leadership skills that will be part of your meaning of leadership. When you go back to your home troops, how can you use the Teaching EDGE to help others learn skills? What does Enabling mean? (Lead discussion toward the idea that Enabling means creating an environment for success and continued growth)
The breakfast questions are not meant to be a quiz or a list to be read. Instead, enjoy sharing breakfast with a patrol ad drop the questions into the conversation as a natural part of the morning discussions. Additional questions that relate to the specifies of the courses or the specifics of that patrols learning curve are encouraged.

Day Five-2

Day Five: Troop Assembly

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes
Troop Events

Staff Troop assembly area By the end of this session, participants will Have gathered for Day Five of the NYLT course. Feel welcomed and valued (staff too). Reaffirm that the NYLT troop operates according to the Scout Oath and Law. Have viewed or participated in a flag ceremony presented by the program patrol. Participate or view the installation ceremony for new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. View youth staff as supporters, guides, and mentors to course participants. Discuss key parts of a good troop assembly. Recognize good communication skills.

Recommended Facility Layout

Before a NYLT course begins, staff members should designate the place that will serve as the troop assembly area. In most cases, this will involve an outdoor setting, though indoor areas of sufficient size (a dining hall, for example) can be adapted to accommodate the troop assembly. (Indoors, flags can be presented on staffs with floor stands or can be displayed on a wall.)

Presentation Procedure

Opening
The patrol leaders lead the patrols to the assembly area and arrange them in an appropriate formation. The senior patrol leader takes charge of the meeting, using the Scout sign to bring the assembly to order, then welcomes participants to Day Five of NYLT and expresses his pleasure in having everyone there. Explain that Day Five symbolizes the fourth week of the month for a normal BSA troop. There will be a variety of presentations and activities during the day, and a troop meeting.

Day Five-3

Flag Ceremony
Instruct NYLT troop members to use the Scout salute while the flag is being raised. Ask the program patrol of the day to present the colors and raise the American flag, and then invite the program patrol to display the historic flag for the day and explain its significance.
The historic flags to be used for the NYLT course are the same as those presented during Wood Badge courses. Scripts for historic flag presentations, also the same as included in Wood Badge courses, can be found in the appendix.

Troop Events

Instruct the program patrol color guard to raise the historic flag and the NYLT troop flag. Ask the troop members to make the Scout sign and recite the Scout Oath and Law. Dismiss the color guard

Announcements
The senior patrol leader offers the announcements important for conducting the days sessions and events.

New Patrol Leader and Assistant Patrol Leader Installation

The senior patrol leader asks the Day Four patrol leaders to introduce the Day Five patrol leaders to the troop, then the Day Four assistant patrol leaders to introduce the Day Five assistant patrol leaders. Encourage those making the introductions to use effective communication skills.
As introductions are being made, the senior patrol leader can provide positive reinforcement by commenting on one or more communication skills being used well hand gestures, clear voices, eye contact with the group, etc.

Patrol leaders and assistant patrol leader assignments for each day of the NYLT course are located in the Patrol Duty Roster included in each copy of the NYLT Participant Notebook.

The senior patrol leader begins the installation. He should Invite the new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders to come forward to be installed. Ask the new patrol leaders to gather around the troop flagpole, placing their left hands on the pole. New assistant patrol leaders stand behind their patrol leaders, each placing a left hand on his patrol leader's right shoulder.

Day Five-4

Instruct them all to give the Scout sign and repeat, "I promise to do my best to be worthy of this office for the sake of my fellow Scouts in my patrol and troop and in the world brotherhood of Scouting." Welcome them as the troop's new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders.
Troop Events

Program and Service Patrol Emblem Exchange

The assistant senior patrol leader briefly explains the duties of the program patrol and the service patrol.
The duties of the patrols may differ from other days of the course. Adjust the explanations to reflect the needs of this day of the NYLT program.

Program Patrol (sample assignments) Set up the troop assembly and flag ceremony. Prepare the troop meeting area. Perform other duties as assigned at the patrol leaders council meeting. Service Patrol (sample assignments) Put the troop meeting area in order after meetings. (NYLT is a Leave No Trace program.) Maintain the participant latrines and showers. Perform other duties as assigned at the patrol leaders council meeting. Ask the leaders of the days program patrol and service patrol to come forward to receive a symbol of their patrol responsibilities for the day. The emblem for the service patrol might be a broom or camp shovel, while that for the program patrol could be a flag.
The exchange of symbols for the program patrol and the service patrol should not overshadow the installation of the days patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. Bestowing the emblems for the program and service patrols can be done in good fun, but with the understanding that these patrol duties are secondary to the roles of patrol leadership.

STAFF SERVICE PATROL

Explain to participants that staff members have the responsibility of cleaning staff latrines and showers, staff campsites, and other staff-use areas. As fellow members of the troop, staff members roll up their sleeves and take care of their own areas rather than expecting someone else to do it for them.

Day Five-5

Baden-Powell Patrol Streamer Presentations

The senior patrol leader present the Baden-Powell Patrol streamer awards based on the previous days campsite evaluation. Point out that the BSA encourages patrols to compete against a standard that all can achieve (in this case the standard of the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist) rather than against one another. When it comes to the Baden-Powell Patrol streamer awards, every patrol can be a winner.
For guidelines on the daily campsite inspection and for presentations of the Baden-Powell Patrol streamers, see Day One Registration, Orientation, and Camp Setup. Using the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist as his guide, the assistant senior patrol leader in charge of the service patrol makes the evaluation of the patrol campsites. (This may occur while patrol members are at evening sessions of the NYLT course.) Troop guides can encourage the patrols to use the same form to check their campsites as they complete their cleanup after the evening meal. If a patrol is having difficulty following through with all the items on the checklist, its troop guide can use the Teaching EDGE to help the patrol learn how to manage campsite cleanup in an efficient and orderly manner.

Troop Events

Each patrol can tie its Baden-Powell Patrol streamer for the day onto the pole used to display its patrol flag. Every patrol will have the opportunity to add another B-P streamer each day of the NYLT course.

Scoutmaster's Minute
The Scoutmaster presents his Scoutmaster's Minute for Day Five: "We've talked a lot during this course about astronauts setting off for the moon. We've considered mountain climbers trying for the summit of Mount Everest. We've looked at the visions of people who set off to go around the world in a balloon or climbed on a bicycle and set out to win the Tour de France. "Talking is good. Sorting out ideas is fine. But the real test of whether we've learned something comes when we set out to do it. Today you are setting off as patrols for your Outpost Camp. It's a chance to use all you've learned so far at NYLT to make your team a success. No doubt there will be some challenges along the way that will test you. You have the knowledge to respond well to those challenges, both as individuals and as a patrol. "An Outpost Camp isn't a trip to the moon, or to the summit of Everest, or to the winner's podium of the Tour de France. But it is a step toward realizing an even greater vision that of making the most of all the opportunities and challenges that come your way." The senior patrol leader thanks the Scoutmaster and brings the troop assembly to a close.

Day Five-6

Day Five: Leading Yourself

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes Troop presentation Troop guides Patrol sites By the end of this session, each participant should be able to Discuss the importance of having a personal vision. Recognize at least one new way of thinking about himself. Describe the phases a person experiences while moving toward a goal or learning a new skill. Recognize the phases he is in as he progresses through learning/ achieving experiences. Have fun.

Materials Needed

National Youth Leadership Training DVD, DVD player or computer with DVD capability, projector, and screen National Youth Leadership Training Leadership Compass poster (in full view at the front of the meeting area)

Presentation Procedure

Opening Activity
THE IDENTITY GAME HAWK, SNAKE, COYOTE

Play the Identity Game in an open area, perhaps the troop assembly area. Prepare the area by stretching a rope on the ground to separate the area into two equal parts. Mark the back boundaries of the two parts about 50 feet behind, and parallel to, the center rope.

Back line 50 feet

Center line 50 feet

Content Sessions

Back line

Day Five-7

Limit the time for this game to eight minutes. To make the game go faster, it can be played by individual patrols rather than the entire troop, or by one patrol starting against another.

Divide the troop into two teams (perhaps Red, Blue, and Green patrols as a team, Yellow, Orange, and Maroon patrols as the other team). Each team huddles, and members decide whether they will all be hawks, snakes, or coyotes. The teams face each other across the center line. At the game leader's signal, members of each team assume the sign of the animal decided upon by their team:
Hawks Arms outstretched as wings Coyotes Hands cupped against the head as ears Snakes Palms held together and the hands making a slithering motion

The key to the game is this: Hawks get snakes. Snakes get coyotes. Coyotes get hawks. Thus, if team A has chosen to be hawks and team B shows the sign for snakes, the snakes must run to the safety of their back line before being tagged by the hawks. Likewise, if team A shows the sign for coyotes and team B shows the sign for snakes, the coyotes must run for safety or be tagged by the snakes. Each person who is tagged becomes a member of the other team for the next round of the game. The game continues for eight to 10 rounds. The numbers on each team will ebb and flow as participants are tagged and change sides. At the end of the game, participants rejoin their patrols and make themselves comfortable in the troop presentation area.

Introduction
Show slide 5-1, Leading Yourself.

Ask participants what they liked about the game. (It was fun, active, different.) Ask what they learned about playing the game successfully. Bring out this idea: You've got to know whether you're a hawk, a snake, or a coyote. Once you know that, then you can use what you know about yourself to decide what you're going to do whether you're going to run for safety or try to tag the other team. Apply that idea to leading yourself: Being a hawk, a coyote, or a snake is the simplest of qualities to know about yourselves. We all have our own sets of strengths and ways of doing things. We each have experiences that helped make us be who we are today and are influenced by our parents, teachers, religious leaders, friends, and neighbors. We also have the freedom to choose much of who we will be, what guidelines we choose to follow. For example, everyone here pledges himself to follow the Scout Oath and Law.

Content Sessions

Day Five-8

Understanding as much as we can about who we are is a basic part of leadership. Who we are is the BE of Be, Know, Do.
Show slide 5-2, Be, Know, Do.

Understanding something about ourselves is the KNOW of Be, Know, Do. Using our personal strengths to improve our abilities to lead is the DO of Be, Know, Do.
What does it mean to lead yourself?

Show slide 5-3, Leading Yourself.

We often think of a leader as the person out front the senior patrol leader; the guide; the crew chief showing people the way. In leading others, we have a greater responsibility than just to ourselves. But before we can lead others well, we need to be able to lead ourselves. For now, let's boil down leading ourselves to answering three questions: 1. Where am I now? 2. Where do I want to be? 3. How do I close the gap between where I am now and where I want to be? Give a simple example: 1. I'm a person at the base of a mountain. (Where I am now) 2. I want to be a person standing at the top of the mountain. (Where I want to be) 3. In order to close that gap between the trailhead and the top of the peak, what do I need to do? (How do I close the gap?) Well, I need to organize my group, plan an itinerary, get the food ready, load my pack. Ask participants for a few more examples. Encourage them to think about situations in school, in sports, or in Scouting where they figure out where they are now, where they want to go, and at least a general idea of how to close the gap between the two.
Transition to Vision: Where I am now is pretty easy to figure out. But how do you figure out where you want to go? Does that sound familiar to anything we've discussed so far?

Show slide 5-4, Leading Yourself: Im at the bas of the mountain.

Vision. That's what future success looks like. That's where we want to go. On videos during this course, we've seen some examples of personal vision. Can you tell me what Lance Armstrong's vision was? Stephen Fossett's? Vision is what success looks like. Vision is the elephant.
Show slide 5-5, Vision Goals Planning.

Goals are the steps to fulfilling that vision. Goals are the bites of the Planning is the way to figure out how to reach your goals. Planning is figuring out where you'll get the fork, the cook pot, and the elephant recipe book.

Content Sessions

Day Five-9

The Vision Challenge

Later in this NYLT course, we'll guide each of you through the process of developing a personal vision. For now, start thinking about where you are and where you want to be. Think big. Where do you want to be in 10 years? In 25 years? Dream a little. What profession most appeals to you? What kind of adult life? Think about that for the next couple of days, and then we'll start figuring out how you can close the gap between where you are now and where you want to be.

Show slide 5-6, The Vision Challenge.

Summarize This Section

When it comes to leadership, the person you lead the most and the person over whom you can have the greatest influence is yourself.
Show slide 5-7, Leading Yourself: You are.

Show slide 5-8, Leading Yourself: To lead yourself.

To lead ourselves, we need to figure out where we are, where we want to be, and how to close the gap in between. That means having a vision, setting goals to fulfill that vision, and then planning ways to reach those goals. Each of us also needs to be responsible for himself doing what we need to do to close the gap between where we are and where we want to be. There are lots of people to whom we can turn for support and whom we can draw upon for help.

Show slide 5-9, Leading Yourself: You need to be.

Knowing Yourself
THE CROSSED-ARMS EXERCISE

Have everyone cross their arms, then recross them the opposite way. Discuss comfort level with difference and the fact that there is no right way. For some people, right over left feels more natural, for others it's left over right. Ask all right-handed participants to raise their hands, then ask a show of hands of those who are left-handed. Ask a show of hands of people with blue eyes, then of those whose eyes are brown. Some traits (like which way we feel better crossing our arms) may have no clear explanation, but they are still part of who we are. Emphasize the fact that to lead yourself well, you need to know as much about yourself as you can. Who you are is not just whether you are a coyote, a hawk, or a snake. Who you are is not just how tall you are or the color of your eyes or what kind of music you like, but also how you make decisions when you are with other people and how you make decisions when you are alone.

Content Sessions

Show slide 5-10, Knowing Yourself.

Day Five-10

The Self-Leadership Compass

While we are all unique in many ways, something most of us have in common is the path we take as we are moving toward a goal or learning a new skill. They happen to be the same stages that teams experience as they are working toward a goal or learning new skills: Forming Storming Norming Performing Whenever we begin to learn a new skill or begin making our way toward a new goal, we have lots of enthusiasm but we probably also have lots to learn before we can get very far. When we begin any new skill or goal, we will always be back at Forming. The same is true when using a real compass. If you want to head out in a new direction, you need to point your direction-of-travel arrow toward your destination and begin working your way through the phases again.

Show slide 5-11, The Self-Leadership Compass

Self-Leadership Measurement Activity

Encourage Scouts to use their NYLT compasses to chart their individual progress as they learn new skills and work toward personal goals during the NYLT course. This is a private activity for each of them. Every Scout can consider his level of skill and level of enthusiasm and motivation. By understanding their stages of development, they can move ahead more effectively. Show video clip 5-12, Leading Yourself (Part One), which begins with "Whether you have a strong personal vision or one that involves others." Add these thoughts to the video presentation: To move toward more advanced stages of self-leadership, it's important to reevaluate your goals. Are they getting you closer to realizing your vision of success? You can recast your goals. You can refine them to make them more powerful. You can also seek the help of others. Find people who can help you set your goals, teach you skills, and evaluate your performance. Continue through the interactive scenarios at slide 5-13, Leading Yourself, and video clip 5-14, Leading Yourself (Part Two), to the Be, Know, Do summary.
Content Sessions

Day Five-11

Summary
The foundation of leadership is Be, Know, Do:
Show slide 5-15, Summary.

The BE of leadership Who you are and how you use your strengths The KNOW of leadership The skills of teaching and helping others achieve their goals The DO of leadership Tools for communicating, solving problems, and resolving conflict We each have responsibility for figuring out where we are, where we want to be, and how to close the gap in between in other words, to develop a personal vision, determine the goals to fulfill that vision, and make plans for reaching our goals. Knowing about ourselves will help us understand why we are where we are now, where we want to be, and how to close the gap between our present situation and what success looks like. Understanding the stages we go through as we learn a new skill or work toward a goal can help us better understand the process and get through difficult times more efficiently.

Show slide 5-16, Summary: The stages.

Content Sessions

Day Five-12

Day Five: Patrol Leaders Council Meeting

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
45 minutes
Troop Events

Senior patrol leader PLC site By the end of this session, participants will Be able to discuss how to run an efficient, well-planned meeting. Have the resoureces and guidance to help them lead their patrols. Experience representational leadership as leaders representing their patrols. Report on patrol progress on their presentation for the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Know what patrols are responsible for upcoming troop assignments. Prepare for eh Outpost Camp (emergency response plan). Use SSC to evaluate patrol performance. Practice good communication skills.

Materials Needed

Participant Notebooks. Each NYLT participant and staff member will have a notebook containing core information that will be useful throughout the course blank duty rosters, equipment lists, daily schedules, meeting agendas, etc. Blank pages in the notebooks provide space for patrol leaders to write down ideas from meetings. Emergency Resonse Plan work sheets (appendix)

Delivery Method

The patrol leaders council meeting is conducted by the senior patrol leader, who will model appropriate leadership behavior within the setting of the meeting. As with the Day Four PLC meting, he PLC meeting on Day Five is attended by the senior patrol leader, assistant senior patrol leader, and the patrol leaders of the day, and the Scoutmaster.

Day Five-13

Patrol Leaders Council Meeting Agenda

Day Five 1. Welcome and introductions Troop Events 2. Purpose of the meeting what we need to accomplish 3. Reports on the progress being made by each patrol 4. Review plans for the Outpost Camp 5. Review the emergency response plan for the Outpost Camp 6. Announcements, including a reminder that it is time for patrols to finalize their Quest presentations. 7. Program patrol and service patrol assignments 8. Closing

Pre-Meeting Discussion
The Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader often visit for a few minutes before the beginning of a PLC meeting. They go over the agenda and make sure everything is in order. The Scoutmaster confirms that the senior patrol leader understands the vision of what the meeting will accomplish and makes sure the SPL is ready to run the meeting. Once the meeting begins, though, the senior patrol leader is in charge and the Scoutmaster stays on the sidelines. The Scoutmaster might coach and guide the senior patrol leader now and then, but in a boy-led troop, the youth staff of a troop are in charge. At the end of the pre-meeting discussion, the senior patrol leader calls the patrol leaders' council meeting to order and begins the PLC meeting,
The pre-meeting discussion between the Scoutmaster and the senior patrol leader takes place within view and hearing of all the participants of the PLC meeting. The Scoutmaster should model good coaching and mentoring. Participants will see that the senior patrol leader gains a great deal form the Scoutmasters involvement and is better prepared to lead the PLC meeting.

Welcome and Introductions

The senior patrol leader takes charge of the meeting, introduces those persons attending the patrol leaders council meeting, and welcomes everyone.

Day Five-14

Purpose of the Meeting

Direct the attention of the PLC to the written agenda. Note that the purpose of this meeting will be to: Hear reports on the progress being made by each patrol. Make assignments for the upcoming troop meeting (leading patrol planning for the Outpost Camp). Make program patrol and service patrol assignments. Throughout the meeting, participants will use good communication skills to share ideas.
Troop Events

Reports on the Progress of Each Patrol

The senior patrol leader asks each patrol leader to report on his patrols progress so far. Encourage patrol leaders to make their reports as constructive evaluations using SSC:
Start What can they begin doing to improve their patrols? Stop What can they stop doing that is not working well? Continue What is a strength and is working well hat they can continue doing?

Encourage each patrol leader to use his Leadership Compass to determine the current stage of development of his patrol (Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing). Remind patrol leaders that each patrol should be thinking about its presentation of the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Briefly review the challenge (offered by the Scoutmaster at the campfire on Day One), and stress the importance of continuing to work on the presentation throughout the course.

Review Plans for the Outpost Camp

Give an overview of the Outpost Camp plan. Discuss the schedule and destination for each patrol. Explain that the patrols are to be packed up and ready to depart by the end of the Day Five patrol meeting. (It may even be appropriate for them to bring their packs and form pack lines outside the troop assembly area prior to the session on Valuing People. That way they will be ready to depart for their Outpost Camps immediately following that session.) Review the checklists patrols have used on days Three and Four. The checklists might vary, depending on the nature of the Outpost Camp. In general, the checklist can include these items to be planned: Menu planning (covered during the Day Three PLC meeting and troop meeting) Personal equipment (covered during the Day Four PLC meeting and troop meeting) Group equipment (covered during the Day Four PLC meeting and troop meeting)
Day Five-15

Review the Emergency Response Plan

Guide each patrol leader in filling out a copy of the plan that can then be shared with his patrol.
Troop Events Before the course begins, NYLT adult staff will carefully consider the locations of Outpost Camps and determine the most appropriate emergency response plans to provide patrols. Adult staff should develop patrol emergency response plans to address worst case scenarios. Adult staff should use the emergency response plans to determine the appropriateness of Outpost Camp locations and communications. For example, a patrol with minimal first aid skills should not be sent to an Outpost campsite a long distance form persons with the first aid training and leadership skill to manage medical emergences.

Announcements
The senior patrol leader makes any announcements relevant to the group. Remind patrol leaders that it is time for patrols to finalize their Quest presentations. If they have not done so already, they should spend time during the Outpost Camp completing their presentation plans and rehearsing what they will do to represent their Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Explain that patrol leaders have a responsibility to convey to their patrols information from the meetings of the patrol leaders council. He notes the time and location for the next meeting of the patrol leaders council.

Program Patrol and Service Patrol Assignments

The senior patrol leader asks the assistant senior patrol leader to take the floor. The assistant senior patrol leader reminds the leaders of the Day Three service and program patrols that they should review what they will be doing and use their planning skills to figure out an effective way to fulfill their responsibilities. Use Start, Stop, Continue for any evaluations.
Program Patrol (sample assignments)

Troop assembly Conduct the flag ceremony for the next day. Troop meeting Prepare the meeting area. Troop meeting Conduct the preopening activity. (The patrol should be provided with a printed sheet of instructions for organizing and conducting the activity. If materials are needed, the quartermaster should make those available.)
Service Patrol (sample assignments)

Police the troop meeting area. (NYLT is a Leave No Trace program.) Maintain participant latrines and showers.

Day Five-16

Staff Service Patrol

The assistant senior patrol leader will again make it clear to the PLC that staff members have the responsibility of cleaning staff latrines/showers, staff campsites, and other areas for staff use. Staff members set a good example by rolling up their sleeves and take care of their own areas rather than expecting someone else to do it for them.

Troop Events

Closing
The senior patrol leader summarizes the key points covered during the meeting, addresses any questions the patrol leaders might have, and stresses the importance of performing at the highest levels, using the Scout Oath and Law as their guides.

Scoutmaster's Observations
The Scoutmaster thanks all present for their participation and encourages them to continue performing at the highest levels. The senior patrol leader adjourns the meeting, but invites the group to stay a moment to observe the post-meeting debrief with the Scoutmaster.

After the Meeting

The Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader meet for a couple of minuets to review the meeting. Using Start, Stop, Continue, they discuss what went well during the meeting and what can be improved the next time the PLC gathers.

Day Five-17

Day Five: Patrol Meeting

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes Patrol leader Patrol site or some other location where the session of one patrol will not interfere with the activities of other patrols. By the end of this session, participants should be able to Describe the purpose of the patrol meeting. Describe how a patrol meeting should be run. Know what the patrol leader is responsible for doing and what patrol members are responsible for doing. Use the Start, Stop, Continue tool to evaluate patrol performance.
As with meetings of the NYLT troop and the patrol leaders council, every patrol meeting during an NYLT course should be organized in a manner that provides an ideal example of such a session. Participants should be able to take the models of the patrol meetings they see at NYLT and use them to organize effective patrol meetings in their home troops.

Patrol Events

Materials Needed Recommended Facility Layout Delivery Method

Patrol meeting agenda. Each patrol meeting should follow a written agenda. Building on the following model, the agenda for todays patrol meeting can be adjusted by the patorl leader prior to the meeting to fulfill the needs of his patrol. The troop guide will determine the location of the first patrol meeting. The patrol will decide where subsequent patrol meetings will occur. In most cases, patrol meetings will take place in or near the patrols campsite. The patrol leaders are the facilitators of the meetings of their patrols. The leadership style each patrol leader uses is up to that person; the hands-on experience of leading is every bit as valuable as the progress made by a patrol during any particular meeting.

Day Five-18

Presentation Procedure

Model Patrol Meeting Agenda

Day Five 1. Welcome Patrol leader 2. Meeting Agenda Patrol leader 3. Evaluate patrol progress using Start, Stop, Continue Start What should we be doing that will make things better? Stop What should we stop doing because it isnt helping? Continue What is a strength and is working well that we want to continue doing? (Include evaluation of the patrols progress with the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist and the duty roster.) 4. Using the NYLT Leadership Compass, determine the patrols current stage of development (Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing). Discuss ways the patrol can move ahead toward the next development stage. 5. Continue work on the patrols Quest for the Meaning of Leadership presentation. 6. Complete patrol preparations for the Outpost Camp. 7. Adjourn Patrol Events

Troop guides may attend patrol meetings, but ideally will not take part in any significant way.

Day Five-19

Day Five: Valuing People

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
50 minutes Troop presentation Assigned staff (preferably the senior patrol leader backed up by an adult leader to provide diversity in knowledge, viewpoints, experience, and age) Patrol sites As a result of this session, participants will be able to Understand that the Scout Oath and Law guide us in valuing other people. Recognize that both the similarities we share with others and our differences can help groups be stronger. See that we have a responsibility to act in an ethical manner in our dealings with people whose core values differ from our own. Use ROPE principles to strengthen their patrol/troop programs.

Materials Needed

4-foot lengths of rope, one for each participant, presenter, and troop guide. They should be of differing colors, diameters, and types. Each rope should be appropriate for learning knot-tying (that is, no bailing twine or string). Posters presenting the Scout Oath, Law, and the World Crest emblem (at left). Display the posters at the front of the presentation area in view of all participants. Checklist for Ethical Decision Making (appendix, Participant Notebooks) Flip chart and markers

Presentation Procedure

Opening Exercise
Provide each participant with a 4-foot length of knot-tying rope. Tell participants that there are lots of great trick knots. A challenging one is the toss knot. It's tied by spinning a loop into a rope, then tossing through one end as if it were a dart.

Content Sessions

Show participants how to tie the toss knot. (These instructions are for a righthanded person. Participants who are left-handed should reverse the hand orientation.)

Day Five-20

Step 1 While standing, grasp the rope with one end in each hand. Hold the end

in your right hand as if it were a dart. There should be about 2 inches of the end of the rope pointing away from you the point of the dart. The body of the rope should be hanging down in front of you.
Step 2 With your right hand, flip the body of the rope to the left and over itself

to form a loop. The loop will be rotating counterclockwise as you look down at it.
Step 3 Keeping a tight grip on the rope with your left hand, toss the end in

your right hand (the dart) through the loop. Since the loop is in motion, the challenge is to toss the dart at just the right time.
Step 4 If the dart goes through the loop as it is first forming, it will create an

overhand knot. If the loop has spun further before the dart goes through, the knot will be a figure-eight knot. Troop guides can help members of their patrols practice the toss knot, explaining that a lot can be done with a single rope. It's the same with people. One person alone can accomplish a great deal. Ask participants: When you joined the Boy Scouts of America, you learned to tie the joining knot. Remember? It's a square knot. Have participants tie a square knot with their rope as you describe the architecture of the square knot that is, what makes it a good knot for joining together two rope ends. The square knot is actually two bends, one in each rope end, that are intertwined. Each end of the rope brings strength to the knot. When they work together, the contributions of the two ends makes possible a knot that could not exist if there were but one end. Tell participants: Now I'd like each of you to tie one end of your rope to the end of the rope of another member of your patrol. Use a square knot. If everyone ties the knot one time, all the ropes should be linked into a circle. (Troop guides can Guide participants if they need help tying the knots or sorting out which ends should be joined to make the circle.) Look at the strength formed by all these different kinds of rope joined together. When you learned to tie the joining knot, it didn't just symbolize you as one person joining a troop. It also symbolized all the members of a troop joining together to make the strongest possible team. Just as these ropes are both the same and different from one another, members of patrols and other teams draw strength from the ways they are similar and ways they are different. One of the ways all of us here are similar is that we can all tie a square knot. That shared ability allows us to join together in ways that wouldn't be possible if we shared nothing in common.
Content Sessions

Day Five-21

The Scout Oath and Law

Ask: Why did you become members of the Boy Scouts of America? Probably for more reasons than just to tie a square knot. Entertain some answers. Among them might be "Because my friends had joined," or "My parents wanted me to." Lead participants toward this answer: "People in my troop are interested in doing the same kinds of things I like to do." All of us here are part of Scouting because we share a common belief in taking part in outdoor adventures. We all share something else, too a belief in the Scout Oath and Law.
The session leader may ask participants to recite with him the Scout Oath and Law or can simply point out the Oath and Law on the posters at the front of the presentation area.

Since the beginning of the BSA, the Oath and Law have expressed the values of the Scouting movement. Being with others who have the same values we do can provide a strong sense of belonging and understanding. We don't have to explain ourselves to one another. We like to do the same things together. We all have the same foundation in our lives. Being with people who are a lot like us is often easier than getting to know those who aren't. But, think about what it would be like if everyone around us was just like you. It's also clear that there is a strength in having common values and common interests. Values are the glue that holds a group together and helps give the group its identity. But if everyone in a group were exactly alike, fresh ideas would be rare. Nobody would be asking the sorts of questions that lead to better programs and more interesting adventures. There would be little to learn from one another. While common values are essential for successful teams, diversity fuels change, growth, and progress. Let's talk about some of the strengths that come to a team through diversity of its members.

What Is Diversity?
Content Sessions Help participants begin exploring their understanding of diversity and the role it has played in enriching their lives. Encourage them to take part in the discussion but people on the spot in front of the group. Help them to work their way into the subject at their own pace.

Day Five-22

Ask participants: The first night of NYLT, you all took part in the Getting to Know Me game. You probably came up with lots of ways that you are similar to others in your patrol, and some ways that you are unique. I'm sure you found lots of similarities with others in your patrol. What are some of those similarities? (Invite answers and write them on a flip chart.) The Getting to Know Me game probably brought out some differences that patrol members have, too. What are some of those differences? (Some differences may be simple "We live in different towns." "I like to play soccer and everybody else is into football." Some may be more complicated "My religious beliefs are different than the rest of the group." "I was born in a different nation than everybody else.") There are lots of differences even in an NYLT Scout troop with members who have much in common. Those differences are the diversity we share. Keep the discussion lively and moving along by asking participants to suggest kinds of diversity they witness in their schools, communities, and nation. Write down their answers on the flip chart. Encourage participants to think about some of these areas of diversity and to give examples from their own experience of the differences: Gender Race Age Physical appearance Health Education Family structure Friendships Other questions that can help participants think about the nature of diversity: At some time, each of us has felt different from other people. What are some of your experiences of times when you realized you were different from other people? What were the consequences of being different? What were your feelings about it?
Content Sessions

Geographic location Occupation Language Heritage Belief systems Religion Traditions

Shared values are the glue that holds a group together. For the Boy Scouts of America, those shared values are found in the Scout Oath and Law. Each of us also has characteristics that make us unique. We all have knowledge and experiences that set us apart from other people. We can each contribute something special to the teams to which we belong.

Day Five-23

Throughout life, experiencing different cultures and ways of doing things helps us learn about the world around us. Often the more we explore differences, the more we discover we have in common with other people. Ask participants: How can diversity strengthen a team? (Among the possible answers: "Each of us has traits that make us unique and each of us has knowledge that we can use to add to our experiences and the experiences of others.") Can diversity ever be a problem for a team? (Among the possible answers: "We can never agree on what we want to do." "Some of our guys have religious responsibilities on days we want to go camping." "We have a guy in our home troop with dietary restrictions, and that makes it hard for us to plan the menus the rest of us want.") Diversity brings opportunities and challenges to a team. Differences can be good bringing fresh ideas to a group, challenging everyone to find new solutions. Groups work best when everyone in the group shares the same basic values. In Scouting those shared values are best expressed in the Scout Oath and the Scout Law. A big challenge for Scouts is knowing how to respond to people who do not share those same basic values.

How Do We Respond to People Whose Values Are Not the Same as Ours?
Valuing others and embracing diversity helps us make the most of the talents of everyone in a group. Everyone is different. All of us share some common values. However, there are many people who do not share all of our values. There may be many things about each one of them that we can appreciate, value, and respect. Ask participants: But how should we treat people who do not share all of our core values? What do the Scout Oath and Law tell us about how we should act toward other people? They remind us that we should respect each individual, for each one of us is a special person. Each of us can enrich the life experience of ourselves and others by helping each other appreciate the fun times and get through the tough times. The answer can be found in the Scout Law: A Scout is Friendly. A Scout is Courteous. A Scout is Cheerful. A Scout is Kind.
Content Sessions

By abiding by the Scout Law, we can value others and, at the same time, continue to serve as examples of the core values we cherish. You can also use the tools for making ethical decisions. At its heart, the way we respond to people whose values are not the same as ours is an ethical decision. You can use the Checklist for Ethical Decision Making.

Day Five-24

Of all of the checks in the checklist, perhaps the clearest when deciding how to respond to others is the Golden Rule: Treat others as you would have them treat you.

How Can You Use Diversity to Strengthen the Scouting Program?

Point out the poster with the World Crest logo. Tell participants: We've talked about diversity and valuing people as an important part of building strong teams. Now let's talk about ways to put those ideas into action. A good place to practice these ideas is with our home Scout troops. An effective approach to increasing the diversity of a team is ROPE: Reach Organize Practice Experience
REACH

Many people who aren't Scouts would like to join if someone would just tell them about all the great activities of a troop. You can be the ones to invite them to join. Look to those who are not like you in terms of religion, race, ability, culture, and traditions. Keep asking. One by one, one member at a time, you can help build a stronger troop.
ORGANIZE

Once people have joined your troop, do all you can to help deliver the promise of the Scouting program. Help new members feel they are welcome and that they can make real contributions. There is strength in differences. Make diversity work for your patrol.
PRACTICE

Practice using the skills of NYLT to build on the diversity in your patrol and troop. A shared vision of what you want to achieve is a powerful way to bring people together. The Leading EDGE and the Teaching EDGE go a long way to helping everyone feel involved.
Content Sessions EXPERIENCE

Experience is a terrific teacher. The experiences you have as you include others in your troop can make your Scouting experience richer and can help you learn ways to invite even more people into the BSA.

Day Five-25

ROPE
Reach, Organize, Practice, Experience. The first letters spell the word ROPE.

Valuing others helps us tie together a team, making it strong and lively. Diversity gives energy to our culture and our nation. Break into patrols and brainstorm ideas for using these steps to build stronger, more interesting, and fun programs. After seven minutes, have each patrol share their results with the rest of the group.
GROUP ACTIVITY

Ask NYLT participants to join with everyone in the troop and to tie their ropes together to form a troopwide circle. Explain that there has been a lot of talk about vision this week. Baden-Powell, the founder of the Scouting movement, had a vision of a world brotherhood of Scouting. He believed that the shared values of Scouting could help young people around the world see beyond their differences and build upon the strength of their diversity. Show the poster featuring the World Crest. We can see lots of diversity within Scouting. In many nations, it is a coed program both boys and girls sharing Scouting adventures. The age requirements differ from one nation to another, and so do uniforms, literature, and activities. Scouting worldwide is for everyone. It has something to offer all people who join, regardless of the diversity they bring with them. The power of Scouting's values and our willingness to build on the power of diversity helps make the Scouting movement a success. Our rope circle symbolizes that. It is a circle that expands worldwide to encompass all who build their lives on the foundation of the Scout Oath and law.

Summary
The Scout Oath and Law define our common values. People are different. Everyone is an individual who brings something special to a team. We value these differences and seek the best from each other. Diversity is a strength for building a group, holding its interest, getting things done, and having fun and adventure.
Content Sessions

Lastly, challenge each Scout to use the materials learned in this session to help build stronger troops and make Scouting available to more of the youth in their communities.

Day Five-26

If questions about the policies of the Boy Scouts of America concerning atheism and homosexuality arise during this session, they should be addressed by the adult leader supporting this presentation. The leader needs to be prepared to explain the following: As an organization, we have decided that there are certain lifestyles and beliefs that are inconsistent with the values that form the basis of our movement. When people choose to follow those lifestyles or hold those beliefs, we do not feel that those people provide the example we wish to set for our members. Remember that the example we set as leaders is one of the most powerful leadership tools we have. There are many life choices an individual can make. Many are compatible with our values. Others are not. People who do not share our values are not eligible to serve as leaders in out movement.

Content Sessions

Day Five-27

Day Five: Outpost Camp Departure Troop Assmbley

Troop Events

Time Allowed Responsible Learning Objectives

15 minutes Senior patrol leader and Scoutmaster By the end of this session, participants will Launch their Outpost Camp experience. Reaffirm that during the Outpost Camp, just as during other portions of the NYLT course, the NYLT troop operates according to the Scout Oath and Law. Reaffirm the importance of conducting Outpost Camp activities in ways that maintain the safety of patrol members and that allow each Scout to have a quality experience.

Presentation Procedures

The senior patrol leader greets the patrols. Provide the Outpost Camp challenge by reminding Scouts that the Outpost Camp experience is an opportunity for members of each patrol to put their plans to the test. The NYLT course has provided participants with all the leadership and team development skills they need to make the Outpost Camp a great success. If patrols run into difficulties, they can rely on what they have learned in recent days to find solutions that will see them through. Throughout the Outpost Camp experience, patrols should keep in mind two guiding principles: 1. The safety of everyone. Safety can be enhanced by Scouts taking responsibility for their own safety and by watching out for one another. 2. The quality of the experience for each Scout. The quality of experience for each person will be greatest when all patrols operate according to the guidelines of the Scout Oath and Law.

Outpost Campsite Orienteering Challenge

An effective way to incorporate a number of Scouting skills is to provide each patrol with a list of waypoints they can use with their GPS receivers to find their campsites. Match the number of waypoints to the number of members of a patrol. In the instructions to finding their campsites, encourage patrols to have each member use the GPS receiver to find the waypoint and to lead the patrol on that leg of the journey.

Day Five-28

Staying out of sight, troop guides should shadow their patrols from a distance as they make their way to their campsites. If a patrol becomes completely confused and shows no sign of working its way through its geographical difficulties, the troop guide can approach and provide enough help that patrol members can continue on their way.
The troop guide should keep in mind the Teaching EDGE (Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable) and remember that any help he provides should be Guiding in nature.

Troop Events

The Scoutmaster adds support to the words of the senior patrol leader and sends the patrols off with a sense of anticipation for the great Outpost Camp adventure about to begin. Emphasize the importance of each patrol using the Scout Oath and Law to guide its actions as a group and as the way in which individuals treat one another. Encourage them all to have a remarkable time.

Day Five-29

Day Five: Outpost Camp

The Outpost Camp is an opportunity for members of each patrol to organize and carry out their plans for an overnight campout. It is intended as a means for Scouts to practice the leadership skills they have learned during the NYLT course and to enjoy the spirit of Scouting as members of an NYLT patrol. During preparations for the NYLT course, staff should give careful consideration to the locations of the patrol Outpost Camp campsites and the instructions patrols will be given before they set off. While developing plans for the Outpost Camp experience, staff should keep in mind two guiding principles: The safety of participants The quality of the experience for each Scout Safety can be enhanced by using the patrol emergency response plan as guide for thinking through risk management situations and determining the best ways to minimize risk. The quality of a Scout's experience will be heightened by providing an effective NYLT course leading up to the Outpost Camp, and then allowing patrols to use the team development and leadership skills they have learned. (For more on the patrol emergency response plan, see the Day Four patrol leaders' council meeting.)

Content Sessions

Day Five-30

Schedule for Day Six (Friday)

Time
* 8:15 A.M. 8:30 A.M.

Activity
Arise, patrol breakfast, and cleanup Return from Outpost Camp Troop Assembly

Notes
*Time determined by each patrol

Responsible

Location
Outpost camps

Welcome back. Focus participant on upcoming evens of the day.

SPL and SM

Troop assembly area

8:45 A.M. 10:00 A.M.

Shower and prepare for day. Finding Your Vision (Part Two) Patrol leaders council meeting Patrol meeting Expand on ideas of personal vision make it bigger. Prepare for the remainder of Day Six. Work on presentation, feast plans, camp breakdown.

Scouts SM and other assigned staff Troop site

11:00 A.M. 11:30 A.M.

PLC site Patrol leader Patrol site

12:00 P.M. 1:30 P.M.

Lunch Communicating Well (Part Two) Patrol presentations: The Quest for the Meaning of Leadership Camp breakdown/ feast preparation Feast Course Closing: Creating a Future Build on the weeks communications, adding theory to the practice.

Duty roster Troop site

2:30 P.M.

SPL

Troop site

3:30 P.M. 5:30 P.M. 7:30 P.M.

Patrol leader, patrol members

Patrol site Troop dinning area

Program patrol, SPL, SM, assigned youth staff

Campfire site

Troop events and activities Patrol events and activities Content sessions and their connecting activities

Day Six-1

Day Six: Outpost Camp Morning and Return

The Outpost Camp is an opportunity for members of each patrol to organize and carry out their plans for an overnight campout. It is intended as a means for Scouts to practice the leadership skills they have learned during the National Youth Leadership Training course, and to enjoy the spirit of Scouting as members of an NYLT patrol. From the time they leave for the Outpost Camp on the afternoon of Day Five until they return on the morning of Day Six, each patrol will determine its own activities and schedule. Patrols should conduct their activities on the morning of Day Six so that they arrive back at the main NYLT camp by 8:15 A.M.

Day Six-2

Day Six: Troop Assembly

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
15 minutes
Troop Events

Senior patrol leader and Scoutmaster Troop assembly area By the end of this session, participants will Have gathered for Day Six of the NYLT course. Feel welcomed and valued (staff too). Reaffirm that the NYLT troop operates according to the Scout Oath and Law. Have viewed or participated in a flag ceremony presented by the program patrol. Participate or view the installation ceremony for new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. View youth staff as supporters, guides, and mentors to course participants. Be able to discuss key parts of a good troop assembly. Be able to recognize good communication skills.

Recommended Facility Layout

Before a NYLT course begins, staff members should designate the place that will serve as the troop assembly area. In most cases, this will involve an outdoor setting, though indoor areas of sufficient size (a dining hall, for example) can be adapted to accommodate the troop assembly. (Indoors, flags can be presented on staffs with floor stands or can be displayed on a wall.)

Presentation Procedure

Opening
The patrol leaders lead the patrols to the assembly area and arrange them in an appropriate formation. The senior patrol leader takes charge of the meeting, using the Scout sign to bring the assembly to order, then welcomes participants to Day Three of NYLT and expresses his pleasure in having everyone there. Explain that Day Three symbolizes the second week of the month for a normal Boy Scout troop. There will be a variety of presentations and activities during the day, and a troop meeting.

Flag Ceremony
Instruct NYLT troop members to use the Scout salute while the flag is being raised. Ask the program patrol of the day to present the colors and raise the American flag, and then invite the program patrol to display the historic flag for the day and explain its significance.

Day Six-3

The historic flags to be used for the NYLT course are the same as those presented during Wood Badge courses. Scripts for historic flag presentations, also the same as included in Wood Badge courses, can be found in the appendix for Day Two. Troop Events

Instruct the staff color guard to raise the historic flag and the NYLT troop flag. Ask the troop members to make the Scout sign and recite the Scout Oath and Law. Dismiss the color guard

Announcements
Offer the announcements important for conducting the days sessions and events.

New Patrol Leader and Assistant Patrol Leader Installation

The senior patrol leader asks the Day Five patrol leaders to introduce the Day Six patrol leaders to the troop, then the Day Five assistant patrol leaders to introduce the Day Six assistant patrol leaders. Encourage those making the introductions to use effective communication skills.
Note: As introductions are being made, the senior patrol leader can provide positive reinforcement by commenting on one or more communication skills being used well hand gestures, clear voices, eye contact with the group, etc.

Patrol leaders and assistant patrol leader assignments for each day of the NYLT course are located in the Patrol Duty Roster included in each copy of the NYLT Participant Notebook.

The senior patrol leader begins the installation. He should Invite the new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders to come forward to be installed. Ask the new patrol leaders to gather around the troop flagpole, placing their left hands on the pole. New assistant patrol leaders stand behind their patrol leaders, each placing a left hand on his patrol leader's right shoulder.

Day Six-4

Instruct them all to give the Scout sign and repeat, "I promise to do my best to be worthy of this office for the sake of my fellow Scouts in my patrol and troop and in the world brotherhood of Scouting." Welcome them as the troop's new patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders.
Troop Events

Program and Service Patrol Emblem Exchange

The assistant senior patrol leader briefly explains the duties of the program patrol and the service patrol.
The duties of the patrols may differ from other days of the course. Adjust the explanations to reflect the needs of this day of the NYLT program.

Program Patrol (sample assignments) Prepare the troop assembly and flag ceremony. Prepare the troop meeting area. Complete other duties as assigned at the patrol leaders council meeting. Service Patrol (sample assignments) Put the troop meeting area in order after meetings. (NYLT is a Leave No Trace program.) Maintain the participant latrines and showers. Complete other duties as assigned at the patrol leaders council meeting. Ask the leaders of the days program patrol and service patrol to come forward to receive a symbol of their patrol responsibilities for the day. The emblem for the service patrol might be a broom or camp shovel, while that for the program patrol could be a flag.
The exchange of symbols for the program patrol and the service patrol should not overshadow the installation of the days patrol leaders and assistant patrol leaders. Bestowing the emblems for the program and service patrols can be done in good fun, but with the understanding that these patrol duties are secondary to the roles of patrol leadership.

STAFF SERVICE PATROL

Explain to participants that staff members have the responsibility of cleaning staff latrines and showers, staff campsites, and other staff-use areas. As fellow members of the troop, staff members roll up their sleeves and take care of their own areas rather than expecting someone else to do it for them.

Day Six-5

Baden-Powell Patrol Streamer Presentations

The senior patrol leader present the Baden-Powell Patrol streamer awards based on the previous days campsite evaluation. Point out that the BSA encourages patrols to compete against a standard that all can achieve (in this case the standard of the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist) rather than against one another. When it comes to the Baden-Powell Patrol streamer awards, every patrol can be a winner.
For guidelines on the daily campsite inspection and for presentations of the Baden-Powell Patrol streamers, see Day One Registration, Orientation, and Camp Setup. Using the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist as his guide, the assistant senior patrol leader in charge of the service patrol makes the evaluation of the patrol campsites. (This may occur while patrol members are at evening sessions of the NYLT course.) Troop guides can encourage the patrols to use the same form to check their campsites as they complete their cleanup after the evening meal. If a patrol is having difficulty following through with all the items on the checklist, its troop guide can use the Teaching EDGE to help the patrol learn how to manage campsite cleanup in an efficient and orderly manner.

Troop Events

Each patrol can tie its Baden-Powell Patrol streamer for the day onto the pole used to display its patrol flag. Every patrol will have the opportunity to add another B-P streamer each day of the NYLT course.

Personal Vision Challenge

The senior patrol leader explains that later in the morning the Finding Your Vision (Part Two) session will ask each person to write a newspaper story. It's 25 years in the future and the story is about who you are and what you have done with your life up to that point. There will be a photograph of you along with the story. Encourage Scouts to give some thought to what they will write in the story and what they see in the photograph. They can think about it while they are cleaning up and getting ready for the rest of the day. That way they'll be ready to write the story when the time comes.

Scoutmaster's Minute
The Scoutmaster should personalize this Scoutmaster's Minute by drawing on conditions or events occurring during the Outpost Camp and using them to illustrate the importance of Be, Know, Do. For example: "You've just returned from your Outpost Camp and we are very pleased to see each one of you. We understand there were some great adventures happening out there." (Refer to some of the positive events of the Outpost Camp.)

Day Six-6

"There were also some challenges to be overcome (rain, heat, mosquitoes, etc.). "We all enjoy having a good time, and we're always pleased when things go well. But how we respond to adversity is even more important. It's easy to be cheerful on a sunny day, but it can take energy to keep your spirits high when it is raining. When things go wrong, it can take willpower to focus your efforts on making things right rather than simply giving up and feeling sorry for yourself. "During the Outpost Camp, each of you had moments when the Be, Know, Do of Scouting shone through. For each of you, Outpost Camp challenges brought out the BE (who you are), the KNOW (the skills in your head and hands), and the DO (your willingness to act on behalf of others and yourselves). "The commitment for you to make now is to apply Be, Know, Do to all the challenges of life, both within Scouting and in all the Outposts beyond." The senior patrol leader thanks the Scoutmaster and brings the troop assembly to a close.

Troop Events

Day Six-7

Day Three: Finding Your Vision (Part Two)

Time Allowed Format Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes Troop presentation with individual activities Scoutmaster and other assigned staff Troop site By the end of this session, each participant should be able to Explain that vision is what future success looks like. Discuss how his NYLT patrol's team vision for the NYLT course is being realized. Prepare and communicate a personal vision. Identify at least one goal leading toward realization of that personal vision.

Materials Needed

National Youth Leadership Training DVD, DVD player or computer with DVD capability, projector, and screen SMART Goals Work Sheet (appendix, Participant Notebooks) Planning Tool Work Sheet (appendix, Participant Notebooks) Developing a Personal Vision Work Sheet (appendix) Pens, colored pencils, crayons, and sheets of flip chart paper for each patrol Flip chart or other means for presenters to capture ideas generated by participants and staff

Presentation Procedure

Preparation
The NYLT senior patrol leader and one troop guide should each prepare their own personal vision of success, then identify the goals that will lead to realizing the vision. These visions and the accompanying goals should be written on flip chart pages, posters, or some other form that can be displayed and discussed during the session as examples of fully formed visions and the steps to realize those visions.

Content Sessions

Day Six-8

Opening Discussion
The presenter reminds participants that early in the NYLT course, the group enjoyed some elephant jokes. Heres another one:
Show slide 6-1, Finding Your Vision (Part Two)

Q: How can you tell if there's been an elephant in your refrigerator? A: Footprints in the butter. Elephants. They're big. You can't ignore them. If you're in a room with an elephant, you're going to know. If there's an elephant in your life, you can't ignore it.

Vision
We began this week of National Youth Leader Training by exploring having a vision.
Vision is what future success looks like.

Show slide 6-2, Vision.

Let's put it another way:

If you can see it, you can be it.

It doesn't say, "I want to do something," or "I'd like to do something." A vision says "In the future, I clearly see myself in this picture of success." There is a place for dreaming when you are developing a vision for yourself or your team. You are imagining a future that is brighter and more productive than if you didn't give thought to what is to come. Nothing happens without a vision, or at least nothing as positive as what can occur when you put your mind to it. A vision gives you an anchor in the future. It is a magnet that pulls you along. It is a belay point, a touchstone, a clear overview of life beyond the current moment. It's not a road map showing small steps that's the role of goals. Vision is big. It is a clear picture of the future. It's elephant-sized.

Show slide 6-3, Vision: Developing.

NYLT Team Visions

On Day One of NYLT, each patrol developed a team vision for itself. The challenge was to develop a clear picture of your patrol.
Show slide 6-4, Team Visions.

Ask each patrol to present their team vision from Day One. How did it pull them along through the week? Was the picture of themselves that they imagined five days ago what they look like today?

Content Sessions

Day Six-9

Personal Vision
A team vision can help a team (a Scout patrol, for example) progress toward future success.
Show slide 6-5, Personal Vision.

A personal vision can show you who you can become. When you see a picture of yourself in the future, you can take steps to make that picture come true. If you can see it, you can be it. Show video clip 6-6, Finding Your Vision (Part Two), which begins with "What does your vision look like?" Discuss the personal visions illustrated in the video. Highlight the personal vision of each individual and what makes that person's vision a true vision that is, a picture of future success. On the flip chart, write down the personal vision of the people in the video. (Post that vision where the troop can see it as the discussion continues.)
Personal visions shared by the senior patrol leader and one of the troop guides will help participants see that developing and sharing visions can be done by people their age, not just by the well-known people in the video. Staff presenting their visions should take this opportunity seriously. The visions should be real, meaningful, and worthwhile. Participants need to see that having a clear vision is important to staff members and that it has a real impact on the lives of those staff members.

The senior patrol leader discusses his personal vision. Explain how you came to have this vision and what makes it a true vision (a picture of future success). Post your written vision where the troop can see it throughout the remainder of the session. The troop guide discusses his personal vision. Explain how you came to have this vision and what makes it a true vision (a picture of future success). Post your written vision where the troop can see it throughout the remainder of the session.
Later in the session, the senior patrol leader and the troop guide will return to explain some of the goals that will help them realize their visions. Their goals will be written on flip chart pages that can be posted alongside the displays of their personal visions.

Content Sessions

Day Six-10

News Story Challenge

The presenter explains the News Story Challenge to participants: 1. Write a news story about yourself as you will be when you are 30 years old. Tell who you are and what you have been doing. Describe how your strengths and your interests as a youth have developed as you have become an adult. (For example, how hobbies you had as a Scout helped lead to who you have become as an adult.) 2. The article will have a photograph with it to illustrate who you are at age 30. Write a description or draw a sketch of what you see in the photograph. Give the participants time to write and draw their responses to the News Story Challenge.
PERSONAL VISION CHALLENGE

Vision is a picture of what future success looks like. Challenge NYLT participants to look into the future and see themselves in a picture of what future success looks like for each of them. To develop a personal vision, participants can scribble down ideas, make sketches, and do whatever else helps them dream and imagine. Some questions that can help guide each Scout in shaping his vision include: What will be a measure of success for me in five years, 10 years, 20 years? What is it that already makes me unique? What do I like to do? What makes me happy? How can I build on that strength? (Think back to the Getting to Know Me game played on the evening of Day One.) What can I take from the News Story Challenge to help shape my vision? Think of the personal visions of the people in the video. Each of them thought big. They had a big elephant showing them the way into the future. It was a clear target and big enough that it couldn't be missed. Encourage each participant to make his initial vision bigger. "Grow your elephant. Make it fill the room. Don't be shy. Don't hold back because a vision seems unreachable. Dream big."
A vision should touch your heart, mind, and spirit. WRITE AND DRAW YOUR VISION

An important step in making a vision real is getting it down on paper. Ask each participant to use words to paint his picture of what future success looks like.
Create an ideal picture of where you want to be in the future.

Content Sessions

Your statement of vision should be clear, simple, short, and easy to understand. It should be action-packed (with what you will be doing or have done, just like the news story).

Day Six-11

Draw your picture of future success. Do your best, but make it as detailed as you can. Your vision should inspire you; you must believe in it. You want this picture of success to become real. If you can see it, you can be it. It doesn't have to be perfect, but you must be willing to commit to your vision. Can you make it bigger?
COMMUNICATE YOUR VISION

Offer NYLT participants the opportunity to share their written and drawn visions with the rest of the troop. Earlier in the session they watched as the senior patrol leader and a troop guide presented their visions. Now it is the course participants' turn to share theirs. The session presenter should make it clear that this is a voluntary exercise. Some participants might feel uneasy about sharing their visions publicly. Staff members who have not shared their visions previously in this session can add to the presentation by describing their own visions.

Goals
The presenter asks participants: Remember this elephant joke from Day One?
Show slide 6-7, Goals.

Q: How can you eat an elephant? A: "One bite at a time!" Vision. It's the elephant. It's big. It's the picture out there of who we want to be. How do you achieve a big vision? One bite at a time. That's how you put yourself into that picture of your future success. If vision is the elephant, the bite-sized pieces are goals. They are the steps for realizing a vision.

SMART Goals
You want to have goals that get you closer to your vision. The test of good goals is the tool we call SMART Goals. Ask participants for the meaning of the letters S.M.A.R.T. Specific Measurable
Content Sessions

Show slide 6-8, SMART Goals.

Attainable Relevant Timely Briefly discuss those terms and their importance to setting and reaching goals.

Day Six-12

SMART GOAL DEMONSTRATION AND CHALLENGE

The senior patrol leader and the troop guide who had shared their visions earlier in the session to return and describe several of the goals they have determined will help them realize their visions. (Include in the goals at least one relating to school work.) Have the goals written on flip chart pages or other media that can be posted next to the original visions and viewed by participants for the remainder of the session. The presenter explains how each of the goals fulfills the requirements of being a SMART Goal. Ask each participant to think of one goal to be reached as a step toward realizing his own personal vision. Have him write down that goal and test it with the SMART Goals tool. Ask for volunteers to share the goals they have written and to explain how each fulfills the requirements of being a SMART Goal. Use the SMART Goals Work Sheet.

Planning
The presenter explains that big goals can require that lots of things get done. Planning helps you make sure you haven't forgotten any tasks and that everything is completed in an efficient manner.
PLANNING DEMONSTRATION AND CHALLENGE

Show slide 6-9, Planning.

The senior patrol leader and the troop guide shared their visions earlier in the session. They also explained several of the goals they have that will help them realize their visions. Now they can each revisit one of their goals and, using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool, demonstrate the planning that goes into achieving goals. Ask for volunteers to share one of their SMART Goals and to use the planning tool to figure out some of the steps that will help fulfill those goals.

Summing Up Vision, Goals, and Planning

The presenter summarizes the key points of this session:
Show slide 6-10, Summary.

Personal Vision The picture of what future success looks like Goals The steps to fulfill that vision Planning The tool for efficiently achieving goals
Content Sessions

Day Six-13

Finding the Next Elephant

Discuss what happens when goals have been reached and a vision achieved. What do you do when you've reached all your goals? For example, in Scouting youve earned your Eagle Scout award, been to a jamboree, been to Philmont, and now you're feeling bored. That's when it's time to find a fresh vision, set new goals, and begin pursuing the next, bigger elephant. In Scouting, that may be greater leadership positions, bigger adventures, or a stronger role in helping younger Scouts succeed.

Show slide 6-11, Your Next Vision.

A Final Thought: Vision and Scouting

Leave participants with a final vision challenge:
Show slide 6-12, Vision and Scouting.

What is your vision of future success as a leader in your troop? What goals will it take to realize that vision? An important part of realizing that vision will be communicating it with your Scoutmaster and other troop leaders. We'll talk about effective ways to do that later today in the Communicating Well (Part Two) session.

Show slide 6-13, Vision and Your Future.

Content Sessions

Day Six-14

Day Six: Patrol Leaders Council Meeting

Time Allowed Location Learning Objectives
30 minutes
Troop Events

Patrol leaders council site The patrol leaders' council meeting on Day Six will Model ways to run an efficient, well-planned meeting. Empower patrol leaders with the resources and guidance to help them lead their patrols. Prepare patrol leaders for their roles through the rest of Day Six. Remind patrols to complete their presentations for the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership.

Materials Needed

Participant Notebooks. Each NYLT participant and staff member will have a notebook containing core information that will be useful throughout the course blank duty rosters, equipment lists, daily schedules, meeting agendas, etc. Blank pages in the notebooks provide space for patrol leaders to write down ideas from meetings. The patrol leaders' council meeting is conducted by the senior patrol leader, who will model appropriate leadership behavior within the setting of the meeting. As with the previous PLC meetings, the PLC meeting on Day Six is attended by the senior patrol leader, assistant senior patrol leader, the patrol leaders of the day, and the Scoutmaster.

Delivery Method

Presentation Procedure

Patrol Leaders Council Meeting Agenda

Day Six 1. Welcome and introductions 2. Purpose of the meeting what we need to accomplish 3. Reports on the progress being made by each patrol 4. Assignments for the remainder of Day Six (camp breakdown, feast preparation) 5. Program patrol and service patrol assignments 6. Announcements 7. Closing 8. Scoutmasters observations

Day Six-15

Pre-Meeting Discussion
The Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader often visit for a few minutes before the beginning of a PLC meeting. They go over the agenda and make sure everything is in order. The Scoutmaster confirms that the senior patrol leader understands the vision of what the meeting will accomplish and makes sure the SPL is ready to run the meeting. Once the meeting begins, though, the senior patrol leader is in charge and the Scoutmaster stays on the sidelines. The Scoutmaster might coach and guide the senior patrol leader now and then, but in a boy-led troop, the youth staff of a troop are in charge. At the end of the pre-meeting discussion, the senior patrol leader calls the patrol leaders' council meeting to order and begins the PLC meeting,
The pre-meeting discussion between the Scoutmaster and the senior patrol leader takes place within view and hearing of all the participants of the PLC meeting. The Scoutmaster should model good coaching and mentoring. Participants will see that the senior patrol leader gains a great deal form the Scoutmasters involvement and is better prepared to lead the PLC meeting.

Troop Events

Welcome and Introductions

The senior patrol leader takes charge of the meeting, introduces those persons attending the patrol leaders council meeting, and welcomes everyone.

Purpose of the Meeting

Direct the attention of the PLC to the written agenda. Note that the purpose of this meeting will be to: Hear reports on the progress being made by each patrol. Make assignments for the remainder of Day Six. Make program patrol and service patrol assignments. Throughout the meeting, participants will use good communication skills to share ideas.

Reports on the Progress of Each Patrol

The senior patrol leader asks each patrol leader to report on his patrols progress so far. Encourage patrol leaders to make their reports as constructive evaluations using SSC:
Start What can they begin doing to improve their patrols? Stop What can they stop doing that is not working well? Continue What should they continue doing that is a strength and is working

well?

Day Six-16

Encourage each patrol leader to use his Leadership Compass to determine the current stage of development of his patrol (Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing). Remind patrol leaders that each patrol should be thinking about its presentation of the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Briefly review the challenge (offered by the Scoutmaster at the campfire on Day One), and stress the importance of continuing to work on the presentation throughout the course.
Troop Events

Assignments for the Upcoming Troop Meeting

The patrol meetings that take place during the Day Six troop meeting will focus on preparations for the feast and on breaking down camp. The senior patrol leader will give each patrol leader a checklist of things to be done in order for the patrols to break camp and make their feast preparations. During the patrol meetings, each patrol leader will lead his patrol in using the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool to determine how the patrol will reach the goal of breaking camp and being ready for the feast.
The checklist will vary, depending on the nature of the breakdown procedures and feast plans.

Sample Checklist
Campsite Breakdown ___Tents cleaned out and stowed in stuff sacks ___Dining fly taken down and neatly folded ___Cooking gear cleaned (except for pots and utensils needed for feast preparations) ___Personal gear packed ___Patrol campsite policed ___Troop guide approves all campsite breakdown and cleanup ___Tents, dining flies, and group gear returned to the quartermaster hut

Program Patrol and Service Patrol Assignments

The senior patrol leader asks the assistant senior patrol leader to take the floor. The assistant senior patrol leader reminds the leaders of the Day Three service and program patrols that they should review what they will be doing and use their planning skills to figure out an effective way to fulfill their responsibilities. Use Start, Stop, Continue for any evaluations.

Day Six-17

Program Patrol (sample assignments)

Since there was no flag ceremony for the Day Six program patrol, that patrol might be asked to be involved in the closing ceremonies of the course.
Troop Events

Prepare the meeting area for the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership presentations.
Service Patrol (sample assignments)

Police the troop meeting area. (NYLT is a Leave No Trace program.) Maintain participant latrines and showers.
STAFF SERVICE PATROL

The assistant senior patrol leader will again make it clear to the PLC that staff members have the responsibility of cleaning staff latrines/showers, staff campsites, and other areas for staff use. Staff members set a good example by rolling up their sleeves and take care of their own areas rather than expecting someone else to do it for them.

Announcements
The senior patrol leader makes any announcements relevant to the group. Explain that patrol leaders have a responsibility to share with their patrols information from the meetings of the patrol leaders' council. Inform patrol leaders of any other matters of Day Six importance to the patrols.

Closing
The senior patrol leader summarizes the key points covered during the meeting, addresses any questions the patrol leaders might have, and stresses the importance of performing at the highest levels, using the Scout Oath and Law as their guides.

Scoutmaster's Observations
The Scoutmaster thanks all present for their participation and encourages them to continue performing at the highest levels. The senior patrol leader adjourns the meeting, but invites the group to stay a moment to observe the post-meeting debrief with the Scoutmaster.

After the Meeting

The Scoutmaster and senior patrol leader meet for a couple of minuets to review the meeting. Using Start, Stop, Continue, they discuss what went well during the meeting and what can be improved through the remainder of Day Six of the NYLT course.

Day Six-18

Day Two: Patrol Meeting

Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
30 minutes Patrol leader Patrol site or some other location where the session of one patrol will not interfere with the activities of other patrols. By the end of this session, participants should be able to Describe the purpose of the patrol meeting. Describe how a patrol meeting should be run. Know what the patrol leader is responsible for doing and what patrol members are responsible for doing. Use the Start, Stop, Continue tool to evaluate patrol performance.
As with meetings of the NYLT troop and the patrol leaders council, every patrol meeting during an NYLT course should be organized in a manner that provides an ideal example of such a session. Participants should be able to take the models of the patrol meetings they see at NYLT and use them to organize effective patrol meetings in their home troops.

Patrol Events

Materials Needed Recommended Facility Layout Delivery Method

Patrol meeting agenda. Each patrol meeting should follow a written agenda. Building on the following model, the agenda for todays patrol meeting can be adjusted by the patorl leader prior to the meeting to fulfill the needs of his patrol. In most cases, patrol meetings will take place in or near the patrols campsite.

The patrol leaders are the facilitators of the meetings of their patrols. The leadership style each patrol leader uses is up to that person; the hands-on experience of leading is every bit as valuable as the progress made by a patrol during any particular meeting.

Day Six-19

Presentation Procedure

Model Patrol Meeting Agenda

Day Six 1. Welcome Patrol leader 2. Meeting agenda Patrol leader 3. Evaluate patrol progress using Start, Stop, Continue. (Include evaluation of the patrols progress with the Daily Campsite Inspection Checklist and the duty roster). 4. Complete any remaining work on the patrols Quest for the Meaning of Leadership presentation. 5. Use the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool and any checklists from the PLC meeting to plan campsite breakdown and feast preparation. 6. Use the remaining patrol meeting time to put the patrol plan into action. 7. Adjourn

Patrol Events

Day Six-20

Day Six: Communicating Well (Part Two)

Time Allowed Format Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes Troop presentation Troop site At the end of this session, each participant should be able to Describe Aristotle's model for effective communicating. Use tools for effective communication. Use tools for effective listening. Practice communicating a message to use after the NYLT course.
This session is an opportunity to further the discussion of using good communication skills that was begun during the Day One session of Communicating Well. It is also a chance to review the core information from the sessions on the Teaching EDGE, the Leading EDGE, and Resolving Conflicts. The other content session of Day Six, Finding Your Vision (Part Two), advances the subject of developing a personal vision and also reviews the key points of the sessions Finding Your Vision, Setting our Goals, and Preparing Your Plans.

Materials Needed Presentation Procedure

National Youth Leadership Training DVD, DVD player or computer with DVD capability, projector, and screen

Attention-Getting Communication Device

When the group has gathered for the session but has not yet come to order, say in a normal speaking voice, "If you can hear my voice, clap once." Wait a moment, then say, "If you can hear my voice clap twice." And then, "If you can hear my voice, clap three times." (Typically it takes no more than three claps for all persons in the group to have noticed the clapping and turned their attention to the presenter.)
Content Sessions

Show slide 6-14, Communicating Well, Part Two

Explain that you've just used a means of communication that is a bit unusual but very effective. Communicating effectively has been of great importance throughout the NYLT course, and it is a subject worthy of revisiting as the course comes to a close. Now make the Scout sign. Explain that in Scouting, the Scout sign is the universal signal for a group to come to order. It is as simple as any message a person can send, and is always understood by those who are ready to receive it.

Day Six-21

Opening Discussion
Welcome NYLT participants to the session. Let them know that this is the last teaching session of the NYLT course. Remind the group that the first teaching session of NYLT was also about Communicating Well. Ask participants: Why would a course on leadership begin and end with sessions on communicating?
Show slide 6-15, Communicating Well.

Entertain answers. An obvious one is that almost every part of leadership involves sharing ideas with other people in short, communicating.
ARISTOTLE'S MODEL

The Greek philosopher Aristotle studied communication and devised a model that still stands today. That was more then 3,000 years ago. Aristotle's model tells us that all communication has three parts a message, a sender, and a receiver.
Show slide 6-16, Aristotles Model.

(Draw the Aristotle model on a flip chart or show it on a poster.) We like to be a bit more up-to-date, so we call this the MaSeR Communication Model. (Write MaSeR on the flip chart.) Ask participants: What do you think the M stands for? (Message) The S? (Sender) And the R? (Receiver) A laser sends light, a maser sends microwaves, and a MaSeR Communication Model sends messages.
Communication always involves a message, a sender, and a receiver. Examples:

1. Hand-clapping attention-getting device used at the opening of this session: What was the message? (Give me your attention.) Who was the sender? (The person clapping his hands.) Who were the receivers? (The people hearing and seeing the clapping.) 2. This discussion on Aristotle: What is the message? (Communication always involves a message, a sender, and a receiver.) Who was the sender? ("I am," says the session presenter.) Who were the receivers? ("We are," say the patrol members.)
Content Sessions

3. What about the comments of you and the patrol members, as you share your answers to these very questions? What is the message? (We have ideas, too.) Who was the sender? ("We are," say the patrol members.) Who is the receiver? ("I am," says the session presenter.)
Messages flow both ways from sender to receiver, from receiver to sender.
Show slide 6-17, Aristotles Model: Messages Flow.

Receivers and senders both have responsibilities for making good communication possible.

Day Six-22

Activity The Message Toss Game

MATERIALS

One tennis ball, orange, or other tossable item (ball) per patrol member.
PROCEDURE

Each patrol forms a circle. The patrol leader tosses (sends) one ball to Participant B, who receives it and then tosses (sends) it to Participant C, etc., until the ball has been touched once by every individual. The last to touch it sends it back to the patrol leader. Toss the ball around the circuit several more times until everyone is accustomed to receiving from and sending to the same individuals every time. The patrol leader tosses the ball to Participant B again to start it on another trip around the circle. When that ball is midway through the participants, the troop guide hands the patrol leader a second ball which he or she then tosses to Participant B, Participant B to Participant C, and so on. There are now two balls being sent and received around the circle. As long as everyone receives from the same person and sends to the same participant each time, the balls will continue to move smoothly through the system. The troop guide gradually hands the patrol leader more balls, timing their introduction into the circle to keep the balls moving until all the balls are in play.
DEBRIEF THE MESSAGE TOSS GAME

What was the message? (The ball.) Who was the sender? (The person tossing the ball.) Who was the receiver? (The person catching it.) What happened when more balls were introduced? When did your patrol start dropping balls? What does a dropped ball represent in our communication model? (An incomplete message.) What are the causes of dropped balls or missed/distorted communication? Among answers that can be explored: Too many balls/too much information. Delivery is too fast. Receiver not ready to catch/listen.
Content Sessions

Sender watching incoming balls/messages rather than concentrating on the message he is sending. Ball tossed too high or low in other words, inappropriate communication for the receiver's level of experience or expertise.

Day Six-23

Effective Communication
Out of respect for listeners, a speaker will make sure he sends the message as well as he can. Out of respect for the speaker, listeners should make sure they understand. You can see it as a matter of following the Scout Law. Helpful, Friendly, Courteous, Kind. Something a speaker can do to help the listener receive a communication is to package the message so it is easy to hear and to remember.

Show slide 6-18, Effective Listening.

Packaging the Message

The balls in the Message Toss Game were easy to toss and to catch. Why? (Good size. Not too heavy. Shaped right for catching.)
Show slide 6-19, Packaging the Message.

Instead of balls, what if each patrol had tossed a 50-pound bag of sand? (Would have had to repackage the contents before tossing. Put the sand into smaller bags, for example, that can be tossed.) A sender needs to package a message in a way that it can be easily tossed to the receiver, and easily caught. Newspaper reporters and others in the news field use the five W's to package a story. (Note: Write these on the flip chart.)
5WH-Who, What, When, Where, Why, How

Show slide 6-20, Packaging the Message: Journalists use 5WH

For example, if we were to write a newspaper story about the Message Toss game that was just played, what would we plug into each W and the H?
Who Each patrol What Played the Message Toss Game When During the NYLT session on Communicating Well Where The session meeting area Why To experience Aristotle's communication model of a message, a sender, and a receiver How The patrol passed a ball in a pattern that included each member once.

The troop guide gradually added more balls until there were as many balls being passed around as there were patrol members. Discuss the fact that this NYLT session on communicating is, itself, an example of using 5WH:
Who NYLT participants What To explore the importance of effective communication and

Content Sessions

understand some important tools for communicating well

When On the last day of the NYLT course

Day Six-24

Where The session meeting area Why To provide participants with ways to communicate effectively for the

rest of the NYLT course and when they return to their homes
How The staff instructor leads discussions, demonstrations, and activities

to highlight information about effective communicating and to help participants master the material

Packaging the NYLT Leadership Message

We've packaged the NYLT leadership message for you and placed the package on the back of the NYLT Leadership Compass card you have been carrying with you. That's a way to make the message as easy to remember as possible. For example, we've given you a message packaged as the Teaching EDGE. What do the letters in EDGE stand for? (Explain, Demonstrate, Guide, Enable) We've talked about the four stages of team development and the fact that leaders can adjust their leadership styles to match them. What are the stages of team development? (Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing) What's a good model to help you in a conflict situation? (EAR: Express, Address, Resolve) Weve packaged a message and weve sent it. According to the Aristotle model, is communication complete?
Show slide 6-23, The Leading EDGE.

Show slide 6-21, Packaging the Leadership Message.

Show slide 6-22, The Teaching EDGE.

So if we've packaged the message and sent it, is the communication complete? (No. In addition to a message and a sender, there also needs to be a receiver.) Let's talk about the listening part of communication for a few minutes. If you were the NYLT staff, how would you know if you NYLT participants were "catching" our messages? (Accept various answers.)

Tools for Effective Listening

Show slide 6-24, Effective Listening.

Effective listening encourages listeners to repeat the message back to the speaker by either: Rephrasing the message. "Here's what I hear you saying." OR Giving your understanding of the message. "From what I hear, I understand that this is what you want me to do." Ask participants for more information: Tell me more about that. By rephrasing the information and bouncing it back to the speaker, the listeners are making sure they are hearing what the speakers have to say and they are letting the speakers know that their messages are getting through.
Content Sessions

Day Six-25

Ask a volunteer to bounce that last bit of information back to you. You can help him get started by offering the phrase, "What I understand you to be saying is this." and then encouraging him to put the message into his own words.
The point of this mini-exercise is to get participants to engage their brains in the listening process. What they offer back as their understanding of the message is less important than the fact that they are offering back.

Effective Presentation
Show slide 6-25, The Leading EDGE.

Much of communication is conveyed by body language such as nodding your head to show you are receiving the message, smiling and frowning, leaning forward to show interest. It's important that your body language supports the message you are attempting to communicate.
THE LANGUAGE OF BODY LANGUAGE

Show slide 6-26, Tools for Effective Listening

In the Message Toss game, what are some of the ways a sender can let the receiver know the ball is on its way? (Discuss verbal cues "Hey! Here comes the ball!" and body language waving arms, eye contact, motioning toward a receiver a sender might use.) What are some of the ways a receiver can let the sender know he's ready to catch the ball? (Discuss verbal cues "Here! Throw it here!" and body language eye contact, holding hands in a catching position a receiver might use.) A person who is speaking should also be aware of his own body language. It also means paying attention to the body language of the people the speaker is addressing. In short, what is the listener (or listeners) doing, and how can you adjust the message to get your meaning across?

Show slide 6-27, Body Language.

Paired Communication Activity

PREPARATION

Each NYLT participant will soon be back in his home troop. Based on what they have learned in NYLT, many of them will want to improve their troops, and will have many ideas to share with the troop leaders and other Scouts.
Content Sessions

This activity will encourage participants to practice sharing one or more of those ideas using the skills of effective communicating.
PROCEDURE

Ask each participant to take a couple of minutes to write down an improvement he wants to make in his home troop based on what he has learned this week. Encourage him to organize his thoughts by using the format Who, What, When, Where, Why, How. Pair up the participants. One Scout in each pair plays the role of the home troop Scout. The other Scout acts as himself discussing his ideas for changes in the troop with his Scouting friend.
Day Six-26

After the first Scout has had a chance to present his ideas, the pair of Scouts switch the roles of the Scout friend and Scout so that the second participant has a chance to present his ideas. The Scout who is listening to the presentation can use the Communication Skills Checklist and Start, Stop, Continue to evaluate the speaker's communication skills how he uses his body, his tone of voice, whether he makes eye contact, etc. Allow four minutes for rewriting and three minutes for each presentation and feedback, for a total of 10 minutes.
This exercise can have a variety of positive results: Each Scout will have the chance to organized and practice delivering a message that has real meaning from the NYLT course. Every Scout will practice effective listening. Where points are weak, as discovered through effective listening, the communicator can strengthen the presentation of his message before conveying it to his home troop. The activity encourages the use of the same skills that participants can use as they get ready for their presentations of the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership.

DEBRIEF THE GROUP ACTIVITY

Ask participants to share some of their experiences from their practice of presenting ideas to their home troop friend. What went well? What was not effective? How can they use the skills of effective communications to better share their ideas? Explain that you will provide one last set of communication tools, then they can try revise their communication and see if the last tool makes a difference in how well the message is received.
REVIEW THE CHECKLIST Communication Skills Checklist ___ Neutral Position. The speaker stands comfortably before the patrol, hands at his sides. ___ Feet. The speaker positions himself where everyone can see and hear him. If possible, the speaker moves around during the presentation. Content Sessions ___ Hands. The speaker uses is hands as communication tools. ___ Mouth. The speaker communicates loudly enough for everyone to hear, and clearly enough for everyone to understand. He varies the tone of his voice as he talks. ___ Eyes. The speaker makes eye contact with listeners. ___ Ears. The speaker is aware of his audience.

Day Six-27

Ask participants to use the checklist and give you feedback on your body language. Encourage them to frame their evaluation as an SSC Start, Stop, Continue. What can you start doing to improve your body language? What should you stop doing? What is a strength and is working well that you should continue to do? As a tool of communication, a presenter should observe the body language of an audience be it one person or many. Knowing how an audience is responding can allow a presenter to change his means of presentation to get his message across. Among the most important things to look for in an audience are these: Are people paying attention? Are they making eye contact with you? Are they nodding their heads now and then? Is their body position open or closed? (Arms and legs crossed may indicate an unwillingness to hear what you are saying.)

Show slide 6-28, Audience Body Language.

Effective Communication With Adults

Ask participants to describe some of their experiences in communicating with adults. In what ways is it different than communicating with their peers? The same tools that work well for communicating with peers are also effective when communicating with adults. Perhaps they are even more important.
Show slide 6-29, Communicating With Adults

Communicating well with adults may mean getting rid of bad-habit words: "Like." "You know." Consider how this sounds: "So I was all, like, you know, on my honor and, like, do your best and, like, do your, like, duty, you know, to God and my, like, country . . . ." "Like" and "You know." They are part of a language of many youth, but they get in the way of communicating well with anyone except your close friends.
If local language usage is highlighted by other habits of word choice that are barriers to good communication, make those the focus of this discussion.

GUIDE Content Sessions

Let's say you go home after this course full of great ideas for making your troop better. You want to talk with your Scoutmaster about changes you want to help make in the troop. No matter what message you want to share, and no matter who your audience, a five-step process is almost certain to succeed:
Show slide 6-30, Communication With Adults: Five-steps process.

1. Here is the reason I am asking for some of your time. 2. Let me share an idea with you.

Day Six-28

3. Let me summarize the situation for you. (Put your idea in the context of who, what, where, when, why, and how.) 4. Reinforce the benefits. "Here's why it makes sense." "Here's how it helps us reach our goals." "Here's how it helps us complete an action plan." "Here's what's in it for you." 5. Let's discuss the steps to turn this idea into action.
EXERCISE IN COMMUNICATING WITH ADULTS

Repeat the paired communication activity above, but this time have the Scouts reorganize their message using the five steps just discussed. The listener will pretend he is the Scoutmaster of the sender's home troop. Allow four minutes for rewriting and three minutes for each presentation and feedback, for a total of 10 minutes.

What If Your Scoutmaster Isn't Enthused?

Your best efforts to bring a new idea to your troop may not get very far. But you will make some changes, even if just in the way others think about what's possible. You may not be able to achieve everything at first, but you can start achieving something. You can build on what was done by those who came before you, and leave more done for those who come after. If you can take only one bite of the elephant, take it. That's the way to achieve a vision one goal at a time.

Group Activity
Repeat the group activity using the five-step process for communicating with adults.
PROCEDURE

1. Ask each participant to take a couple of minutes to write down an improvement he wants to make in his home troop. Encourage him to organize his thoughts by using the format:
Content Sessions Who, What, When, Where, Why, How

2. Pair up the participants. One Scout in each pair plays the role of the home troop Scoutmaster. The other Scout acts as himself discussing with his Scoutmaster his ideas for changes in the troop. 3. After the first Scout has had a chance to present his ideas, the pair of Scouts switch roles so that the second participant has a chance to present his ideas.

Day Six-29

4. Scouts should use the tools of effective communication and should organize their ideas with these guidelines: Here is the reason I am asking for some of your time. Let me share an idea with you. Let me summarize the situation for you. (Put your idea in the context of who, what, where, when, why, and how.) Reinforce the benefits. Discuss steps to turn the idea into action. 5. The Scout who is listening to the presentation can use Start, Stop, Continue to evaluate the speaker's communication skills how he uses his body, his tone of voice, whether he makes eye contact, etc. This exercise can have a variety of positive results: Each Scout will have the chance to organize and practice delivering a message that has real meaning from the NYLT course. Every Scout will practice effective listening. Where points are weak, as discovered through effective listening, the communicator can strengthen his presentation and his message before conveying it to his home troop. The activity encourages the use of the same skills that participants can use as they prepare for their presentations of the Quest for the Meaning of Leadership.
Debrief the Group Activity:

Ask participants to share some of their experiences from their practice of presenting ideas to the Scoutmasters of their home troops. What went well? What was not effective? How can they use the skills of effective communication to better share their ideas?

Conclusion
Without warning, toss a tennis ball to someone in the group. Then, without saying anything, let someone else know you're going to toss a ball to him. (Use your eyes, hand gestures, and body language.) Toss the ball.

Content Sessions

Day Six-30

Remind the group that effective communication has three parts

Show slide 6-31, Summary.

A message A sender A receiver

Each of the three plays a role in communication. The message needs to be packaged well. The sender needs to be effective in presenting the message. The receiver must do his part to gather in the message. The skills of effective communication we've practiced all week everything from eye contact to hand gestures to skillful listening can help you improve the quality of all three your message, the way you send it, and the way in which you receive information from others.

Content Sessions

Day Six-31

Day Six: Patrol Presentations The Quest for the Meaning of Leadership
Time Allowed Responsible Location Learning Objectives
60 minutes With the entire troop as an audience, each patrol makes its presentation of The Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Senior patrol leader Troop site By the end of this session, each participant will have Played a role in presenting his patrol's Quest for the Meaning of Leadership. Used good communication skills. Experienced the satisfaction of envisioning, planning, and completing a presentation with his patrol. Given thought to his own meaning of leadership.

Presentation Procedure

Serving as master of ceremonies, the senior patrol leader can introduce each patrol and then offer support, encouragement, and a debriefing of the patrol's presentation. If necessary, he can manage the behavior of those observing the presentations to create an atmosphere appropriate to this session. As part of the debriefing, the senior patrol leader may wish to ask the patrol to explain how its presentation illustrates certain key messages of the NYLT course. The debriefing can also serve as a means of highlighting and reviewing some of the most important elements of leadership. The patrol presentations can be a session full of good fun, high spirits, and valuable learning experiences. Staff involved must remember that this session is for and about the participants, and they should do all they can to encourage and promote the efforts of each patrol.
While the senior patrol leader facilitates this session, the Scoutmaster should stand by to offer coaching and guidance. Where appropriate during the debriefings, he can also help the senior patrol leader draw out the important messages of leadership presented by the patrols.

Content Sessions

Day Six-32

Day Six: Camp Breakdown/Feast Preparation

Time Allowed Format
120 minutes During the Day Six patrol leaders' council meeting and the Day Six patrol meetings, the patrols were encouraged to use the What, How, When, Who Planning Tool to organize campsite breakdown and feast preparations. This block of time can be used by patrols to continue carrying out the plans they formulated during those meetings. Ideally, they should use the skills of leadership they have learned during the NYLT course and, as a patrol, should be experiencing the Norming and even Performing stages of team development.

Patrol Events

Day Six-33

Day Six: Feast

Time Allowed Format
60 minutes The nature of the NYLT feast will vary from one course to the next, depending on local traditions and conditions. In some cases, adult staff will prepare the feast while patrols are dismantling their camps. At other courses, youth staff and patrol members will play a significant role in cooking and presenting the meal. Whatever the case, the feast should be a time of fellowship and celebration as the NYLT course comes to a close. Everyone has been through a challenging and rewarding time together. The feast is a chance for members of patrols to mingle with one another and to join the NYLT youth staff and adult staff as equal veterans of an NYLT course. The senior patrol leader and adult staff can help set the tone of the feast through their encouragement and support of everyone in attendance.

Location Learning Objectives

Patrol Events

Troop dining area

As a result of the NYLT feast, each participant will enjoy good Scouting fellowship, a celebration of accomplishment, and a tasty, well-prepared meal. Troop presentation and patrol activities/discussions

Day Six-34

Day Six: Closing Campfire Creating a Future

Time Allowed Format Responsible Learning Objectives
60 minutes Troop presentation in a campfire setting. The event is intended to be simple and meaningful as it brings closure to the course. The closing campfire is conducted by the senior patrol leader and three other youth staff members who are especially skilled at delivering a session of this nature. The Scoutmaster has a concluding message. At the end of this session, each participants should be able to Feel welcomed, appreciated, and valued. Appreciate a strong sense of closure to the NYLT course. Realize the larger importance of his NYLT experience. Renew his commitment to the values of the Scout Oath and Law.

Recommended Facility Layout

The closing campfire can be conducted at the NYLT troop campfire area used for the instructional campfire on Day One of the course, or it can utilize a campfire area set aside especially for this event. The fire should be small, and there is no need for seating facts that should make it possible to have the campfire in a clearing that participants reach after walking for several minutes in silence. The route should be familiar to the troop guides. The pathway can be marked with placards displaying the points of the Scout Law, with candles, or with other lighting and decorations appropriate to the event. The American flag and NYLT troop flag can be displayed on staffs behind and on either side of the campfire. No other presentation materials are required.

Delivery Method Presentation Procedure

Following the feast, participants will gather by patrols at an assembly area. After a brief welcome from the senior patrol leader, the patrols will follow the troop guides to the campfire area for the closing presentation.

Assembly
The senior patrol leader welcomes everyone to the beginning of the last event of the NYLT course. Put them at ease with a few comments on the feast. Explain that each patrol will follow its troop guide to the location of the closing campfire. Ask that participants and staff remain silent as they travel and upon reaching the campfire area. Encourage them to use the time they are walking to think about the NYLT course they have just completed and what they will take away with them as they return to their homes.
Content Sessions

Day Six-35

The troop guides silently lead the patrols to the campfire area. There, the patrols will find the youth and adult NYLT staff standing behind the campfire ring. Arrange the patrols in a horseshoe facing the staff.
The campfire can already be burning when the participants arrive, or the lighting of the fire can be incorporated into the introduction of the campfire program. The fire should be kept small and simple. If it will be lit while the participants watch, the staff members laying the fire should be certain it has enough dry tinder and kindling for the flames to catch without difficulty or delay.

The senior patrol leader greets the participants. Let them know that the troop has gathered a final time. This will be an opportunity to look back on the NYLT course everyone has shared and to look ahead at the challenges to come. Briefly talk about the fellowship of the NYLT course. Scouts from many home troops have come together to share their skills, their enthusiasm, and their interests. There have been some great adventures pioneering projects, realistic first aid, the Outpost Camp. And there have been the beginnings of lots of friendships that will last long after the conclusion of the course. Remind participants that the slogan for the NYLT course has been Be, Know, Do. Through the week we have explored: The BE of leadership finding your vision, setting goals, making ethical decisions, leading yourself, and leading others. The KNOW of leadership the skills of teaching and leading to help groups achieve their goals. The DO of leadership a toolbox of methods for communicating effectively, solving problems, and resolving conflicts. Explain that Be, Know, Do has been the NYLT course slogan, but that two larger concepts have been the foundation of the course the Scout Oath and Law. The second youth staff presenter continues:
BE The Scout Law

BE, KNOW, DO that's the slogan of NYLT.

Content Sessions

We've seen that the Scout Oath is built on DO our pledge to DO. The Scout Law is built on BE. A Scout IS trustworthy. A Scout IS loyal. etc. IS. it's a form of the verb TO BE. The points of the Scout Law tell us what each of us will BE: I will BE Trustworthy. I will BE truthful. I will BE honest and keep my promises. People can depend on me.

Day Six-36

I will BE Loyal. I will BE true to my family, friends, Scout leaders, school, and nation. I will BE Helpful. I will BE considerate of others. I will BE there to help others without expecting payment or reward. I will BE Friendly. I will BE a friend to all and a brother to other Scouts. I will offer my friendship to people of all races and nations, and BE respectful of them even if their beliefs and customs are different from my own. I will BE Courteous. I will BE polite to everyone regardless of age or position. I will BE Kind. I will BE one who treats others as I want to be treated. I will BE Obedient. I will BE a person who follows the rules of my family, school, and troop, and the laws of his community and country. If I think these rules and laws are unfair, I will BE willing to have them changed in an orderly manner rather than disobeying them. I will BE Cheerful. I will BE a person who looks for the bright side of life no matter what challenges come my way. I will BE Thrifty. I will BE mindful of wastefulness and will use my resources responsibly. I will BE willing to conserve and protect natural resources. I will BE Brave. I will BE ready to face danger although I might be afraid. I will BE able to stand for what I know is right even if others laugh at me or threaten me. I will BE Clean. I will BE fit in both body and mind. I will BE with people who live by high standards. I will BE there to help keep my home and community clean. I will BE Reverent. I will BE reverent toward God and faithful in my religious duties. I will BE respectful of the beliefs of others. The senior patrol leader makes the transition: The NYLT slogan is BE, KNOW DO. The Scout Law tells us what we should strive to BE. The Scout Oath tells us what we should strive to DO. The third youth staff presenter explains:
DO The Scout Oath

The Scout Oath is short only 40 words. The key verb in it is DO I will DO my best. I will DO my duty. You could say it is an oath built on the DO of BE, KNOW, DO. "On my honor" Honor means worth. I'm pledging my worth as a person to DO certain things. "I will do my best" We each promise to DO this our best. We can ask no more of ourselves than that we always put forward our best effort. We can ask no less, either. "to do my duty to God"
Day Six-37

Content Sessions

DOING our duty to God is more than just saying grace at a meal. It is an awareness that our religious beliefs are at the core of who we are, and that what we DO is a reflection of those beliefs. "and my country" The presentations of the historic American flags during this NYLT course have reminded us of the sacrifices made by generations before us to secure our nation for all of us to live and thrive as we choose. Now it is our turn to DO whatever we can to maintain the noble promise of America and to deliver it to generations of Americans to come. And to obey the Scout Law We pledge ourselves to DO this, tooobey the Scout Law. As a clear guide for the small and large decisions that we face, there is no better compass than the points of the Scout Law. "To help other people at all times" What a remarkable world we would have if everyone decided to DO just this. "To keep myself physically strong, mentally awake, and morally straight." These last three are all things we can DO. We can take care of our bodies through good diet, exercise, healthy habits. We can stay sharp mentally by working hard at school, reading, learning, and exploring the world around us. We can make the decisions we know are ethical and right. The senior patrol leader makes the transition: The NYLT slogan is BE, KNOW, DO. The Scout Law shows us what we can BE. The Scout Oath explains what we can DO. Where do we turn for the KNOW of BE, KNOW, DO? The answer to that can be found in everything else that has happened during this course. The fourth youth staff presenter explains:
KNOW The NYLT Course

What you KNOW depends a lot on you. You made the decision to KNOW more about leadership, and so you signed up for this course. You wanted to KNOW more about outdoor skills, and so you joined Scouts. A thirst for knowledge and the willingness to work hard to get it fill out the middle of BE, KNOW, DO. The more you KNOW, the more effectively you can BE and DO.
Content Sessions

During this course, we've used memory tips to help you remember key learning points we want you to KNOW. Vision Goals Planning, Teaching EDGE, Leading EDGE, SMART Goals. What you have learned this week will help you KNOW how to be a better leader. You may not be able to list every memory tip, but the basic ideas of self-leadership and of leading others are in your minds now, and they will serve you well.

Day Six-38

Conclusion
The Scoutmaster closes the campfire with a few words: BE, KNOW, DO. It's been the slogan of our NYLT course. It's a memory tip, a way of keeping an important idea in mind. But the most important message of this week needs no memory tip. It is this:
The Scout Oath and Law provide a compass that will always show you the right way.

Like me, each of you has chosen to live your life by the Scout Oath and Law. You can recite the Oath and Law any time, any place. You know these words, and you know what they mean. You can always rely on the guidance of the Oath and Law to see you through. On Day One we learned that a vision is a picture of what future success looks like. As we leave this camp, I challenge each of you to create one more vision for yourselves. In your mind, create a picture of future success in which you are using the NYLT skills to lead yourself and to lead others. Make it as real as you can exciting and filled with possibilities. Finally, make it a picture of a future that you have built on the foundation of the Scout Oath and Law.
If you can see it, you can be it.

As you return to your homes, keep your NYLT compasses with you. Look at it now and then to remind yourself of the memory tips from our course. Keep making your vision bigger, and work toward the goals that will make that vision a reality. Most of all, know that you always have the compass of the Scout Oath and Law to show you the way.

Departure
The senior patrol leader asks the troop guides to lead the patrols past the campfire and staff and back to the main troop area. Staff should arrange them-selves in a line so that they can shake hands with participants as they pass by. During the shaking of hands, staff can offer words of congratulation, support, and encouragement.
The traditions of some NYLT courses include inviting each participant to toss an evergreen sprig into the campfire as a sign of rededication to the guidance of the Scout Oath and Law. Where this is the case, the sprigs can be provided by troop guides during the initial assembly for the closing campfire and can be tossed into the fire as participants move past the fire during the departure.

Content Sessions

Day Six-39